Criminology and Criminal Justice 2011 (UK)

Page 1

Routledge

View any

product

online using the urls below each listing

Criminology and Criminal Justice New Titles and Key Backlist 2011

www.routledge.com/criminology


m O p rd Co lim er pi en yo es ta ur to ry da Ex y am

Co

BESTSELLERS IN

CRIMINOLOGY BY

TIM NEWBURN

Tim Newburn is Professor of Criminology and Social Policy at the London School of Economics. He is currently President of the British Society of Criminology. Tim is the author or editor of over 30 books, and is a renowned expert in the field of Criminology.

Criminology Tim Newburn ‘Criminology is a remarkable achievement. Written by one of the most renowned experts in the field, it is the very first sole-authored, comprehensive, truly student-friendly text in the field. In short, this text is set to become an indispensable guide for those who study and teach criminology.’ – Professor Yvonne Jewkes, Leicester University, UK ‘Exceptionally comprehensive and well structured, it will undoubtedly become one of the leading criminological textbooks on the market… I would have no hesitation in recommending it for use by my students as well as referring my colleagues to it.’ – Lorraine Wolhuter, University of Wolverhampton, UK ‘I have little doubt that Newburn’s text will quickly supplant all rivals as our principally recommended text for first-year undergraduate students… I can easily imagine it becoming the new ‘bible’ for students of criminology.’ – Dave Waddington, Sheffield Hallam University, UK ‘I think it’s a better book for an undergraduate audience than its competitors… it takes students through a step-by-step, coherent story of nuanced, contextualised and well judged ideas and illustrations in studying criminology.’ – Dr Colin Webster, Leeds Metropolitan University, UK ‘There is no other text which addresses the market anywhere near as effectively as this one.’ – Dave Edwards, London South Bank University, UK August 2007: 264x193: 1,048pp Hb:978-1-84392-285-8: £89.00 Pb: 978-1-84392-284-1: £34.99 For more information visit: www.routledge.com/9781843922841

Key Readings in Criminology Edited by Tim Newburn ‘… by far the most comprehensive, contemporary and wide-ranging reader on the market … I have no doubt that it will prove very successful indeed.’ – Dave Edwards, London Metropolitan University ‘… it’s a terrific collection and nothing nearly as good exists elsewhere.’ – Jonathan Simon, University of California Berkeley ‘A lot of criminology for little money. It contains so many classics we want our students to read anyway, that it is fair to say it is an excellent buy for anyone studying criminology’ – Professor Renvan Swaaningen, Erasmus University, Rotterdam September 2009: 264x191:908pp Hb:978-1-84392-403-6: £95.00 Pb: 978-1-84392-402-9: £34.99 For more information visit: www.routledge.com/9781843924029


www.routledge.com/criminology

Welcome to Routledge

Criminology and Criminal Justice New Titles and Key Backlist 2011

contents Introduction to Criminology Textbooks. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 General Criminology. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5 Methods and Data. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9 Race, Class Gender and Crime. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10 Crime and Society. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13 Social Policy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18 Policing and Crime Control. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19 Criminal Justice. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25 Cultural Criminology. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 37

Considering books for course use? This symbol shows books that are available as complimentary exam copies for lecturers or faculty considering them for course adoption. To obtain your copy visit the URL listed beneath the title in the catalog and select your choice of print or electronic copy. Visit www.routledge.com or in the US you can call 1-800-634-7064. This symbol shows books that are available as electronic inspection copies only.

Forms of Crime. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 39 Historical Criminology. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 41 Youth and Crime . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 43 Forensic Criminology. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 46 Backlist. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 49 Index . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 57 Order Form. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Back of Catalog

Ordering online is fast and efficient, simply follow the on-screen instructions. Alternatively, you can call, fax, or see order form at the back of this catalog. UK and Rest of World Call: +44 (0)1235 400524 Fax: +44 (0)20 7017 6699 US, Canada and Latin America Call: 1-800-634-7064 Fax: 1-800-248-4724

Contacts uk and rest of world

us, canada and latin america

Marketing:

Marketing:

Gemma Walker – Marketing Executive

David Jurman – Marketing Manager

Email: gemma.walker@tandf.co.uk

Email: david.jurman@taylorandfrancis.com

Joseph Kreuser – Marketing Assistant

Samantha Barbaro – Marketing Assistant

Email: joseph.keuser@tandf.co.uk

Email: samantha.barbaro@taylorandfrancis.com

Editorial:

Editorial:

Tom Sutton – Commissioning Editor

Stephen Rutter – Publisher

Email: tom.sutton@tandf.co.uk

Email: stephen.rutter@taylorandfrancis.com

Julia Willan – Editorial Asssistant

Leah Babb-Rosenfeld – Editorial Assistant

Email: julia.willan@tandf.co.uk

Email: leah.babb-rosenfeld@taylorandfrancis.com

Journals:

Sales:

Online: www.informaworld.com/journals Email: tf.enquiries@informa.com Call: +44 (0)20 7017 5544

Jessie Taylor – Academic Sales Rep

eBook and Online Sales:

Online: www.informaworld.com/journals Email: customerservice@taylorandfrancis.com Call: Toll Free: 1-800-354-1420

Email: online.sales@tandf.co.uk Call: +44 (0)20 7017 6062

The Easy Way to Order

Email: jessie.taylor@taylorandfrancis.com

Journals:

Overseas: 1-215-625-8900

eBook and Online Sales: Email: e-reference@taylorandfrancis.com Call: 1-888-318-2367

Prices, publication dates and content are correct at time of going to press, but may be subject to change without notice.

eUpdates Register your email address at www.tandf.co.uk/eupdates to receive information on books, journals and other news within your area of interest.

Trade Customers’ Representatives, Agents and Distribution For a complete list, visit: www.routledge.com/representatives.

eBooks There are over 23,000 eBooks available across the humanities, social sciences, behavioural sciences, STM and law from some of the world’s leading imprints for individual and institutional purchase.

– Individuals Download full titles or just the pages or chapters needed. You can also print or copy pages or chapters of choice, compile your own eBook or rent a title for 1 day, right up to 6 months. Full details are on www.ebookstore.tandf.co.uk.

– Libraries and Institutions Subscribe or purchase a ready made package or pick & mix your own from our complete collection (50 title minimum). 30 day free trials are available. For more information, visit: www.ebooksubscriptions.com or contact your local sales team.


i n t ro d u ct i on to crimin ology

2

Introduction Welcome to the to Criminology 2011 Criminology and Criminal Justice Bestseller 3rd Edition Catalog 2011 marks an exciting year for criminology at Routledge as we grow and strengthen after the Willan list became part of our publishing program last year. We have some exciting new books publishing this year, including major new Handbooks on International Criminology, Critical Criminology, Deviant Behaviour and Sexual Violence and important new textbooks in areas such as Corrections, Restorative Justice, Probation, Police Work and Environmental Crime. Routledge is also sponsoring the Criminology Book Prize at the BSC conference this year at Northumbria University. I would be delighted to hear from you at any time, particularly if you have any new book ideas or are having trouble finding the right book for your course. I’d also be happy to hear any feedback you might have about the list. Why not sign up to our Criminology and Criminal Justice Newsletter and receive regular email announcements direct to your inbox? We’ll then send you information about new books publishing, special offers and access to special issues from our key journals. Simply email joseph.kreuser@tandf. co.uk, quoting “Criminology Newsletter Sign Up” in the subject line. I look forward to hearing from you. Tom Sutton Criminology Commissioning Editor thomas.sutton@tandf.co.uk

An Introduction to Criminological Theory

Roger Hopkins-Burke, Nottingham Trent University, UK

This book provides a comprehensive and up-to-date introduction to criminological theory for students taking courses in criminology at both undergraduate and postgraduate level.

The text is divided into five parts, the first three of which address ideal type models of criminal behaviour the rational actor, predestined actor, and victimized actor models. Within these the various criminological theories are located chronologically in the context of one of these different traditions, and the strengths and weaknesses of each theory and model are clearly identified. The fourth part of the book looks more closely at more recent attempts to integrate theoretical elements from both within and across models of criminal behaviour, while the fifth part addresses a number of key recent concerns of criminology – postmodernism, cultural criminology, globalization and communitarianism. Selected Contents: 1. Introduction: Crime and Modernity Part 1: The Rational Actor Model of Crime and Criminal Behaviour 2. Classical Criminology 3. Populist Conservative Criminology 4. Contemporary Rational Actor Theories Part 2: The Predestined Actor Model of Crime and Criminal Behaviour 5. Biological Positivism 6. Psychological Positivism 7. Sociological Positivism 8. Women and Positivism Part 3: The Victimised Actor Model of Crime and Criminal Behaviour 9. Labelling Theories 10. Conflict and Radical Theories 11. The Gendered Criminal 12. Critical Criminology Part 4: Integrated Theories of Crime and Criminal Behaviour 13. Socio-biological Theories 14. Environmental Theories 15. Social Control Theories 16. Left Realism Part 5: Crime and Criminal Behaviour in the Age of Moral Uncertainty 17. Crime and the Postmodern Condition 18. Cultural Criminology and the Schizophrenia of Crime 19. Crime, Globalisation and the Risk Society 20. Conclusion: Crime Radical Moral Communitarian Criminology 2009: 246 x 174: 416pp Hb: 978-1-84392-569-9: £68.00 Pb: 978-1-84392-407-4: £23.99 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9781843924074

Key Readings in Criminology Edited by Tim Newburn, London School of Economics and Political Science, UK

’... by far the most comprehensive, contemporary and wide-ranging reader on the market ... I have no doubt that it will prove very successful indeed.’ – Dave Edwards, London Metropolitan University

’... it’s a terrific collection and nothing nearly as good exists elsewhere.’ – Jonathan Simon, University of California Berkeley ’A lot of criminology for little money. It contains so many classics we want our students to read anyway, that it is fair to say it is an excellent buy for anyone studying criminology’ – Professor Renvan Swaaningen, Erasmus University, Rotterdam Key Readings in Criminology provides a comprehensive single-volume collection of readings in criminology. It provides students with convenient access to a broad range of excerpts (over 150 readings) from original criminological texts and key articles, and is designed to be used either as a stand-alone text or in conjunction with the same author’s textbook, Criminology. Selected Contents: 1. Understanding Crime and Criminology 2. Crime and Punishment in History 3. Crime Data and Crime Trends 4. Crime and the Media 5. Classicism and Positivism 6. Biological Positivism 7. Psychological Positivism 8. Durkheim, Anomie and Strain 9. The Chicago School: Culture and Subcultures 10. Interactionism and Labelling Theory 11. Control Theories 12. Radical and Critical Criminology 13. Left and Right Realism 14. Contemporary Classicism 15. Feminist Criminology 16. Late Modernity, Governmentality and Risk 17 .Victims, Victimization and Victimology 18. White-collar and Corporate Crime 19. Organised Crime 20. Violent and Property Crime 21. Drugs and Alcohol 22. Penology and Punishment 23. Understanding Criminal Justice 24. Crime Prevention and Community Safety 25. The Police and Policing 26. Criminal Courts and the Court Process 27. Sentencing and Non-Custodial Penalties 28. Prisons and Imprisonment 29. Youth Crime and Youth Justice 30. Restorative Justice 31. Race, Crime and Justice 32. Gender, Crime and Justice 33. Criminal and Forensic Psychology 34. Globalisation, Terrorism and Human Rights 35. Doing Criminological Research 2009: 928pp Hb: 978-1-84392-403-6: £95.00 Pb: 978-1-84392-402-9: £34.99 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9781843924029

5th Edition

AS Law Mary Charman, Bobby Vanstone and Liz Sherratt This latest edition of AS Law has been fully updated to meet the requirements of the most recent changes to the specifications of both AQA and OCR examination boards. 2008: 246 x 174: 368pp Pb: 978-1-84392-417-3: £17.99 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9781843924173

Complimentary Exam Copy

e-Inspection New in Paperback

Companion Website


i n troducti on to c r i mi n olo gy

Crime

Criminal Justice

Local and Global

Local and Global

Edited by John Muncie, Deborah Talbot and Reece Walters all at Open University, UK

Edited by Deborah Drake, John Muncie and Louise Westmarland all at Open University, UK

’Criminal Justice: Local and Global is another excellent and unique contribution to the criminological literature. This is more than another textbook. In melding together contemporary debates on the relationship between globalization and the local context covering key issues such as policing, punishment, risk assessment, surveillance, restorative justice and human rights, this book not only delivers up to date and insightful material, it will also act as a catalyst for pushing the at the boundaries of the criminological agenda on these issues. This is a remarkable achievement and constitutes a timely and significant intervention for the discipline. A must read for the student and lecturer alike.’ – Sandra Walklate, University of Liverpool, UK

’Finally, a text that reveals the new contours of crime and social harm – state terrorism, human trafficking, crimes against the environment and in cyberspace .. Intellectually demanding – yet student friendly.’ – Professor David Nelken Distinguished Professor, Cardiff Law school

’This book brings criminology into the twenty-first century. It masterfully blends the local and the global in a carefully edited volume that students will find simply fascinating. Each chapter critically analizes all sides of the issue at hand and uses various types of sources to engage students’ interest. I commend the authors and editors on an excellent text.’ – Professor Rosemary Barbaret, John Jay College of Criminal Justice, New York Crime: Local and Global covers the way local events have wider aspects than previously thought. Links with people traffickers, international organized crime and violence cannot be ignored any longer. Each crime or area of activity selected within this text has a global reach, and is made ever more possible due to the way globalization has opened up markets, both legitimate and illegitimate. The book’s approach and scope emphasizes that we can no longer view ’crime’ as something which occurs within certain jurisdictions, at certain times and in particular places. For example, the chapter on cybercrime highlights the ’illegal’ acts that can be perpetrated by second lifers, anywhere in the world, but are they a crime? Selected Contents: 1. Interrogating Crime 2. Global Cities, Segregation and Transgression 3. Cybercrime, Transgression and Virtual Environments 4. Gender Abuse and People Trafficking 5. Crime, Harm and Corporate Power 6. Eco-crime 7. The State, Terrorism and Crimes Against Humanity 2009: 246 x 174: 256pp Hb: 978-1-84392-515-6: £58.00 • Pb: 978-1-84392-516-3: £22.99 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9781843925163

bestseller

Criminology Tim Newburn ’At last a truly comprehensive, accessible yet authoritative introductory textbook for students of criminology in the UK and beyond, written by one of our leading criminologists.’ – Professor Gordon Hughes, Cardiff University, UK

Criminal Justice: Local and Global covers the way the ’local’ can be widened out to look at international, transnational and supranational aspects of justice. This means that issues such as corporate crime and human rights can be discussed in a comparative and critical way, examining the possibility, for example of an International Criminal Court, cross-national jurisdictions of regulation and control (such as Interpol) and so on. Each chapter covers a different area of regulation, punishment and process. Unlike previous texts, the book’s approach will be an innovative approach to widen ’justice’ to encompass considerations beyond simple, local jurisdictions. The book will take instances of ’justice’ in one jurisdiction and use global examples to illustrate how ambiguous the concept of ’justice’ can be. Selected Contents: 1. Interrogating Criminal Justice 2. Punitiveness and Cultures of Control 3. Conflict Resolution, Restoration and Informal Justice 4. Risk Prediction, Assessment and Management 5. Surveillance and Social Ordering 6. Transnational Policing and Security 7. Justice, Globalisation and Human Rights 2009: 246 x 174: 256pp Hb: 978-1-84392-513-2: £58.00 • Pb: 978-1-84392-514-9: £22.99 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9781843925149

This is a comprehensive introduction to criminology for students who are either new or relatively new to the subject. It provides the basis of study for undergraduate students, new postgraduate students, and those who need a foundation knowledge of criminology for other relevant courses – including access and foundation degree courses in colleges and universities, courses in law, probation, policing, criminal and forensic investigation and on other aspects of crime and the criminal justice system.

Key points: • fully comprehensive – covering all major areas of criminology and criminal justice as well as guidance on disseration/long-essay writing

’Criminology is a remarkable achievement. Written by one of the most renowned experts in the field, it is the very first sole-authored, comprehensive, truly student-friendly text in the field. In short, this text is set to become an indispensable guide for those who study and teach criminology.’ – Professor Yvonne Jewkes, Leicester University, UK

• authoritative – written by a leading criminologist and experienced teacher

’Newburn’s distinctive accomplishment in this book is the combination of accessibility and scholarship, achieving (near comprehensive) breadth without compromise to depth... It is not easy to think of another criminologist who could have managed this nor or a better single volume to put in the hands of a criminology student.’ – Professor Rob Canton, De Montfort University, UK

• additional website support for students and teachers.

’Exceptionally comprehensive and well structured, it will undoubtedly become one of the leading criminological textbooks on the market... I would have no hesitation in recommending it for use by my students as well as referring my colleagues to it.’ – Lorraine Wolhuter, University of Wolverhampton, UK ’I have little doubt that Newburn’s text will quickly supplant all rivals as our principally recommended text for first-year undergraduate students... I can easily imagine it becoming the new ’bible’ for students of criminology.’ – Dave Waddington, Sheffield Hallam University, UK ’There is no other text which addresses the market anywhere near as effectively as this one.’ – Dave Edwards, London South Bank University, UK

• broad approach – moves beyond sociological approaches to crime and criminal justice to take account of the contribution of other disciplines • up-to-date – informed by QAA subject benchmarks for the teaching of criminology • extensively illustrated with photographs, charts, tables and diagrams and a range of questions for students to discuss and debate

Selected Contents: Part 1: Understanding Crime and Criminology 1. Understanding Crime and Criminology 2. Crime and Punishment in History 3. Crime Data and Crime Trends 4. Crime and the Media Part 2: Understanding Crime – Theories and Concepts 5. Classicism and Positivism 6. Biological Positivism 7. Psychological Positivism 8. Durkheim, Anomie and Strain 8. The Chicago School, Culture and Subcultures 10. Interactionism and Labelling Theory 11. Control Theories 12. Radical and Critical Criminology 13. Realist Criminology 14. Contemporary Classicism 15. Feminist Criminology 16. Late Modernity, Governmentality and Risk Part 3: Understanding Crime – Types and Trends 17. Victims, Victimization a nd Victimology 18. White-collar and Corporate Crime 19. Organised Crime 20. Violent and Property Crime 21. Drugs and Alcohol Part 4: Understanding Criminal Justice 22. Penology and Punishment 23. Understanding Criminal Justice 24. Crime Prevention and Community Safety 25. The Police and Policing 26. Criminal Courts and the Court Process 27. Sentencing and Non-custodial Penalties 28. Prisons and Imprisonment 29. Youth Crime and Youth Justice 30. Restorative Justice Part 5: Critical Issues in Criminology 31. Race, Crime and Justice 32. Gender, Crime and Justice 33. Criminal and Forensic Psychology 34. Globalisation, Terrorism and Human Rights Part 6: Doing Criminology 35. Understanding Criminological Research 36. Doing Criminological Research

2007: 1046pp: Hb: 978-1-84392-285-8: £89.00: Pb: 978-1-84392-284-1: £34.99 | For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9781843922841

Browse and order online: www.routledge.com/criminology

3


i n t ro d u ct i on to crimin ology

4

International Criminology

3rd Edition

2nd Edition

Criminal Law

Criminology

Tony Storey and Alan Lidbury

A Sociological Introduction

Rob Watts, Judith Bessant and Richard Hil

2004: 246 x 174: 448pp Pb: 978-1-84392-100-4: £17.99

Eamonn Carrabine, Maggy Lee, Nigel South, Pam Cox and Ken Plummer

’This comprehensive volume is sure to put a new face on criminology; where it’s been, where it is now and what to expect in the future. Well-written, well thought out and informative, it is a must-read for anyone in the criminology field.’ – J.A. Hitchcock, Cyber Crime Expert and President of Working to Halt Online Abuse

For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9781843921004

New

Crime and Criminal Justice Ian Marsh, Gaynor Melville, Keith Morgan, Gareth Norris and John Cochrane all at Liverpool Hope University, UK

Crime and Criminal Justice provides students with a comprehensive and engaging introduction to the study of criminology by taking an interdisciplinary approach to explaining criminal behaviour and criminal justice.

The book is divided into two parts, which address the two essential bases that form the discipline of criminology. Part one describes, discusses and evaluates a range of theoretical approaches that have offered explanations for crime, drawing upon contributions from the disciplines of sociology, psychology, and biology. It then goes on to apply these theories to specific forms of criminality. Part two offers an accessible but detailed review of the major philosophical aims and sociological theories of punishment, and examines the main areas of the contemporary criminal justice system – including the police, the courts and judiciary, prisons, and more recent approaches to punishment. Presenting a clear and thorough review of theoretical thinking on crime, and of the context and current workings of the criminal justice system, this book provides students with an excellent grounding in the study of criminology. Selected Contents: Part 1: Exploring and Explaining Crime 1. Introduction – Crime: The Historical Context 2. Biological Explanations for Criminal Behaviour 3. Psychological Explanations for Criminal Behaviour 4. Sociological Explanations for Criminal Behaviour 5. Explaining the Criminal Behaviour of Women 6. Explaining the Criminal Behaviour of Ethnic Minorities Part 2: Exploring and Explaining Criminal Justice 7. Why Punish? Philosophies of Punishment 8. Theories of Punishment 9. The History of Crime and Justice 10. Victimology 11. Police and Policing 12. The Courts, Sentencing and the judiciary 13. Prisons and Imprisonment April 2011: 246 x 174: 528pp Hb: 978-0-415-58151-6: £90.00 Pb: 978-0-415-58152-3: £24.99 eBook: 978-0-203-83378-0 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415581523

’Criminology: A Sociological Introduction is that rare thing; a textbook that is attractive – in the sense of being beautifully written and lavishly produced – while not compromising on scholarly insight and rigour. Like the first edition, this new revised version does a remarkable job of pulling together a vast range of socio-criminological theories and topics, both ‘orthodox’ and emerging. The addition of new chapters on ‘Crime, Place and Space’, and ‘Histories of Crime’ support any claims to comprehensiveness. Although the book’s subtitle describes it as an ‘Introduction’, this is a resource that students will take through their entire degree studies and will return to again and again. Authoritative, yet frequently provocative, Carrabine and his colleagues manage to convey both enthusiasm and expertise. In short, the team at Essex are to be congratulated for bringing to a crowded marketplace an introductory criminology text that is genuinely, and refreshingly, different.’ – Yvonne Jewkes, Professor of Criminology, University of Leicester, UK ’Criminology: A Sociological Introduction is a superb, thorough and engaging treatise on the emergence and debates in theory, methods, crime trends and the justice system. The book covers both the classic issues as well as the latest developments in understanding crime in the global context ranging from terrorism to cyber-crime and green crimes, and as such, has an international appeal. A must-read and terrific reference for students and scholars alike.’ – Dr Karen Joe Laidler, University of Hong Kong Specially designed to be accessible and user-friendly, the new edition is also supported by a fully interactive companion website which offers exclusive access to British Crime Survey data, as well as other student and lecturer resources. Selected Contents: Part 1: The Criminological Imagination 1. Introduction 2. Histories of Crime 3. Researching Crime Part 2: Thinking About Crime 4. Enlightenment and Early Traditions 5. Early Sociologies of Crime 6. Radicalizing Traditions: Marxism, feminism and Foucault 7. Crime, Social Theory and Social Change 8. Crime, Place and Space Part 3: Doing Crime 9. Victims and Victimization 10. Crime and Property 11. Crime, Sexuality and Gender 12. Crime, Emotion and Social Psychology 13. Organizational and Professional Forms of Crime Part 4: Controlling Crime 14. Drugs, Alcohol, Health and Crime 15. Thinking About Punishment 16. The Criminal Justice Process 17. Police and Policing 18. Prisons and Imprisonment Part 5: Globalizing Crime 19. Green Criminology 20. Crime and Media 21. Terrorism, State Crime and Human Rights 22. Futures of Crime, Control and Criminology 2008: 246 x 189: 560pp Pb: 978-0-415-46451-2: £27.99 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415464512

A Critical Introduction

Selected Contents: Introduction: Theoretical Traditions and Historical Perspectives 1. What is Crime?: How Criminologists Think about Crime 2. The Origins of Modern Criminology 3. The Consolidation of Modern Criminology 4. Dissenting Criminology: Issues in Contemporary Criminology 5. A Guide to Reading and Thinking about Criminology 6. Explaining Crime: Unemployment and Crime 7. Explaining Crime: Crime and the Family 8. Criminology and the Lure of Crime Prevention 9. Criminal Justice: Victimology and the Victim 10. Criminology and Corporate Crime 11. Criminology and State Crime. Conclusion: Towards a Reflexive Criminology 2008: 246 x 174: 280pp Pb: 978-0-415-43179-8: £24.99 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415431798

Criminology eBooks Taylor & Francis have over 500 cutting edge law titles for subscription or outright purchase, including important titles in the field of Criminology. You can also tailor-make your own collection from our complete range of over 23,000 eBooks!

For more information about eContent for your library, please contact your local online sales team: UK and Rest of World Email: online.sales@tandf.co.uk Tel: +44 (0)20 701 76062 USA, Canada and South America Email: e-reference@taylorandfrancis.com Tel: 1-888-318-2367

www.ebooksubscriptions.com

Complimentary Exam Copy

e-Inspection New in Paperback

Companion Website


g e n e r al c r i mi n olo gy

General Criminology

Forthcoming

New

Crime and Economics

Illegal Leisure Revisited

An Introduction

Changing Patterns of Alcohol and Drug Use in Adolescents and Young Adults

Kevin Albertson and Chris Fox, Manchester Metropolitan University, UK

Forthcoming

The Trouble With Truth Transition, Reconciliation and Struggling with the Past in Northern Ireland Kieran McEvoy, Queens University, Belfast Unlike many other peace accords, the Good Friday Agreement signed in 1998 did not include a formal mechanism for ‘dealing with the past‘ in Northern Ireland. Despite that omission, the politics of truth recovery and its assumed links to reconciliation have been a constant theme in the transition from conflict in the jurisdiction. This book critically explores that relationship. It draws extensively from the international context and the author’s experience over several years of grassroots work exploring ‘dealing with the past‘ style initiatives. It charts the myriad of styles of truth recovery which have been part of the Northern Ireland transition including the Bloody Sunday Tribunal, public inquiries into controversial deaths, the work of the Office of the Police Ombudsman, litigation strategies and various ‘bottom up‘ community based efforts at truth recovery. It also reflects upon the recommendations of the British government appointed Consultative Group on the Past and the contested debate as to how and whether its recommendations should be implemented. The book argues that the Northern Ireland experience speaks to important issues more generally in transitional justice concerning the sequencing, ownership and forms of truth recovery deployed, the agentic capacity of grass-roots activism, the politicization of victimhood, the construction and deployment of transitional knowledge, the importance of political will and leadership in transitions and the problematic relationship between truth recovery and reconciliation. June 2012: 234 x 156: 256pp Hb: 978-1-84392-236-0: £62.00 Pb: 978-1-84392-235-3: £22.99

Crime and Economics provides the first comprehensive and accessible text to address the economics of crime within the study of crime and criminology The economics of crime is an area of growing activity and concern, increasingly influential both to the study of crime and criminal justice and to the formulation of crime reduction and criminal justice policy. As well as providing an overview of the relationship between economics and crime, this book poses key questions such as: What is the impact of the labour market and poverty on crime? Can society decrease criminal activity from a basis of economic disincentives? What forms of crime reduction and methods of reducing re-offending are most cost beneficial? Can illicit organized crime and illicit drug markets be understood better through the application of economic analysis? For those interested in economic methods, but without previous economic training, this book also provides an accessible overview of key areas such as cost-benefit analysis, econometrics and the debate around how to estimate the costs of crime. This book will be key reading for undergraduate and postgraduate students of criminology and economics and those working in the criminal justice system including practitioners, managers and policy makers. Selected Contents: 1. Introduction 2. A Brief Introduction to Economic Theory 3. Modelling Criminal Behaviour 4. Rational Choice Theory in Criminology 5. The Labour Market, Poverty and Crime 6. Economic Tools: Estimating the Bottom Line of Criminal Justice Intervetions 7. The Costs of Crime 8. Crime Reduction 9. The Economic Analysis of Prisons and Community Justice Alternatives 10. Organised Crime 11. Illicit Drugs August 2011: 234 x 156: 360pp Hb: 978-1-84392-843-0: £80.00 Pb: 978-1-84392-842-3: £26.99 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9781843928423

related journals

For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9781843922353

Global Crime Editor: Carlo Morselli, University of Montreal

Journal of Crime and Justice New to Routledge for 2011!

www.tandf.co.uk/journals/fglc

Official Publication of the Midwestern Criminal Justice Association.

Justice Quarterly

Editor: Michael J. Leiber, University of South Florida, USA

Published by Routledge in partnership with the Academy of Criminal Justice Sciences (ACJS).

Editor: Cassia C. Spohn, Arizona State University, USA www.tandf.co.uk/journals/rjqy

Journal of Criminal Justice Education Published by Routledge in partnership with the Academy of Criminal Justice Sciences (ACJS).

Editor: Christopher J. Schreck, Rochester Institute of Technology, USA

www.tandf.co.uk/journals/rjcj

International Journal of Comparative and Applied Criminal Justice New to Routledge for 2011! Official Journal of the American Society for Criminology’s Division of International Criminology

Editor-In-Chief: Mahesh K. Nalla, Michigan State University, USA www.tandf.co.uk/journals/rcac

www.tandf.co.uk/journals/rcje

Browse and order online: www.routledge.com/criminology

Judith Aldridge, University of Manchester, UK, Fiona Measham, Lancaster University, UK and Lisa Williams, University of Manchester, UK Series: Adolescence and Society Series

This book updates the progress into adulthood of the cohort of fourteen-year-olds who were recruited and tracked until they were eighteen years old. Illegal Leisure (1998) described their adolescent journeys and lifestyles, focusing on their early regular drinking and extensive ‘recreational’ drug use.

This new edition revisits these original chapters, providing commentaries around them to discuss current implications of the original publication, plus documenting and discussing the group at twenty-two and twenty-seven years of age. Illegal Leisure Revisited positions the journeys of these twenty-somethings against the ever-changing backdrop of a consumption-oriented leisure society, the rapid expansion of the British night-time economy and the place of substance use in contemporary social worlds. It presents to the reader the ways in which these young people have moved into the world of work, long-term relationships and parenthood, and the resulting changes in the function and frequency of their drinking and drug-use patterns. Amid dire public health warnings about their favourite intoxicants, and with the growing criminalisation of a widening array of recreational drugs, the book revisits these young people as they continue as archetypal citizens in a risk society. The book is ideal reading for researchers and undergraduate students from a variety of fields, such as developmental and social psychology, sociology, criminology, cultural and health studies. Professionals working in criminal justice, health promotion, drugs education, harm reduction and treatment will also find this book an invaluable resource. Selected Contents: 1. History Lessons: Drug Use Trends Amongst Young Britons 1980 - 2010 2. The North-West Longitudinal Study 3. Alcohol ’Our Favourite Drug’ 4. Patterns: An Overview of Drug Offers, Trying, Use and Drugs Experiences Across Adolescence 5. Pathways: Drug Abstainers, Former Triers, Current Users and Those in Transition 6. Journeys: Becoming Users of Drugs 7. Towards the Normalisation of Recreational Drug Use February 2011: 216 x 138: 264pp Hb: 978-0-415-49552-3: £47.50 Pb: 978-0-415-49553-0: £23.95 eBook: 978-0-203-83046-8 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415495530

View any

product

online using the urls below each listing

5


genera l cr imin olog y

6

State Crime

Today’s White Collar Crime

Textbook

Alan Doig

Legal, Investigative, and Theoretical Perspectives

White Collar Crime

Series: Crime and Society Series

An Opportunity Perspective

This book provides an introduction to state crime, with a particular focus on the UK.

Hank J. Brightman, United States Naval War College, USA

State Crime is split into six sections in order to address a number of key questions. What is state crime according to the literature? What is a crime? What is the state? What are the drivers for the State to commit a crime? What are the roles of the various institutions of the State in being involved in state crime and what, in terms of monitoring or investigating state crime or unethical conduct, are the roles of those institutions, from the police through to Parliament, responsible for holding governments and state institutions to account?

Michael Benson, University of Cincinnati, USA and Sally S. Simpson, University of Maryalnd, USA

Series: Criminology and Justice Studies

Series: Criminology and Justice Studies

Unusually for books on state crime, this book looks at a specific country as the context within which to explore these issues. Further, it not only looks at crime but also the structure of the modern state and thus provides a balanced and rigorous perspective with which to study the concept of state crime. Overall, this book seeks to provide an introduction to state crime for contemporary states which will facilitate the study of such issues as part of mainstream academic study across a number of disciplines. Selected Contents: 1. The Issue of British State Crime: Introduction 2. Themes from the State Crime Literature: Labels 3. Themes from the State Crime Literature: Motives 4. What is a State in the UK Context? 5. State Crime: What is a Crime in the UK Context? 6. Not on the Label? State Crime: Opportunities and Motives in a Liberal Democratic State 7. Controlling State Crime and State Crime 8. Conclusion: Three Issues in Rethinking State Crime 2010: 234 x 156: 280pp Hb: 978-1-84392-307-7: £55.00 Pb: 978-1-84392-306-0: £22.99 eBook: 978-0-203-83296-7 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9781843923060

State Crime in the Global Age Edited by William J. Chambliss, The George Washington University, USA, Raymond Michalowski, Northern Arizona University, USA and Ronald Kramer, Western Michigan University, USA State Crime in the Global Age brings together original writings from leading scholars in the field to explore the many ways that the use and abuse of state power results in grave social harms that outweigh, by far, the consequences of ordinary street crime. The topics covered include the crimes of empire, illegal war, the bombing of civilians, state sanctioned torture, state sacrifice of human lives, and judicial wrongdoing. The book breaks new ground through its examination of the ways globalization has intensified potentials for state crime, as well as bringing novel theoretical understandings of the state to the study of state crime, and exploring strategies for confronting state crime. This book, while containing much that is of interest to scholars of state crime, is designed to be accessible to students and others who are concerned with the ways individuals, social groups, and whole nations are victimized by the misuse of state power. 2010: 234 x 156: 320pp Hb: 978-1-84392-704-4: £62.00 Pb: 978-1-84392-703-7: £23.99 eBook: 978-1-84392-705-1 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9781843927037

Written as a text for undergraduate courses, this book appeals to instructors interested in teaching the field of white-collar crime, both from a matter-of-fact investigative perspective as well as a decidedly academic endeavor. Accordingly, it goes beyond discussing the basic theories and typologies of commonly-encountered offenses such as fraud, forgery, embezzlement, and currency counterfeiting, to include the legalistic aspects of white-collar crime. It also explores the investigative tools and analytical techniques needed if students wish to pursue careers in this field. Because of the inextricable links between abuse-of-trust crimes such as misuse of government office, nepotism, and bribery and the realm of corporate corruption, these issues are also included. The text also maintains a connection between white-collar crime and acts of international terrorism; as well as the more controversial aspects of possible abuses of power within the public arena posed by the USA Patriot Act of 2001 and the asset forfeiture process. Adapted readings at the end of each chapter provide readable cases of white collar crime in action to illustrate the principles / theories presented. Activities, exercises, and photographs are also included in each of the ten chapters and a Companion Web Site provides additional test items and other instructor support material. Selected Contents: 1. Today’s White Collar Crime 2. Information Technology and White Collar Crime 3. The Corporate State Corruption Connection – Can It Be Stopped? 4. The Origins of Public Corruption Control in the United States: 1883-1969 5. The ’Modern Era’ of Public Corruption Control: The 1970s Through Today 6. White Collar Crime Theory: Origins and Early Developments 7. Organizational and Societal Crime Theories 8. White Collar Crime: A Legalistic Perspective 9. White Collar Crime Analysis and Trends 10. Where Do We Go From Here? The Future of White Collar Crime 2009: 235 x 156: 448pp Hb: 978-0-415-99610-5: £85.00 Pb: 978-0-415-99611-2: £34.99 eBook: 978-0-203-88177-4 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415996112

’The authors have drawn on an extensive body of research in the field and further the arguement of their predecessors that white-collar crime is misunderstood and underexamined – Highly Recommended.’ – Choice, September 2009 Selected Contents: Part 1: White-Collar Crime and White-Collar Criminals 1. The First Problem: What is White-Collar Crime? 2. Who is the White-Collar Offender? 3. Traditional Explanations of White-Collar Crime Part 2: Opportunity and White-Collar Crime 4. Criminal Opportunities 5. Applying the Opportunity Perspective to White-Collar Crime 6. Industries, Organizations and Opportunity 7. The Symbolic Construction of Opportunities 8. The Distribution of Opportunity: Race, Gender and Class Part 3: Responding to White-Collar Crime 9. Legal Remedies 10. Extra-Legal Remedies 11. Conclusions 2009: 229 x 152: 256pp Hb: 978-0-415-95663-5: £80.00 Pb: 978-0-415-95664-2: £23.99 eBook: 978-0-203-88043-2 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415956642

Forthcoming

Crime Scenes Forensics and Aesthetics Rebecca Scott Bray, University of Sydney, Australia Crime Scenes examines the ways in which knowledge about crime, death and the dead body is produced. Forensic and medico-legal practices are charged with ‘handling’ the dead (who cannot speak for themselves) and do so primarily by making injurious events visible so that the law might pass judgment. The image is thus a key site for interpreting and reconstructing the past in legal discourse. Arguing that the images (photographic images, autopsy pictures, legal testimonies) and the narratives generated through their production are the prisms through which crime and death are seen and comprehended within law, Crime Scenes explores the tension exhibited by images, as both evidential and imaginative products. Key forensic and legal spaces – such as the crime scene, the mortuary and the courtroom – as well as key methods of representing crime and death – police photography, mortuary photography and the autopsy, and legal testimony – are considered in relation to the non-legal use of historical forensic photographs, the broader cultural fascination with such images, and the canon of mortuary art quarried from medico-legal domains. The formal ‘forensic’ image, it is argued, is a site of conjecture. And its various aspects are elucidated here through an examination of the creation and the exhibition of forensic images, and the trouble that emerges when discursive boundaries – such as those between law and art – begin to haemorrhage. Selected Contents: 1. Introduction 2. A History of Law’s Life with the Corpse 3. Picturing Crime and Police Photography: In Love with Law’s Images 4. Truancy: The Cultural Life of Legal Pictures 5. Letters from the Dead House: Forensic Pathology and the Mortuary 6. The Trouble with Testimony 7. Law’s Lacunae 8. The Aesthetic Life of Law’s Corpses 9. Conclusion September 2011: 234 x 156: 240pp Hb: 978-0-415-48390-2: £75.00 Pb: 978-0-415-48391-9: £21.99 eBook: 978-0-203-09139-5 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415483919

Complimentary Exam Copy

e-Inspection New in Paperback

Companion Website


g e n e r al c r i mi n olo gy

Existentialist Criminology

Forthcoming

Edited by Don Crewe, Roehampton University, UK and Ronnie Lippens, Keele University, UK

Terrorist Financing, Money Laundering and Tax Evasion

Existentialist Criminology captures an emerging interest in the value of existentialist thought and concepts for criminological work on crime, deviance, crime control, and criminal justice. Selected Contents: Introduction. Existentialism: Freedom, Being and Crime 1. Will to Self Consummation and Will to Crime: A Study in Criminal Motivation 2. Being Accused, Becoming Criminal 3. Biaphobia, State Violence, and the Definition of Violence 4. Existentialism, Edgework, and the Contingent Body: Exploring the Criminological Implications of Ultimate Fighting 5. Scrounging: Time, Space, and Being 6. White-Collar Offenders After the Fall from Grace. Stigma, Blocked Paths and Resettlement 7. ‘We Just Live Day-to-Day’. A Case Study of Life after Release Following Wrongful Conviction 8. The Seductions of Conformity. The Criminological Importance of a Phenomenology of Exchange 9. Existentialism and the Criminology of the Shadow 10. Towards Existential Hybridization? A Contemplation on the Being and Nothingness of Critical Criminology 2008: 234 x 156: 320pp Hb: 978-0-415-46771-1: £80.00 eBook: 978-0-203-88265-8 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415467711

Risk, Power and the State After Foucault Magnus Hörnqvist, Stockholm University, Sweden Risk, Power and the State addresses how power is exercised in and by contemporary state organizations. Through a detailed analysis of programmatic attempts to shape behaviour linked to considerations of risk, this book pursues the argument that, whilst Foucault is useful for understanding power, the Foucauldian tradition – with its strands of discourse analysis, of governmentality studies, or of radical Deleuzian critique – suffers from a lack of clarification on key conceptual issues. Oriented around four case studies, the architecture of the book devolves upon the distinction between productive and repressive power. The first two studies focus on productive power: the management of long-term unemployment in the public employment service and cognitive-behavioural interventions in the prison service. Two further studies concern repressive interventions: the conditions of incarceration in the prison service and the activity of the customs service. These studies reveal that power, as conceptualized within the Foucauldian tradition, must be modified. A more complex notion of productive power is needed, which covers interventions that appeal to desires, and which govern both at a distance and at close range. Additionally, the simplistic paradigm of repressive power is called into question by the need to consider the organizing role of norms and techniques that circumvent agency. Finally, it is argued, Foucault’s concept of strategies – which accounts for the thick web of administrative directives, organizational routines, and techniques that simultaneously shape the behaviour of targeted individuals and members of the organization – requires an organizational dimension that is often neglected in the Foucauldian tradition. Selected Contents: Introduction. Activation Quaranteed: Individualizing the Pressure to Perform. Subjected Freedom: The Productivity of Power. Institutional Order: Guiding Repression through Risk. Generalized Control: Negotiating Contradictory Expectations through Risk. Conclusions 2010: 234 x 156: 192pp Hb: 978-0-415-54768-0: £75.00 eBook: 978-0-203-85705-2 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415547680

Examining the Performance of Financial Intelligence Units Jayesh D’Souza, Florida International University, USA Using the Balanced Scorecard method for assessment, this book explores the effectiveness of a government’s financial intelligence units in combating terrorist financing. It explores the large-scale misuse of funds to commit financial crimes, describes how easy it is for criminals, and reviews the inter-jurisdictional problems involved. Contributions from politicians, government policy analysts, auditors, regulators, police officers, lawyers, bankers, and academics provide various perspectives. Case studies demonstrate innovative solutions and crime fighting strategies. Although focused on the U.S., Canada, Australia, the European Union, the UK, Spain, and Holland, the strategies apply to all countries. Selected Contents: Introduction. Financial Crime. Performance in Countering Financial Crime. Risk Management and Financial Crime. Conclusion.

A Guide to Surviving a Career in Academia Navigating the Rites of Passage Edited by Emily Lenning, Fayetteville State University, Sara Brightman and Susan Caringella both at Western Michigan University A Guide to Surviving a Career in Academia is written from a feminist perspective, and draws on the information offered in workshops conducted at national meetings like the American Society of Criminology and the Society for the Study of Social Problems. Through the course of the book, an expert team of authors guide you through the obstacle course of finding effective mentors during graduate school, finding a job, negotiating a salary, teaching, collaborating with practitioners, successfully publishing, earning tenure and redressing denial and, finally, retirement. This collection is a must read for all academics, but especially women just beginning their careers, who face unique challenges when navigating through these age-old rites of passage.

For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9781439828502

Selected Contents: Introduction: The Journey 1. Surviving Graduate School 2. Strategies for Success on the Job Market 3. Money Matters: The Art of Negotiating for Women Faculty 4. Being a New Faculty 5. Teaching with Intention: Technique, Innovation and Change in Criminal Justice Education 6. A Brief Guide to Academic Publishing 7. Collaborating with Practitioners 8. Getting Tenure and Redressing Denial 9. Retirement: Another Frontier. Conclusion: And the Journey Continues

The Scene of Violence

2010: 234 x 156: 160pp Pb: 978-0-415-78022-3: £24.99

Cinema, Crime, Affect

For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415780223

August 2011: 235 x 156: 232pp Pb: 978-1-4398-2850-2: £38.99 eBook: 978-1-4398-2851-9

Alison Young, Melbourne University, Australia ’Alison Young may be the best law and film scholar in the world. Her insight and eminence in the field are amply on display in The Scene of Violence. Here Young draws our attention to what she calls ’the spectatorial relation engendered by film.’ No one who watches a film will ever watch it the same way after reading this book. No one who has ever thought about the relationship of law, violence and film will ever think about them the same way after reading this book. The Scene of Violence will be an instant classic.’ – Austin Sarat, William Nelson Cromwell Professor of Jurisprudence and Political Science at Amherst College The Scene of Violence explores the spectator’s encounter with the cinematic scene of violence – rape and revenge, homicide and serial killing, torture and terrorism. Providing a detailed reading of both classical and contemporary films Alison Young returns the affective processes of the cinematic image to the study of law, crime and violence. Engaging with legal theory, cultural criminology and film studies, the book unfolds both our attachment to the authority of law and our identification with the illicit. Its original contribution is to bring together the cultural fascination of crime with a nuanced account of what it means to watch cinema. The Scene of Violence shows how the spectator is bound by the laws of film to the judgment of the crime-image. Selected Contents: 1. The Crime-Image 2. Judging the Affect of Screen Violence 3. ’Don’t You Fucking Look At Me’: Sexual Injury, Vision and Cinematic Revenge 4. The Serial Killer’s Accomplice 5. The Cinema of Disaster: Screening 9/11 6. No End to Violence? 2009: 234 x 156: 200pp Hb: 978-0-415-49071-9: £80.00 Pb: 978-0-415-58508-8: £27.99 eBook: 978-0-203-88079-1 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415585088

Browse and order online: www.routledge.com/criminology

Contemporary Critical Criminology Walter S. DeKeseredy, Ontario University, Institute of Technology, Canada Series: Key Ideas in Criminology The concept of critical criminology – that crime and the present day processes of criminalization are rooted in the core structures of society – is of more relevance today than it has been at any other time. Written by an internationally renowned scholar, Contemporary Critical Criminology introduces the most up-to-date empirical, theoretical, and political contributions made by critical criminologists around the world. In its exploration of this material, the book also challenges the erroneous but widely held notion that the critical criminological project is restricted to mechanically applying theories to substantive topics, or to simple calling for radical political, economic, cultural, and social transformations. This book is an essential source of reference for both undergraduate and postgraduate students of Criminology, Criminal Theory, Social Policy, Research Methodology, and Penology. Selected Contents: Preface Acknowledgements 1. Critical Criminology: Definition and Brief History 2. Contemporary Critical Criminological Schools of Thought 3. Contemporary Critical Criminological Research 4. Confronting Crime: Critical Criminological Policies. References 2010: 198 x 129: 144pp Pb: 978-0-415-55666-8: £20.99 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415556668

7


genera l cr imin olog y

8

New

Forthcoming

Routledge Handbook of International Criminology

Routledge Handbook of Surveillance Studies

Edited by Cindy J. Smith, Sheldon X. Zhang and Rosemary Barberet

Edited by David Lyon, Queen’s University, Ontario, Canada, Kevin Haggerty, University of Alberta, Canada and Kirstie Ball, Open University Business School, UK

Series: Routledge International Handbooks The Routledge Handbook of International Criminology brings together the latest thinking and findings from a diverse group of both senior and promising young scholars from around the globe. This collaborative project articulates a new way of thinking about criminology that extends existing perspectives in understanding crime and social control across borders, jurisdictions, and cultures, and facilitates the development of an over-arching framework that is truly international. The book is divided into three parts, in which three distinct yet overlapping types of crime are analyzed: international crime, transnational crime, and national crime. Each of these perspectives is then articulated through a number of chapters which cover theory and methods, international and transnational crime analyses, and case studies of criminology and criminal justice in relevant nations. In addition, questions placed at the end of each chapter encourage greater reflection on the issues raised, and will encourage young scholars to move the field of inquiry forward. This Handbook is an excellent reference tool for undergraduate and graduate students with particular interests in research methods, international criminology, and making comparisons across countries. Selected Contents: Part 1: Methods and Theories Part 2: Special Topics Part 3: Criminology and Criminal Justice in Context April 2011: 246 x 174: 584pp Hb: 978-0-415-77909-8: £130.00 eBook: 978-0-203-86470-8 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415779098

New

Handbook of Human Rights Edited by Thomas Cushman, Wellesley College, USA Series: Routledge International Handbooks The Handbook maps out the field of human rights for the humanities and social sciences. It provides a solid foundation for the reader who wants to learn the basic parameters of the field, but also to promote new thinking and frameworks for the future study of human rights in the twenty-first century. Selected Contents: Part 1: Foundations and Critiques Part 2: New Frameworks for Understanding Human Rights Part 3: World Religious Traditions and Human Rights Part 4: Social, Economic, Group and Collective Rights Part 5: Critical Perspectives on Human Rights Organizations, Institutions, and Practices Part 6: Law and Human Rights Part 7: Narrative and Aesthetic Dimension of Rights Part 8: Geographies of Rights May 2011: 246 x 174: 720pp Hb: 978-0-415-48023-9: £130.00 eBook: 978-0-203-88703-5 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415480239

Series: Routledge International Handbooks Surveillance has a high profile in security contexts. But it is also increasingly central to organizational life. Personal information is valued commercially as well as in policing. Through international comparisons and up-to-date analysis this handbook shows how and why surveillance operates today, touching everyday life with unprecedented consequences both good and bad. Special pre-publication offer, valid until end of March 2012. Selected Contents: Part 1: Histories and Theories of Surveillance Part 2: Population and Control Part 3: Policing, Intelligence and War Part 4: Surveillance, Production and Consumption Part 5: Surveillance and New Media Part 6: Surveillance and Security Part 7: Identification and Surveillance Part 8: Regulation and Resistance December 2011: 246 x 174: 416pp Hb: 978-0-415-58883-6: £115.00 until March 2012, then £130.00 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415588836

Public Criminology? Ian Loader, University of Oxford, UK and Richard Sparks, University of Edinburgh, UK Series: Key Ideas in Criminology What is the role and value of criminology in a democratic society? How do, and how should, its practitioners engage with politics and public policy? How can criminology find a voice in an agitated, insecure and intensely mediated world in which crime and punishment loom large in government agendas and public discourse? What collective good do we want criminological enquiry to promote? In addressing these questions, Ian Loader and Richard Sparks offer a sociological account of how criminologists understand their craft and position themselves in relation to social and political controversies about crime, whether as scientific experts, policy advisors, governmental players, social movement theorists, or lonely prophets. They examine the conditions under which these diverse commitments and affiliations arose, and gained or lost credibility and influence. This forms the basis for a timely articulation of the idea that criminology’s overarching public purpose is to contribute to a better politics of crime and its regulation. Public Criminology? offers an original and provocative account of the condition of, and prospects for, criminology which will be of interest not only to those who work in the fields of crime, security and punishment, but to anyone interested in the vexed relationship between social science, public policy and politics. Selected Contents: Introduction: Why Public Criminology? 1. The Condition of Contemporary Criminology 2. The Public Social Science Debate 3. Criminology in a Hot Climate 4. Cooling Devices 5. Criminology as a Democratic Under-Labourer. 2010: 198 x 129: 208pp Pb: 978-0-415-44550-4: £23.99 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415445504

Methods and Data The Reviewer’s Guide to Quantitative Methods in the Social Sciences Edited by Gregory R. Hancock, University of Maryland, College Park, USA and Ralph O. Mueller, University of Hartford, USA

The Reviewer’s Guide to Quantitative Methods in the Social Sciences is designed for evaluators of research manuscripts and proposals in the social and behavioral sciences, and beyond. Its thirty-one uniquely structured chapters cover both traditional and emerging methods of quantitative data analysis, which neither junior nor veteran reviewers can be expected to know in detail. The book updates readers on each technique’s key principles, appropriate usage, underlying assumptions, and limitations. It thereby assists reviewers to offer constructive commentary on works they evaluate, and also serves as an indispensable author’s reference for preparing sound research manuscripts and proposals.

Selected Contents: 1. Analysis of Variance: BetweenGroups Designs 2. Analysis of Variance: Repeated Measures Designs 3. Canonical Correlation Analysis 4. Cluster Analysis 5. Correlation and Other Measures of Association 6. Discriminant Analysis 7. Effect Sizes and Confidence Intervals 8. Factor Analysis: Exploratory and Confirmatory 9. Generalizability Theory 10. Hierarchical Linear Modeling 11. Interrater Reliability 12. Item Response Theory 13. Latent Class Analysis 14. Latent Growth Curve Models 15. Latent Transition Analysis 16. Latent Variable Mixture Models 17. Logistic Regression 18. Log-Linear Analysis 19. Meta-Analysis 20. Multidimensional Scaling 21. Multiple Regression 22. Multitrait-Multimethod Analysis 23. Multivariate Analysis of Variance 24. Power Analysis 25. Reliability and Validity of Instruments 26. Research Design 27. Single-Subject Design and Analysis 28. Structural Equation Modeling 29. Structural Equation Modeling: Multisample Covariance and Mean Structures 30. Survey Sampling, Administration, and Analysis 31. Survival Analysis 2010: 254 x 178: 448pp Hb: 978-0-415-96507-1: £125.00 Pb: 978-0-415-96508-8: £44.99 eBook: 978-0-203-86155-4 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415965088

Single Subject Research Methodology in Behavioral Sciences David L. Gast, University of Georgia, USA This book is written for student researchers, practitioners, and university faculty who are interested in answering applied research questions and objectively evaluating educational and clinical practices. 2009: 254 x 178: 488pp Hb: 978-0-8058-6276-8: £115.00 Pb: 978-0-8058-6277-5: £55.00 eBook: 978-0-203-87793-7 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780805862775

Complimentary Exam Copy

e-Inspection New in Paperback

Companion Website


me thods an d data

New

Social Statistics The Basics and Beyond Thomas J. Linneman, The College of William and Mary, Virginia, USA Series: Contemporary Sociological Perspectives ’Finally, here is a Statistics textbook that I can assign to my students without apology or reservation. It manages the tricky feat (I’d once believed it impossible) of being highly accessible to introductory students while still containing enough depth and nuance of more advanced topics, as used in real research contexts and as I teach them in my course.’ – Nathan Wright, Sociology, Bryn Mawr College ’Tom Linneman has written an outstanding – and unique – social statistics text. Written with uncommon wit and clarity, Social Statistics addresses both basic and advanced techniques in a way that will engage the most reluctant undergraduate. The examples based on actual data and published research greatly increase the value of this impressive contribution.’ – Matt Huffman, Sociology, University of California, Irvine Selected Contents: Part 1: The Basics 1. Data: What They Are and What We Do With Them 2. Telling Visual Stories: Tables and Graphs 3. The Center and What Surrounds It: Measures of Central Tendency and Variation 4: Speaking Beyond the Sample with Crosstabs: The Chi-Square Test 5. Speaking Beyond the Sample with a Mean or Proportion: Confidence Intervals 6. Speaking Beyond the Sample with More Than One Mean: T-Tests and ANOVA 7. Ratio-Level Relationships: Bivariate Correlation and Regression 8. Speaking Beyond the Sample with Slopes: Inference and Regression Part 2: Beyond the Basics 9. Dichotomies as Independent Variables: Reference Grouping 10. The Logic and Power of Controlling: Nested Regression Models 11. Comparing and Contrasting Regression Slopes: Beta Coefficients 12. Catching Up or Falling Behind: Interaction Effects 13. Predicting Probabilities Instead of Values: Logistic Regression 14. Telling Visual Stories with Regression: Path Analysis 15. Questioning the Greatness of Straightness: Nonlinear Relationships

Regression Analysis for the Social Sciences

The International Social Survey Programme 1984-2009

Rachel A. Gordon, University of Illinois, Chicago, USA

Charting the Globe

’Regression Analysis for the Social Sciences gives graduate students and their teachers an exceptionally well-written introduction to statistical concepts along with precise, step-by-step instructions for putting those concepts into practice. By interweaving conceptual discussion with illustrations from social science literature and how-to examples using Stata, SAS, Excel and national data sets, Gordon has created a uniquely effective teaching tool.’ – Margaret Usdansky, Sociology, Syracuse University Selected Contents: 1. Examples of Social Science Research Using Regression Analysis 2. Planning a Quantitative Research Project With Existing Data 3. Basic Features of Statistical Packages and Data Documentation 4. Basics of Writing Batch Programs with Statistical Packages 5. Basic Concepts of Bivariate Regression 6. Basic Concepts of Multiple Regression 7. Dummy Variables 8. Interactions 9. Nonlinear Relationships 10. Indirect Effects and Omitted Variable Bias 11. Outliers, Heteroskedasticity, and Multicollinearity 12. Putting It All Together and Thinking About Where to Go Next 2010: 235 x 187: 632pp Hb: 978-0-415-99154-4: £95.00 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415991544

Sociologists Backstage Answers to 10 Questions About What They Do Sarah Fenstermaker and Nikki Jones, both at University of California, Santa Barbara, USA

2010: 235 x 187: 576pp Hb: 978-0-415-80501-8: £70.00 eBook: 978-0-203-84167-9

Series: Contemporary Sociological Perspectives

For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415805018

The stories in Sociologists Backstage tell how the contributors, who differ in so many ways, dealt with the situations they found themselves in as they did their research, and how who they were and what they had become in their lives intersected with those situations. The stories will fascinate you, and give you a lot to think about as you go ahead with your own research adventure.

GIS and Spatial Analysis for the Social Sciences Coding, Mapping, and Modeling Robert Nash Parker and Emily K. Asencio Series: Contemporary Sociological Perspectives This is the first book to provide sociologists, criminologists, political scientists, and other social scientists with the methodological logic and techniques for doing spatial analysis in their chosen fields of inquiry. The book contains a wealth of examples as to why these techniques are worth doing, over and above conventional statistical techniques using SPSS or other statistical packages. 2008: 279 x 216: 272pp Hb: 978-0-415-98961-9: £105.00 Pb: 978-0-415-98962-6: £42.00 eBook: 978-0-203-92934-6

From the Foreword by Howard Becker:

Selected Contents: Section 1: Urban Sociology in the Post-Civil Rights Era 1. Mary Pattillo 2. Scott Brooks 3. Alford Young 4. Mitchell Duneier Section 2: Global Ethnography and the Study of Transnational Labor Migrations 5. Milliann Kang 6. Hung Cam Thai 7. Nazli Kibria 8. Rhacael Parrenas Section 3: Studying Gender, Crime and Violence in the Era of Mass Incarceration 9. Meda Chesney-Lind 10. Victor Rios 11. Mercer Sullivan 12. Valerie Jenness Section 4: The Researcher As 13. Karyn Lacy 14. France Winddance Twine 15. Denise Segura 16. Christine Williams 17. Verta Taylor and Leila Rupp 2010: 235 x 156: 272pp Hb: 978-0-415-80658-9: £100.00 Pb: 978-0-415-87093-1: £24.99 eBook: 978-0-203-84036-8 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415870931

For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415989626

Browse and order online: www.routledge.com/criminology

Edited by Max Haller, University of Graz, Austria, Roger Jowell, City University London, UK and Tom W. Smith, NORC at the University of Chicago, USA Series: Social Research Today Cross-country comparisons are critical to a nuanced understanding of society and are central to the social sciences. For twenty-five years The International Social Survey Programme has profoundly influenced the development of mass comparative surveys. Now, original analysis of the findings by thirty-five leading academics illuminate similarities and contrasts between the attributes, attitudes and values of people living within markedly different cultures and political systems. 2009: 234 x 156: 496pp Hb: 978-0-415-49192-1: £126.00 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415491921

Forthcoming

Inventive Methods The Happening of the Social Edited by Lury Celia and Nina Wakeford both at Goldsmiths University of London, UK Series: CRESC Methods texts in social and cultural research have not kept pace with the increasing importance of interdisciplinary work, changing conceptions of the empirical, and the need to communicate with diverse users and audiences. This volume proposes a set of new approaches for the empirical investigation of the contemporary world. Building on the increasing importance of methodologies that cut across disciplines, authors explain the utility for social and cultural research of ’devices’ including the list, the pattern, the event and the anecdote. The collection as a whole stresses the open-endedness of the social world, as well as the ways in which each device requires the user to reflect critically on the value and status of contemporary ways of making knowledge. The chapters employ a range of genres and styles of writing to explore devices as hinges between theory and practice, ontology and epistemology. Selected Contents: Introduction 1. Anecdote 2. (Auto) Biography 3. Configuration 4. Event 5. Experiment 6. Image 7. Installation 8. List 9. Number 10. Panic 11. Pattern 12. Performance 13. Population 14. Probe 15. Set 16. Sound 17. Voice September 2011: 234 x 156: 224pp Hb: 978-0-415-57481-5: £75.00 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415574815

Full Table of Contents For full table of contents on all titles featured in this catalog, visit: www.routledge.com/criminology

9


m et ho d s an d data

10

Method in Social Science

Research Methods: The Basics

Andrew Sayer, University of Lancaster.

Nicholas Walliman, Oxford Brookes University, UK

2nd Edition – Textbook

In its first edition, Method in Social Science was widely praised for its penetrating analysis of central questions in social science discourse. This revised edition comes with a new preface and a full bibliography. The book is intended for students and researchers familiar with social science but having little or no previous experiences of philosophical and methodological discussion, and for those who are interested in realism and method.

2010: 216 x 138: 336pp Pb: 978-0-415-58159-2: £24.99 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415581592

Models in Statistical Social Research Götz Rohwer, Ruhr-Universitat Bochum, Germany Series: Social Research Today Selected Contents: 1. Variables and Relations 1.1. Variables and Distributions 1.2. Relations 2. Notions of Structure 2.1. Statistical Notions of Structure 2.2. Taking Relations into Account 3. Processes and Process Frames 3.1. Historical and Repeatable Processes 3.2 Time Series and Statistical Processes 3.3. Stochastic Process Frames 4. Functional Models 4.1. Deterministic Models 4.2. Models with Stochastic Variables 4.3. Exogenous and Unobserved Variables 5. Functional Causality 5.1. Functional Causes and Conditions 5.2. Ambiguous References to Individuals 5.3. Isolating Functional Causes 6. Models and Statistical Data 6.1. Functional Models and Data 6.2. Experimental and Observational Data 6.3. Interventions and Reference Problems 7. Models with Event Variables 7.1. Situations and Events 7.2. Event Models with Time Axes 7.3. Dynamic Causality 8. Multilevel and Population-level Models 8.1. Conceptual Frameworks 8.2. Models of Statistical Processes 8.3. Functional Causality and Levels 2009: 234 x 156: 160pp Hb: 978-0-415-56055-9: £90.00 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415560559

Series: The Basics Research Methods: The Basics is an accessible, user-friendly introduction to the different aspects of research theory, methods and practice. Structured in two parts, the first covering the nature of knowledge and the reasons for research, and the second the specific methods used to carry out effective research, this book covers: • structuring and planning a research project • the ethical issues involved in research • different types of data and how they are measured • collecting and analyzing data in order to draw sound conclusions • devising a research proposal and writing up the research. Complete with a glossary of key terms and guides to further reading, this book is an essential text for anyone coming to research for the first time, and is widely relevant across the social sciences and humanities. 2010: 198 x 129: 208pp Pb: 978-0-415-48994-2: £11.99 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415489942

Secrecy and Silence in the Research Process Feminist Reflections Edited by Róisín Ryan-Flood, University of Essex, UK and Rosalind Gill, The Open University, UK Series: Transformations ’Róis’n Ryan-Flood and Rosalind Gill have given us a treasure trove of intellectually powerful and unflinching analyses of the secrets and silences within the processes of research. Gail Lewis’ technique of focusing closely on one small moment of data collection will become a teaching classic. This chapter is not just essential for researchers; it needs to be included in the training of social workers and other public-service professionals. I found myself wishing that this kind of research culture had been available when I was a young fieldworker.’ – Times Higher Education Supplement, June 2010. This book explores secrecy and silence in research, situating the discussion within wider debates about gender, epistemology, methodology and ethics and drawing on the reflections of feminist scholars. Selected Contents: Section 1: Interpreting and Theorising Silence Section 2: The Unspoken in the Research Process Section 3: Silence, Secrecy and Telling Research Stories Section 4: Affective Dilemmas 2009: 234 x 156: 336pp Hb: 978-0-415-45214-4: £85.00 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415452144

Race, Class, Gender and Crime Confronting Global Gender Justice Women’s Lives, Human Rights Edited by Debra Bergoffen, Paula Ruth Gilbert, Tamara Harvey and Connie L. McNeely all at George Mason University, USA Confronting Global Gender Justice contains a unique, interdisciplinary collection of essays that address some of the most complex and demanding challenges facing theorists, activists, analysts, and educators engaged in the tasks of defining and researching women’s rights as human rights and fighting to make these rights realities in women’s lives. This book is a valuable resource for both undergraduate and graduate students in fields such as Gender or Women’s Studies, Human Rights, Cultural Studies, Anthropology, and Sociology, as well as researchers and professionals working in related areas. Selected Contents: Introduction: Women’s Lives, Human Rights Part 1: Complicating the Discourses of Victimhood 1. Women and the Genocidal Rape of Women: The Gender Dynamics of Gendered War Crimes 2. Human Trafficking: Why is it Such and Important Women’s Issue? 3. Transforming the Representable: Asian Women in Anti-Trafficking Discourse 4. Sin, Salvation, or Starvation? The Problematic Role of Religious Morality in U.S. Anti-Sex Trafficking Policy Part 2: Interrogating Practices of Representation 5. How Not to Give Rape Political Significance 6. Human Trafficking: A Photographic Essay 7. Marjorie Agos’n’s Poetics of Memory: Human Rights, Feminism, and Literary Forms 8. Digital Storytelling for Gender Justice: Exploring the Challenges of Participation and the Limits of Polyvocality Part 3: Strategies of Engagement 9. ’Sweet Electrical Greetings’: Women, HIV, and the Evolution of an Intervention Project in Papua New Guinea 10. Economic Empowerment of Women as a Global Project: Economic Rights in the Neo-Liberal Era 11. Algerian Women in Movement: Three Waves of Feminist Activism 12. Using Law and Education to Make Human Rights Real in Women’s Real Lives Part 4: Crossing Legal Landscapes 13. Seduced by Information, Contaminated by Power: Women’s Rights as a Global Panopticon 14. Human Rights of Women and Girls with Disabilities in Developing Countries 15. Gender and Customary Mechanisms of Justice in Uganda 16. Policing Bodies and Borders: Women, Prostitution, and the Differential Regulation of U.S. Immigration Policy 17. The Institutionalization of Domestic Violence Against Women in the United States Part 5: Confronting Global Gender Justice 18. Configuring Feminisms, Transforming Paradigms: Reflections from Kum-Kum Bhavnani, from an Interview with Kum-Kum Bhavnani 2010: 234 x 156: 344pp Pb: 978-0-415-78079-7: £25.99 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415780797

Recommend key titles to your librarian today! Ensure that your library has access to all the latest publications. Visit www.routledge.com/info/librarian.asp today and complete our online Library Recommendation Form.

Complimentary Exam Copy

e-Inspection New in Paperback

Companion Website


r ac e , c l as s , g e n de r an d c ri m e

2nd Edition – Textbook

2nd Edition

Theories of Race and Racism A Reader

Criminological Perspectives on Race and Crime

Edited by Les Back, University of London, UK and John Solomos, City University, London, UK

Shaun L. Gabbidon, Pennsylvania State Capital College, USA

Series: Routledge Student Readers

Series: Criminology and Justice Studies

Theories of Race and Racism: A Reader is an important and innovative collection that brings together extracts from the work of scholars, both established and up and coming, who have helped to shape the study of race and racism as an historical and contemporary phenomenon.

This second edition incorporates new contributions and editorial material and allows readers to explore the changing terms of debates about the nature of race and racism in contemporary societies. As well as covering the main concerns of past and recent theoretical debates it provides a glimpse of relatively new areas of interest that are likely to attract more attention in years to come. 2009: 246 x 174: 744pp Pb: 978-0-415-41254-4: £25.99 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415412544

New

A Theory of African American Offending Race, Racism, and Crime James D. Unnever, University of South Florida, Sarasota, USA and Shaun L. Gabbidon, Pennsylvania State Capital College, USA Series: Criminology and Justice Studies A little more than a century ago, the famous social scientist W.E.B. DuBois asserted that a true understanding of African American offending must be grounded in the ’real conditions’ of what it means to be black living in a racial stratified society. Today and according to official statistics, African American men-about six percent of the population of the United States-account for nearly sixty percent of the armed robbery arrests in the United States. To the authors of this book, this and many other glaring racial disparities in offending centered on African Americans is clearly related to their unique history and to their past and present racial subordination. Inexplicably, however, no criminological theory exists that fully articulates the nuances of the African American experience and how they relate to their offending. In readable fashion for undergraduate students, the general public, and criminologists alike, this book for the first time presents the foundations for the development of an African American theory of offending. Selected Contents: 1. Introduction 2. Two Worlds Far Apart 3. Perceptions of a Racist Criminal Justice System 4. Perceptions of Racial Discrimination 5. Racial Socialization 6. Anger, Hostility, Defiance and Weak Social Bonds 6. Conclusions February 2011: 229 x 152: 288pp Hb: 978-0-415-88357-3: £100.00 Pb: 978-0-415-88358-0: £25.99 eBook: 978-0-203-82856-4 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415883580

’This book fills a critical gap in the criminology literature, and is distinguished by its examination of a broad range of theories, including some seldom considered in the field, its thorough examination of the research on these theories, and its efforts to draw conclusions about the strengths and weaknesses of various approaches. An excellent choice for courses in criminology, crime theory, and race and crime.’ – Robert Agnew, Emory University Ideal for use in either crime theory or race and crime courses, this is the only text to look at the array of explanations for crime as they relate to racial and ethnic groups. Each chapter begins with a historical review of each theoretical perspective and how its original formulation and more recent derivatives account for racial/ethnic differences. The theoretical perspectives include those based on religion, biology, social disorganization/strain, subculture, labeling, conflict, social control, colonial, and feminism. This new edition includes discussions of ’Deadly Symbiosis,’ critical race theory/criminology, comparative conflict theory, maximization, and abortion, race, and crime. In the closing chapter, the author considers which perspectives have shown the most promise in the area of race/ ethnicity and crime. Selected Contents: 1. A Brief Introduction to Race, Crime, and Theory 2. Biological Perspectives on Race and Crime 3. Social Disorganization and Strain Perspectives on Race and Crime 4. Subcultural Perspectives on Race and Crime 5. Labeling Perspectives on Race and Crime 6. Conflict Perspectives on Race and Crime 7. Social Control Perspectives on Race and Crime 8. Colonial Perspectives on Race and Crime 9. Feminist Perspectives on Race and Crime 10. Conclusion 2010: 229 x 152: 296pp Hb: 978-0-415-87421-2: £99.00 Pb: 978-0-415-87424-3: £31.99 eBook: 978-0-203-85791-5 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415874243

2nd Edition

Sex For Sale Prostitution, Pornography, and the Sex Industry Edited by Ronald Weitzer, George Washington University, USA This book develops a new sub-field on violence in vulnerable populations, with attendant approaches to theory and methods. 2009: 229 x 152: 384pp Hb: 978-0-415-99604-4: £85.00 Pb: 978-0-415-99605-1: £20.99 eBook: 978-0-203-87280-2 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415996051

Violence Against Women Vulnerable Populations Douglas A. Brownridge, University of Manitoba, USA Series: Contemporary Sociological Perspectives This essential reference develops a new sub-field on violence in vulnerable populations, with attendant approaches to theory and method. 2009: 235 x 156: 320pp Hb: 978-0-415-99607-5: £99.00 Pb: 978-0-415-99608-2: £28.99 eBook: 978-0-203-87743-2 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415996082

New

Working with Women Offenders in the Community Edited by Rosemary Sheehan, Monash University, Australia, Gill McIvor, Scottish Centre for Crime and Justice Research, University of Stirling, UK and Chris Trotter, Monash University, Australia

Working With Women Offenders in the Community builds on ideas presented in the editors’ previous book, What Works With Women Offenders (2007), extending the focus particularly on women offenders in the community rather than in prison. It concentrates on women who have committed criminal offences and who may have been placed on probation or other community based court orders or who have been released from prison on parole. It discusses the work done by professional workers including probation officers, community corrections officers and specialist case managers in areas such as drug treatment, housing, mental health or employment programmes. This book will be of interest to professional probation officers, case managers, drug treatment workers and others who work with women offenders. It will also be essential reading for students of criminology, social work, psychology, sociology and other disciplines who have an interest in women offenders. Selected Contents: Introduction 1. Female Offenders in the Community: The Context of Female Crime 2. Policy Developments in England and Wales 3. Policy Developments in the USA 4. Policy Developments in Australia 5. Coercion and Women Offenders 6. Victimisation and Governance: Gender-responsive Discourses and Correctional Practice 7. Working with Women Offenders in the Community: A View from England and Wales 8. Beyond Youth Justice: Working with Girls and Young Women who Offend 9. Breaking the Cycle: Addressing Cultural Difference in Rehabilitation Programs 10. Women, Drugs and Community Interventions 11. Managing Risk in the Community: How Gender Matters 12. Who Cares? Fostering Networks and Relationships in Prison and Beyond 13. Mentoring 14. Community Mentoring in the United States: An Evaluation of the Rhode Island Women’s Mentoring Program 15. Maintaining and Restoring Family for Women Prisoners and their Children 16. Connecting to the Community: A Case Study in Women’s Resettlement Needs and Experiences 17. Working with Women Offenders in the Community: What Works? 2010: 234 x 156: 400pp Hb: 978-1-84392-888-1: £80.00 Pb: 978-1-84392-887-4: £28.99 eBook: 978-0-203-83295-0 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9781843928874

Browse and order online: www.routledge.com/criminology

11


race, cla ss , gen der an d crime

12

Forthcoming

Offending Girls Young Women and Youth Justice Gilly Sharpe, University of Sheffield, UK Girls’ bad behaviour has attracted seemingly relentless poplar attention in recent years, with girls’ violence and girl gangs commonly constructed as urgent and growing social problems. At the same time, the number of young women entering the youth justice system, including youth custody, has increased dramatically. This book is based on detailed qualitative research in two Youth Offending Teams and a Secure Training Centre – the first study of its kind since the ’modernization’ of the youth justice system over a decade ago. It explores young women’s accounts of their pathways into crime and the impact of youth justice intervention on their everyday lives. It also analyzes professionals’ accounts of young female offenders, including the extent to which discourses problematizing female youthful behaviour have infiltrated professional discourse. Offending Girls challenges simplistic and demonizing representations of ’bad’ girls in the twenty-first century and argues that the interventionist thrust which characterizes the contemporary youth justice system has had a particularly pernicious impact on girls. Selected Contents: 1. Historical Representations of Bad Girls 2. Explaining Girls Offending 3. Counting Offending Girls 4. Responding to Offending Girls 5. Offending Girls in Profile 6. The Trouble with Girls Today: Professional Perspectives 7. Accounting for Trouble: The Girls Perspectives 8. Conclusion, References, Index October 2011: 234 x 156: 256pp Hb: 978-1-84392-758-7: £40.00 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9781843927587

Forthcoming

Sex, Culpability and the Defence of Provocation Danielle Tyson, Monash University, Australia Sex, Culpability and the Defence of Provocation considers the construction and representation of subjectivity and sexual difference in legal narrations of homicide. Undeniably, the most vexing exculpatory cultural narrative of our times is that of a woman ’asking for it’. Addressing the operation of the criminal law on provocation across different international jurisdictions, this book explores how the process of judgment in a criminal trial involves not only the drawing of inferences from the ‘facts’ of a particular case, but also operates to deliver a narrative. Law, it is argued, constructs a narrative of how the female body incites male violence. And, pursuing an approach that is informed by socio-legal studies, literary theory and feminist theories of the body, Sex, Culpability and the Defence of Provocation considers how this narrative is constructed via a range of discursive practices that position woman as a threat to masculine norms of propriety and autonomy. Selected Contents: Introduction: Feminist Critiques of Law and Legal Reasoning: International Debates 1. Bridling Scolds 2. Losing it! Honour, Insult and the Minds of ’Chivalrous’ Men 3. Culpable Subjects: Representations of Sex, Blame and Responsibility in Murder Trials 4. Provocative Reforms? From Victim Blame to Equality Rights 5. Critical Fictions: Challenging Men’s Violence and ’Hegemoni’ Masculinity 6. Sex, Blame and Responsibility in the Cultural Realm: Shifting Perceptions. Concluding Remarks: Resisting Dominant Discourses: Rereading and Rewriting Critically December 2011: 234 x 156: 224pp Hb: 978-0-415-56017-7: £80.00 Pb: 978-0-415-56020-7: £21.99

Honour, Violence, Women and Islam

Forthcoming

Edited by Mohammad Mazher Idriss, University of Coventry, UK and Tahir Abbas, University of Birmingham, UK

Silent Desire

Why are honour killings and honour-related violence (HRV) so important to understand? What do such crimes represent? And how does HRV fit in with Western views and perceptions of Islam? This distinctively comparative collection examines the concept of HRV against women in general and Muslim women in particular. The issue of HRV has become a sensitive subject in many South Asian and Middle Eastern countries and it has received the growing attention of the media, human rights groups and academics around the globe. However, the issue has yet to receive detailed academic study in the United Kingdom, particularly in terms of both legal and sociological research. This collection sets out the theoretical and ethical parameters of the study of HRV in order to address this intellectual vacuum in a socio-legal context. The key objectives of this book are: to construct, and to develop further, a theory of HRV; to rationalize and characterize the different forms of HRV; to investigate the role of religion, race and class in society within this context, in particular, the role of Islam; to scrutinize the role of the civil/criminal law/justice systems in preventing these crimes; and to inform public policy-makers of the potential policies that may be employed in combating HRV. Selected Contents: 1. Introduction 2. Honour-Related Violence Towards South Asian Muslim Women 3. The Silencing of Women from the Pakistani Muslim Mirpuri Community in Violent Relationships 4. There is Nothing ’Honourable’ About Honour Killings: Gender, Violence and the Limits of Multiculturalism 5. Collective Crimes, Collective Victims: A Case Study into the Murder of Banaz Mahmod 6. Honour and Shame in Domestic Homicide: A Critical Analysis of the Provocation Defence 7. Does the Qur’an Condone Domestic Violence 8. The Construction of ‘Honour’ in Indian Criminal Law: An Indian Lawyer’s Perspective 9. Men’s Violence and Women’s Responsibility: Mothers’ Stories about Honour Violence 10. Lack of Due Diligence: Judgments of Crimes of Honour in Turkey 11. A Comparative Study of the Reform Work Conducted in Asia and Europe to Combat Violence and So-Called Honour Murders 12. Ending Honour Crimes in Sub Saharan Africa: Looking at a Long Hard Death 13. Conversations Across Borders: Men and Honour Related Violence in the UK and Sweden 14. Tackling ‘Crimes of Honour:’ Evaluating the Social and Legal Responses to Combating Forced Marriages in the United Kingdom 15. Reconfiguring ‘Honour’-Based Violence as a Form of Gendered Violence 2010: 234 x 156: 256pp Hb: 978-0-415-56542-4: £75.00 eBook: 978-0-203-84698-8 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415565424

Public Sex and the Law Chris Ashford, University of Sunderland, UK Public Sex and the Law: Silent Desire examines the current legal status and regulation of public sex. Legal reform of sexuality appears to have focused upon the lesbian, gay and bisexual communities. But whilst ‘gay’ sexual acts and identities have seen a raft of legal reform and international debate – most notably in North America – sexuality activists have been reluctant to defend public sex, let alone campaign for legal reform. The men and women who engage in public sex and their expression of desire remains silent not only in the somatic encounters that take place, but also within the policy making process. This book draws upon original and multi-disciplinary research into the operation of the ‘public sex community’ to highlight the unacknowledged battle being waged between the law enforcement and the cruising, cottaging and dogging communities. November 2011: 234 x 156: 240pp Hb: 978-0-415-55287-5: £75.00 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415552875

Rethinking Rape Law International and Comparative Perspectives Edited by Clare McGlynn, Durham University, UK and Vanessa E. Munro, University of Nottingham, UK Rethinking Rape Law: International and Comparative Perspectives provides a comprehensive and critical analysis of contemporary rape laws, across a range of jurisdictions. Selected Contents: 1. Rethinking Rape Law: An Introduction Part 1: Conceptual and Theoretical Engagements 2. From Consent to Coercion: Evaluating International and Domestic Frameworks for the Criminalization of Rape 3. Rethinking the Criminal Law’s Response to Sexual Offences: On Theory and Context Part 2: International and Regional Perspectives 4. International Criminal Law and Sexual Violence: An Overview 5. Learning our Lessons? The Rwanda Tribunal Record on Prosecuting Rape 6. The Force of Shame 7. Everyday Rape: International Human Rights Law and Violence Against Women in Peacetime 8. Defining Rape under the European Convention on Human Rights: Torture, Consent and Equality 9. Rape Law Reform in Africa: More of the Same or New Opportunities? Part 3: National Perspectives 10. Feminist Activism and Rape Law Reform in England and Wales: A Sisyphean Struggle? 11. All Change or Business as Usual? Reforming the Law of Rape in Scotland 12. Rethinking Croatian Rape Laws: Force, Consent and the ‘Contribution of the Victim’ 13. Rape in Italian Law: Towards The Recognition of Sexual Autonomy 14. Rethinking Rape Law in Sweden: Coercion, Consent or Non-Voluntariness? 15. Canadian Sexual Assault Law: Neoliberalism and the Erosion of Feminist-Inspired Law Reforms 16. Rape, Law and American Society 17. Criminal Law and the Reformation of Rape in Australia 18. Reforming the Law of Rape in South Africa Part 4: New Agendas and Directions 19. Independent Legal Representation for Complainants in Rape Trials 20. Jury Deliberation and Complainant Credibility in Rape Trials 21. The Mythology of Male Rape: Social Attitudes and Law Enforcement 22. The Cultural Silence of Rape in UK South Asian Communities 23. Sexual Assault of Women with Mental Disabilities: A Canadian Perspective 2010: 234 x 156: 368pp Hb: 978-0-415-55027-7: £85.00 Pb: 978-0-415-61066-7: £27.99 eBook: 978-0-203-85219-4 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415610667

For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415560207

Complimentary Exam Copy

e-Inspection New in Paperback

Companion Website


related journals

c r i me an d s oc i e t y

Crime and Society

Forthcoming

Associate Editor: Christopher T. Husbands, London School of Economics and Political Science, UK

Forthcoming

Journal of Ethnic and Migration Studies

High Society and Low Life in South London

This book contextualizes the complexity of sexual violence within its broader context – from war to the resolution of interpersonal disputes – and covers a wide span including sexual harassment, bullying, rape and murder as well as domestic violence. Written by leading academics from a variety of disciplines, contributions also include commentaries that relate the research to the work of practitioners.

Ethnic and Racial Studies www.tandf.co.uk/journals/ers

Editors: Martin Bulmer, University of Surrey, UK and John Solomos, City University London, UK

Crack Cocaine Users Daniel Briggs, University of East London, UK

www.tandf.co.uk/journals/cjms

Series: Crime Ethnography

Editor: Russell King, University of Sussex, UK

Street crack cocaine users have significant health problems, and place a huge burden on social services, the criminal justice system and drug treatment agencies. Among policymakers, professionals and the wider section of society, they are also a poorly understood drug-using group and have the worst retention rate in prison drug programmes and community drug agencies.

Associate Editors: Richard R. D. Bedford, University of Waikato, New Zealand, Michael Collyer, University of Sussex, UK and Adrian Favell, University of Århus, Denmark

Patterns of Prejudice www.tandf.co.uk/journals/rpop

Editors: David Cesarani, Royal Holloway, University of London, UK, Tony Kushner, University of Southampton, UK and Barbara Rosenbaum, University of Southampton, UK

Journal of Gender Studies www.tandf.co.uk/journals/cjgs

Editors: Alex Franklin, University of West of England, UK, Blu Tirohl (Chair of Board) and Mark Llewellyn, University of Strathclyde, UK

NORA: Nordic Journal of Feminist and Gender Research www.tandf.co.uk/journals/swom

Editors-in-Chief: Dr. Cecilia Åsberg, Linköping University, Sweden and Dr. Malin Rönnblom, Umeå University, Sweden

This book is about their addictions, lifestyles and the realities of their lives. It is based on ethnographic research (observation and interviewing) conducted over the course of 2004/05. It aims to highlight their day-to-day struggles as they try to ’survive’ in a violent and intimidating street drug scene in south London while trying to take some steps toward a ’crime/drug’ free life. It is also concerned with unpacking the myths and stigma of their drug use and their fragile position in society in an effort to better understand them. With the help of several key characters, the book will use their words and experiences to take the reader on a journey through their crack addiction to life in and out of crack houses; through their experiences with law enforcement and welfare agencies to their life aspirations. Such a text has important policy implications and will be relevant and easily accessible to academics and students in the field of criminology, sociology, psychology, and research methods but also central and local government policymakers and frontline healthcare and drug agency staff. Selected Contents: 1. Crack Cocaine Users 2. How Did it Get to This? 3. Using Crack, Crime and the Crack Career 4. The New Landscape: The Crack Scene and its Interactions 5. The Crack House 6. Ways Out or Ways Down? The Rocky Road to Recovery 7. Discussion 8. Implications for Policy and Practice October 2011: 234 x 156: 224pp Hb: 978-0-415-67133-0: £75.00 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415671330

Proposals If you have an idea for a new book in the area please contact us using the details found at the front of the catalog. For guidance on how to structure your proposal please visit:

www.routledge.com/info/authors

View any

product

online using the urls below each listing

Browse and order online: www.routledge.com/criminology

Handbook of Sexual Violence Edited by Jennifer M. Brown, London School of Economics, UK and Sandra L. Walklate, University of Liverpool, UK

Despite advances made in the investigation of sexual offences, evidence still points to a continued belief in the culpability of victims in their own victimization and a gap between the estimated incidence of sexual violence and the conviction of perpetrators. Adopting an implicitly and explicitly critical stance to contemporary policy responses that continue to fail in addressing this problem, this book focuses on attitudes and behaviour towards sexual violence from the point of view of the individual experiencing the violence – perpetrator and victim – and situates them within a broader societal frame. It is through an understanding of social processes and psychological mechanisms that underpin sexual violence that violence can be combated and harm reduced, and at this individual level that evidence-based interventions can be designed to change policy and practice. Selected Contents: Preface: The Continuum of Violence and Contemporary Thinking, Introduction Section 1: Legacies: Setting the Scene Introduction, 1. Sexual Violence in History: A Contemporary Heritage? 2. Sexual Violence in Literature: A Cultural Heritage? 3. The Legal Heritage of the Crime of Rape 4. Can You Count It? The Policy Heritage 5. Developments in Investigative Approaches to Rape and Domestic Violence: The Investigative Heritage 6. Practitioner Commentary Section 2: Theories and Concepts Introduction 7. Psychological Perspectives on Sexual Violence: Generating a General Theory 8. On Sociological Perspectives 9. Family Violence and Family Safety: Working Therapeutically with Victims, Perpetrators, Survivors and Their Families 11. Violence and Prostitution: Beyond the Notion of a ‘Continuum of Sexual Violence’ 12. Practitioner Commentary Section 3: Acts of Sexual Violence Introduction 13. Silencing Rape, Silencing Women 14. Co-ordinating Responses to Domestic Violence 15. Destroying Women: Sexual murder and Feminism 16. Violence, Sex and the Child 17. Under their Parents Noses – Online Solicitation of Young People 18. Practitioner Commentary Section 4: Responding to Sexual Violence Introduction 19. Bullying, Harassment and Sexual Orientation in the Workplace 20. Public Sector and Voluntary Sector Response: Supporting Victims 21. Public Sector and Voluntary Sector Responses: Dealing with Sex Offenders 22. Changing the Community Response to Rape: The Promise of Sexual Assault Nurse Examiner (SANE) Programmes 23. Practitioner Commentary 24. Conclusion: Taking Stock, Plus ca Change, Plus c’est la Meme Chose? September 2011: 246 x 174: 500pp Hb: 978-0-415-67071-5: £90.00 Pb: 978-0-415-67072-2: £34.99 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415670722

13


c rim e a nd socie ty

14

Forthcoming in 2012

New

Criminal Behaviour in Context

Victims

Space, Place and Desistance from Crime

Sandra Walklate, University of Liverpool, UK

Emotions, Genre, and Justice in Film and Television

Series: Criminal Justice Series

Detecting Feeling

This book is intended as a critically informed guide to understanding the nature, extent, and impact of criminal victimization. Its key focus is an appreciation of the contemporary pre-occupation with victimization especially within the criminal justice system and as a consequence is centrally concerned to offer an overview of what can and cannot be done within the system to address this drive towards appreciating the victim.

Deidre Pribram, Molloy College, USA

The book traces the experiences of the victim from their experience of crime, to their first contact with the criminal justice system and beyond. Whilst the coverage of this process offered by this book is informed by research, its aim is to offer an accessible insight for students and practitioners alike into understanding the impact of crime, considering both contemporary policy and conceptual issues. January 2012: 234 x 156: 160pp Hb: 978-1-84392-831-7: £45.00 Pb: 978-1-84392-830-0: £17.99 eBook: 978-1-84392-832-4 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9781843928300

Forthcoming

The Problem of Pleasure Leisure, Tourism and Crime Edited by Carol Jones, University of Gloucestershire, UK, Elaine Barclay, University of New England, Australia and Rob Mawby, University of Leicester, UK The Problem of Pleasure brings together leading academics from the UK, the US, South Africa, Australia and New Zealand to examine several aspects of leisure that are vulnerable to crime, from illegal hunting to street racing, as well as the impact of crime upon tourists and the tourism industry. Selected Contents: 1. Introduction: The Pain of Pleasure – Theoretical Foundations 2. Cops on the Box: The Rise of Television Crime Programming 3. The Paradox of Cinematic Sexual Violence as Entertainment/Leisure 4. The Making, Shaking and Taking of Public Spaces 5. Playgrounds Without Frontiers: Movin’, Moddin’, Motivatin’ – Pushing the Boundaries of Pleasure 6. Exploring Impermissible Pleasures: Recent Developments in UK Policy on Leisure, Pleasure and Crime 7. The Problem of Access: Outdoor Leisure Activities and Access to Private Rural Land 8. Tourist Victimisation – An Exploratory Survey from Ghana 9. There Can Be No Orcs in New Zealand: Media Representations of Crime and Disorder on Vacation 10. Visitor Perceptions of Crime Safety: The Case of Table Mountain National Park 11. Crime, Safety and the Caravan Park: An Australian Survey 12. Sin City V. Fantasyland: Crime and Policing in Two Different Tourism Environments 13. The Tourist Victim: What Went Wrong in Paradise September 2011: 234 x 156: 256pp Hb: 978-0-415-67236-8: £80.00 Pb: 978-0-415-67258-0: £25.99 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415672580

Series: Routledge Research in Cultural and Media Studies Popular film and television are ideally suited in understanding how emotions create culturally shared meanings. Yet very little has been done in this area. Emotion, Genre, and Justice in Film and Television explores textual representations of emotions from a cultural perspective, rather than in biological or psychological terms. It considers emotions as structures of feeling that are collectively shared and historically developed. Through their cultural meanings and uses, emotions enable social identities to be created and contested, to become fixed or alter. Popular narratives often take on emotional significance, aiding groups of people in recognizing or expressing what they feel and who they are. This book focuses on the justice genres – the generic network of film and television programs that are concerned with crime, law, and social order – to examine how fictional police, detective, and legal stories participate in collectively realized conceptions of emotion. A range of films (Crash, Man on Fire) and television series (Cold Case, Cagney and Lacey) serve as case studies to explore contemporarily relevant representations of anger, fear, loss and consolation, and compassion. March 2011: 229 x 152: 146pp Hb: 978-0-415-99828-4: £75.00 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415998284

Language, Ideology and Identity in Serial Killer Narratives Christiana Gregoriou, University of Leeds, UK Series: Routledge Studies in Rhetoric and Stylistics In this book, Christiana Gregoriou explores the portrayal of the serial killer identity and its related ideology across a range of contemporary crime narratives, including detective fiction, the true crime genre and media journalism. By employing linguistic and content-related methods of analysis, her study aims to work toward the development of a stylistic framework on the representation of serial killer ideology across factual (i.e. media texts), factional (i.e. true crime books) and fictional (i.e. novels) murder narratives. ‘Schema’ is a term commonly used to refer to organised bundles of knowledge in our brains, which are activated once we come across situations we have previously experienced, a ‘group schema’ being one such inventory shared by many. By analyzing serial murder narratives across various genres, Gregoriou uncovers a widely shared ‘group schema’ for these murderers, and questions the extent to which real criminal minds are in fact linguistically fictionalised. Gregoriou’s study of the mental functioning and representation of criminal personas can help illuminate our schematic understanding of actual criminal minds. Selected Contents: 1. Crime Scenes 2. Killer Headlines 3. True Crime! 4. Buying Crime 5. The Verdict

Nick Flynn, De Montfort University, Leicester, UK. Series: International Series on Desistance and Rehabilitation This book examines the extent to which criminal desistance – ‘the change process involved in the ending of criminal behaviour’ – is affected by personal and social circumstances which are place specific. Grounded in criminological spatial analysis, as well as more general social scientific investigations of the role of space and place in contemporary social, economic and cultural life, it examines why large numbers of prisoners in the United States and the United Kingdom appear to be drawn from – and after release return to – certain urban neighbourhoods. In doing so Criminal Behaviour in Context assesses the effect of this unique life course experience on the pathways and choices open to ex-prisoners who attempt to give up crime. Including new data on the geographical distribution of offenders, interviews with serving prisoners, and drawing on theories about social context, identity and subjectivity, it discusses the implications of the evidence and arguments presented for prisoner reintegration policy and practice. 2010: 234 x 156 Hb: 978-1-84392-811-9: £40.00 eBook: 978-1-84392-812-6 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9781843928119

The Dynamics of Desistance Charting Pathways Through Change Deirdre Healy, University College Dublin Institute of Criminology, Ireland Series: International Series on Desistance and Rehabilitation Drawing on a variety of methods, including in-depth interviews with repeat offenders and their probation officers, police records and psychometric scores, this book charts the early stages of a journey taken by individuals who exist in the liminal space ‘betwixt and between’ crime and convention. A combination of quantitative and qualitative analysis is used to explore the shifts that occur in desisters’ minds and lives as they make the often turbulent transition to a crime-free life, and the dynamic processes that occur at this psychosocial boundary are described. The theoretical and practical implications of the findings in this book are explored in relation to key issues in desistance literature, and as such this book provides a key resource for academics and students working with the area of probation, as well as practitioners in involved in probation, social work and parole supervision. Selected Contents: 1. Desistance and Reintegration 2. Issues and Challenges 3. Person and Place 4. Thinking, Attitudes and Social Circumstances 5. Multiple Roads to Desistance 6. Into the Crucible 7. A Catalyst for Change? 8. Looking Forward 9. Betwixt and Between 2010: 234 x 156: 240pp Hb: 978-1-84392-783-9: £40.00 eBook: 978-1-84392-784-6 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9781843927839

2010: 229 x 152: 208pp Hb: 978-0-415-87229-4: £80.00 eBook: 978-0-203-83265-3 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415872294

Complimentary Exam Copy

e-Inspection New in Paperback

Companion Website


c r i me an d s oc i e t y

Offenders on Offending

Hearing the Victim

Learning about Crime from Criminals

Adveresarial Justice, Crime Victims and the State

Edited by Wim Bernasco, Netherlands Institute for the Study of Criminality and Law Enforcement, the Netherlands

Our knowledge of crime is based on three types of sources: the criminal justice system, victims, and offenders. For technological and other reasons the criminal justice system produces an increasing stream of information on crime. The rise of the victimization survey has given the victims a much larger role in our study of crime. There is, however, no concomitant development regarding offenders. This is unfortunate because offenders are the experts when it comes to offending. In order to understand criminal behavior, we need their perspective. This is not always a straightforward process, however, and information from offenders is often unreliable. This book is about what we can do to maximize the validity of what offenders tell us about their offending. Renowned experts from various countries present their experiences and insights, with a clear focus on methodological issues of fieldwork among various types of offender populations. Selected Contents: Part 1: Setting the Stage Part 2: Prison Settings Part 3: Field Settings Part 4: Social Categories of Offenders and Researchers Part 5: Learning About the Action 2010: 234 x 156: 328pp Hb: 978-1-84392-777-8: £65.00 Pb: 978-1-84392-776-1: £25.00 eBook: 978-1-84392-778-5 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9781843927761

Forthcoming

Sex, Crime and Morality Sharon Hayes, Belinda Carpenter and Angela Dwyer all at Queensland University of Technology, Australia Within modern democratic nations, there are a specific group of offences which bear the brunt of the label ’crimes against morality’. These include offences related to prostitution and pornography, homosexuality, incest, and child sexual abuse. This book examines the historical, anthropological and moral reasons for such differentiations in contemporary western culture. Selected Contents: 1. Introduction: The Nexus of Sex, Crime and Morality Part 1: Law and Morality 2. Legal Moralism and Paternalism 3. Tarts and Tricks: Selling Sex 4. Poles, Patrons, Pink Bits, and Public Protection: Pornography and Adult Entertainment Part 2: Crime, Morality and Public Space 5. Is there a Public Morality? 6. Perverts, Paedophiles, and Predators: Governing Sex Offenders in Public Space 7. In the Publics’ Best Interests: Public Nuisance and Crimes of Indecency Part 3: Morality and Harm 8. The Social Construction of Harm 9. Cruising, Cottaging, and Closed Doors: Homosexuality and Social Harm 10. Sex Crime and Consent: Individual Harm 11. Conclusion October 2011: 234 x 156: 192pp Hb: 978-1-84392-816-4: £90.00 Pb: 978-1-84392-815-7: £24.99 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9781843928157

Edited by Anthony Bottoms, University of Sheffield, UK and Julian Roberts, University of Oxford, UK Series: Cambridge Criminal Justice Series Hearing the Victim brings together leading authorities in the field to review the role of the victim in the criminal justice system in the context of recent legislative developments to ’rebalance the criminal justice system in favour of the victim’. Selected Contents: Preface, Anthony Bottoms and Julian Roberts 1. The Victim, the State, and Civil Society, Matt Matravers 2. The ’Duty to Understand’: What Consequences to Victim Participation?, Anthony Bottoms 3. The Status of Crime Victims and Witnesses in the Twenty-First Century, Helen Reeves and Peter Dunn 4. ’Rebalancing the Criminal Justice System in Favour of the Victim’: The Costly Consequences of Populist Rhetoric, Michael Tonry 5. The Phenomenon of Victim-Offender Overlap: A Study of Offences against Households, Anthony Bottoms and Andrew Costello 6. The Victim and the Prosecutor, John Spencer 7. Victims at Court: Necessary Accessories or Principal Players at Cozijn Centre Stage?, Joanna Shapland and Matthew Hall 8. ’Hearing Victims of Crime’: The Delivery of Impact Statements as Ritual Behaviour in Four London Trials for Murder and Manslaughter, Paul Rock 9. Communication at Sentencing: The Expressive Function of Victim Impact Statements, Julian Roberts and Edna Erez 10. Victim input at Parole: Probative or Prejudicial?, Nicola Padfield and Julian Roberts. Index 2010: 234 x 156: 320pp Hb: 978-1-84392-272-8: £39.95 eBook: 978-1-84392-970-3 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9781843922728

How Offenders Transform Their Lives Edited by Bonita Veysey, Johnna Christian and Damian J. Martinez, all at Rutgers University, USA This book presents a series of studies that investigate individual identity transformation from offender status to pro-social, non-offending roles highlighting the perspectives of the men and women who are current or were formerly incarcerated. 2009: 234 x 156: 288pp Hb: 978-1-84392-509-5: £55.00 Pb: 978-1-84392-508-8: £25.99 eBook: 978-1-84392-731-0 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9781843925088

Sex Trafficking Marie Segrave, Monash University, Australia, Sanja Milivojevic, University of Western Sydney, Australia and Sharon Pickering, Monash University, Australia This volume explores the life experiences, agency, and human rights of trafficked women in order to shed light on the complicated processes in which anti-trafficking, human rights and social justice are intersected. 2009: 234 x 156: 256pp Hb: 978-1-84392-528-6: £62.00 Pb: 978-1-84392-510-1: £22.99 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9781843925101

Browse and order online: www.routledge.com/criminology

Understanding Criminal Careers Keith Soothill, Claire Fitzpatrick and Brian Francis both at University of Lancaster, UK 2009: 246 x 174: 224pp Hb: 978-1-84392-503-3: £55.00 Pb: 978-1-84392-502-6: £19.99 eBook: 978-1-84392-710-5 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9781843925026

Families Shamed The Consequences of Crime for Relatives of Serious Offenders Rachel Condry, University of Surrey, UK Series: Crime Ethnography This book is the first to examine the experiences of relatives of those accused or convicted of serious crimes such as murder, manslaughter, rape and sex offences. It draws upon intense qualitative research which combines long, searching interviews with the relatives of serious offenders with ethnographic fieldwork over a period of several years. 2009: 234 x 156: 232pp Pb: 978-1-84392-501-9: £20.99 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9781843925019

Surviving and Moving On Self Help for Survivors of Child Sexual Abuse Kim McGregor 2009: 464pp Pb: 978-1-84392-507-1: £21.99 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9781843925071

A History of Drugs Drugs and Freedom in the Liberal Age Toby Seddon, University of Manchester, UK A History of Drugs details the history of the relationship between drugs and freedom over the last two hundred years; thus disturbing and unravelling the ‘naturalness’ of the ‘drug question’, as it traces the multiple and heterogeneous lines of development out of which it has been assembled. Selected Contents: 1. Introduction: Drugs, Freedom and Liberalism 2. A Conceptual Map: Freedom, the ‘Will’ and Addiction 3. Opium, Regulation and Classical Liberalism: The Pharmacy Act 1868 4. Drugs, Prohibition and Welfarism: The Dangerous Drugs Act 1920 5. Drugs, Risk and Neo-liberalism: The Drugs Act 2005 6. Drugs as a Regulation and Governance Problem 7. Conclusions: Drugs and Freedom in the Liberal Age 2009: 234 x 156: 200pp Hb: 978-0-415-48027-7: £75.00 Pb: 978-0-415-58960-4: £27.99 eBook: 978-0-203-88083-8 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415589604

15


c rim e a nd socie ty

16

New

New

New

Child Pornography

The Criminology of Pleasure

Law and Policy

Mike McGuire and Simon Hallsworth, both at London Metropolitan University, UK

Escape Routes: Contemporary Perspectives on Life after Punishment

Alisdair A. Gillespie, De Montfort University, UK

Child Pornography: Law and Policy draws on interdisciplinary work in order to critically address the law relating to child pornography. Child pornography is recognized as a specific form of child abuse and there are now many national, and international, efforts to tackle it. Yet despite these efforts, the volume of child pornography, particularly on the internet, is increasing. The law has reacted to this situation by adapting its definitions, increasing sentences and providing new powers to law enforcement. It is, however, unclear how far the law should extend. What should the relationship be between criminalization and free-speech? Is there a link between the ’use’ of child pornography and contact offending? The issue of child pornography has been the subject of considerable literature in the areas of psychology, sociology and psychiatry. These studies provide the basis for a greater understanding of the nature of child pornography, as well as the profiles and behaviour of those who access or produce such material. Child Pornography: Law and Policy brings this wider literature to bear on the legal and policy frameworks relating to child pornography, questioning both the appropriateness and the effectiveness of the law in this context. Selected Contents: 1. Introduction Part 1: Definitions 2. What is child pornography? 3. Indecent Photographs of Children 4. Other Legal Definitions 5. Virtual Child Pornography Part 2: Offending 6. Indecent Photographs 7. Other Approaches to Child Pornography Offences 8. Non-Photographic Prohibited Images 9. Young People and Child Pornography 10. Sentencing Child Pornography Offenders Part 3: Policing Child Pornography 11. The International Dimension 12. Policing Child Pornography Part 4: Conclusion May 2011: 234 x 156: 384pp Hb: 978-0-415-49987-3: £75.00 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415499873

Drugs, Crime and Public Health The Political Economy of Drug Policy Alex Stevens, University of Kent, UK Drugs, Crime and Public Health provides an accessible but critical discussion of recent policy on illicit drugs. Using a comparative approach it argues that problematic drug use can only be understood in the social context in which it takes place. Selected Contents: 1. Starting Points: Drugs, Values and Drug Policy 2. ‘Afflictions of Inequality’? The Social Distribution of Drug Use, Dependence and Related Harms 3. Beyond the Tripartite Framework: The Subterranean Structuration of the Drug-Crime Link 4. Telling Policy Stories: Governmental Use of Evidence and Policy on Drugs and Crime 5. The Ideology of Exclusion: Cases in English Drug Policy 6. The Effects of Drug Policy 7. International Perspectives: Does Drug Policy Matter? 8. Towards Progressive Decriminalisation 2010: 234 x 156: 216pp Hb: 978-0-415-49104-4: £75.00 Pb: 978-0-415-61067-4: £27.99 eBook: 978-0-203-84416-8 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415610674

Complimentary Exam Copy

The Criminology of Pleasure offers a new way of thinking about crime and crime control, as it maintains that the very rationale of the criminal justice system lies in the channelling of desire and regulating of pleasure. Criminology has only confronted the importance of the desire/pleasure nexus tangentially: through the reference to transgression, resistance and edge-work, and in its concern with social marginalization. The Criminology of Pleasure, however, argues for the fundamental importance of desire/pleasure in understanding social order and control. Whilst ostensibly concerned with crime and its control, the criminal justice system is, the authors argue, centred upon a more fundamental project – that of managing desire. Precisely what this means is systematically articulated here: first, by considering how various pleasures have been regulated in history; and, second, by mapping the key ways in which desire is now regulated. In a political landscape that has witnessed attempts both on the part of the political right and left to attack and replace criminology with something else – a science of crime or a science of social harm – this book not only provides a highly original analysis; but also a radical, innovative and heretical defence of criminology. Selected Contents: Introduction: Welcome to the Pleasure Dome Part 1: On Desire and Pleasure 1. Theorising Desire/Pleasure 2. Mapping Desire/Pleasure Part 2: A Brief History of Pleasure and its Regulation 3. Pre-Modern Pleasure Regimes 4. Modernity and its Pleasure Regimes Part 3: Crime, Justice and Contemporary Pleasure Regimes 5. The Pleasures of Crime 6. The Pleasures of Control. Conclusion: A Criminology of Pleasure January 2011: 234 x 156: 224pp Hb: 978-0-415-54778-9: £75.00 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415547789

Eco Crime and Genetically Modified Food Reece Walters, The Open University, UK Eco Crime and Genetically Modified Food brings the debates about GM food into the social and criminological arena.It highlights the criminal and harmful actions of state and corporate officials. It concludes that corporate and political corruption, uncertain science, bitter public opposition, growing farmer concern and bankruptcy, irreversible damage to biodervisty, corporate monopolies and exploitation, disregard for social and cultural practices, devastation of small scale and local agricultural economies, imminent threats to organics, weak regulation, and widespread political and biotech mistrust – do not provide the bases for advancing and progressing GM foods into the next decade. Yet, with the backing of the WTO, the US and UK Governments march on – but at what cost to future generations? Selected Contents: 1. Introduction: Planting the Seed 2. The Politicisation of GM: Terrain, Terms and Concepts 3. The Perils, Prospects and Controversies of GM Food 4. Risk, Public Opinion and Consumer Resistance 5. Biotech, Papal and Trade ‘Wars’: Third World Hunger, Exploitation and the Politics of GM Food 6. Regulatory Regimes: Ensuring Safety or Enhancing Profits? 7. Green Criminology: Power, Harm and (In) Justice 8. Reflections and Conclusions

Edited by Stephen Farrall, University of Keele, UK, Richard Sparks, University of Edinburgh, UK, Shadd Maruna, Queen’s University Belfast, UK and Mike Hough, Kings College London, UK Escape Routes: Contemporary Perspectives on Life After Punishment addresses the reasons why people stop offending, and the processes by which they are rehabilitated or resettled back into the community. Engaging with, and building upon, renewed criminological interest in this area, Escape Routes nevertheless broadens and enlivens the current debate. First, its scope goes beyond a narrowly-defined notion of crime and includes, for example, essays on religious redemption, the lives of ex-war criminals, and the relationship between ethnicity and desistance from crime. Second, contributors to this volume draw upon a number of areas of contemporary research, including urban studies, philosophy, history, religious studies, and ethics, as well as criminology. Examining new theoretical work in the study of desistance and exploring the experiences of a number of groups whose experiences of life after punishment do not usually attract much attention, Escape Routes provides new insights about the processes associated with reform, resettlement and forgiveness. Intended to drive our understanding of life after punishment forward, its rich array of theoretical and substantive papers will be of considerable interest to criminologists, lawyers, and sociologists. Selected Contents: Introduction: Life after Punishment: Identifying New Strands in the Research Agenda, Stephen Farrall, Shadd Maruna, Mike Hough and Richard Sparks 1. Applying Redemption through Film: Challenging the Sacred-Secular Divide, Christopher Deacy 2. Steps Towards Desistance Among Male Young Adult Recidivists, Anthony Bottoms and Joanna Shapland 3.Youth Justice? The Impact of System Contact on Patterns of Desistance, Lesley McAra and Susan McVie 4. Feminist Research, State Power and Executed Women: The Case of Louie Calvert, Anette Ballinger 5. Paths of Exclusion, Inclusion and Desistance: Understanding Marginalized Young People’s Criminal Careers, Robert MacDonald, Colin Webster, Tracy Shildrick and Mark Simpson 6. The Reintegration of Sexual Offenders: From a ‘Risks’ to a ‘Strengths-Based’ Model of Offender Resettlement, Anne-Marie McAlinden 7. All in the Family: The Importance of Support, Tolerance and Forgiveness in the Desistance of Male Bangladeshi Offenders, Adam Calverley 8. Inside-Out – Transitions from Prison to Everyday Life: A Qualitative Longitudinal Approach, Mechthild Bereswill 9. ’I Can’t make my Own Future’: White-Collar Offenders’ Anticipation of Release from Prison, Ben Hunter 10. Life after Punishment for Nazi War Criminals. Reputation, Careers and Normative Climate in Post-War Germany, Susanne Karstedt 2010: 234 x 156: 288pp Hb: 978-0-415-55034-5: £75.00 eBook: 978-0-203-83588-3 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415550345

2010: 234 x 156: 176pp Hb: 978-1-904385-22-6: £70.00 eBook: 978-0-203-84415-1 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9781904385226

e-Inspection New in Paperback

Companion Website


c r i me an d s oc i e t y

Forthcoming

Forthcoming

Social Class and Crime

Foucault and Criminology

Routledge Handbook of Critical Criminology

A Biosocial Approach

An Introduction Veronique Voruz, University of Leicester, UK Foucault and Criminology: An Introduction provides an introduction to Michel Foucault, written from the perspective of criminology’s engagement with his work. Foucault’s writing has become a central reference in theoretical and sociological criminology generally and, more specifically, in what Jock Young has called ‘control theory’. The main purpose of this book is to offer a better, clearer and deeper understanding of ongoing criminological debates to both undergraduate and research students in criminology by outlining the theoretical framework which criminologists have taken from Foucault. Its second purpose is to trace the evolution of Foucault’s political project and to counterpose the thrust of his elaborations to the more pedestrian applications of his critical analyses of the present in the field of criminology. In these respects, Foucault and Criminology offers a ’map’ to guide students and practitioners of criminology: both through Foucault’s own writings and those of contemporary criminologists whose work may be characterised as Foucauldian. In so doing, it also pursues the argument that Foucault’s historical and theoretical analyses of discipline, power and governance must be understood in the context of his overall project if criminologists are to avoid reducing Foucault’s radicality, and to reclaim the critical, and resistive, potential of his work. Selected Contents: 1. Mapping ‘Foucauldian’ Criminology 2. ’Questions of Method’ 3. Rationalities of Power and Strategies of Government 4. Dangerousness, Risk, Security 5. A Critical Engagement with Foucauldian Criminology 6. Foucauldian Criminology as Political Project? November 2011: 234 x 156: 208pp Hb: 978-0-415-46040-8: £75.00 Pb: 978-0-415-46041-5: £22.99 eBook: 978-0-203-09005-3 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415460415

Mental Health and Crime Jill Peay, London School of Economics, UK

Edited by Walter S. DeKeseredy and Molly Dragiewicz, both at University of Ontario Institute of Technology, Canada Series: Routledge International Handbooks The Routledge Handbook of Critical Criminology is a collection of original essays specifically designed to offer students, faculty, policy makers, and others an in-depth overview of the most up-to-date empirical, theoretical, and political contributions made by critical criminologists around the world. Special attention is devoted to new theoretical directions in the field, such as cultural criminology, masculinities studies, and feminist criminologies. Its diverse essays not only cover the history of critical criminology and cutting edge theories, but also the variety of research methods used by leading scholars in the field and the rich data generated by their rigorous empirical work. In addition, some of the chapters suggest innovative and realistic short- and long-term policy proposals that are typically ignored by mainstream criminology. These progressive strategies address some of the most pressing social problems facing contemporary society today and that generate much pain and suffering for socially and economically disenfranchised people. The Routledge Handbook of Critical Criminology explores the most-up-to-date empirical, theoretical, and political contributions made by critical criminologists around the world. In addition to including cutting edge, original contributions made by many leading experts in the field, this book is specifically designed to be a comprehensive resource for students, faculty, policy makers, and practitioners. Special pre-publication offer, valid until end of March 2012. Selected Contents: Part 1: The History of Critical Criminology: International Contributions Part 2: Definitions of Crime and Justice Part 3: Key New Directions in Critical Criminological Theory Part 4: Recent Examples of Major Empirical Contributions Made by Critical Scholars Around the World Part 5: Short- and Long-Term Policy Proposals Informed by Critical Criminological Perspectives Part 6: New Directions in Critical Criminology September 2011: 246 x 174: 600pp Hb: 978-0-415-77967-8: £115.00 until March 2012, then £130.00 eBook: 978-0-203-86432-6 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415779678

Series: Contemporary Issues in Public Policy Mental Health and Crime examines the nature of the relationship between mental disorder and crime. It concludes that the broad definition of what is an all too common human condition – mental disorder – and the widespread occurrence of an equally all too common human behaviour – that of offending – would make unlikely any definitive or easy answer to such questions. For those who offend in the context of mental disorder, many aspects of the criminal justice process, and of the disposals that follow, are adapted to take account of a relationship between mental disorder and crime. But if the very relationship is questionable, is the way in which we deal with such offenders discriminatory? Or is it perhaps to their benefit to be thought of as less responsible for their offending than fully culpable offenders? The book thus explores not only the nature of the relationship, but also the human rights and legal issues arising. It also looks at some of the permutations in the therapeutic process that can ensue when those with mental health problems are treated in the context of their offending behaviour. Selected Contents: Introduction 1. Mental Health and Crime 2. Crime 3. Mental Disorder 4. Are Mental Disorder and Crime Related? 5. Types of Crime 6. Mental Disorder and Violence 7. Symptoms and Causality 8. Causal Mechanisms, Criminology and Mental Disorder 9. Human Rights and Mentally Disordered Offenders 10. Deprivation of Liberty 11. Mental Disorder and Detention: A Perspective from Prison 12. The Intersection between Penality and Therapeutic Detention: Indeterminate Sentences for Public Protection 13. Medical Treatment: Offenders, Patients and Their Capacity 14. Individual and Personal Consequences: The Case of Smoking 15. Impossible Paradoxes 16. Treatment, Mental Disorder, Crime, Responsibility and Punishment 17. Fitness to Plead 18. Dangerous and Severe Personality Disorder 19. Culpability and Treatment: Chasing Dragons? 20. Conclusions 2010: 234 x 156: 248pp Hb: 978-1-904385-60-8: £75.00 • eBook: 978-0-203-84258-4 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9781904385608

Browse and order online: www.routledge.com/criminology

Anthony Walsh, Boise State University, USA Series: Routledge Advances in Criminology Social class has been at the forefront of sociological theories of crime from their inception. It is explicitly central to some theories such as anomie/strain and conflict, and nips aggressively at the periphery of others such as social control theory. Yet none of these theories engage in a systematic exploration of what social class is, how individuals come to be placed in one rung of the class ladder rather than another, or the precise nature of the class-crime relationship. This book avers that the same factors that help to determine a person’s class level also help to determine that person’s risk for committing criminal acts. Social class is a modern outcome of primordial status-striving and requires explanation using the modern tools of genetics, neurobiology, and evolutionary biology, and this is what this book does. Many aspects of criminal behavior can be understood by examining the shared factors that lead to the success or failure in the workplace and to pro- or antisocial activities. Social Class and Crime makes plain that the more we know about the nature side of behavior the more important we find the nurture side to be. It makes clear how the class/crime relationship and criminology in general, can benefit from the biosocial perspective; a perspective that many criminological luminaries expect to be the dominant paradigm for the twenty first century. Selected Contents: 1. The Biosocial Approach 2. Genes, Environments, and Behavior 3. Evolutionary Psychology, Crime and Status 4. The Neurosciences, Conscience and the Softwired Brain 5. Social Class and Criminal Behavior: Myth or Reality? 6. The Class-Crime Relationship in Criminological Theories 7. Social Class and Socialization 8. Poverty, Crime and Developmental Neurobiology 9. Social Stratification, the Genome, and Social Structure 10. The Nature and Nurture of Intelligence 11. Class Mobility: Ascription or Achievement? 2010: 229 x 152: 184pp Hb: 978-0-415-88347-4: £80.00 eBook: 978-0-203-84424-3 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415883474

Surveillance and Democracy Edited by Kevin D. Haggerty, University of Alberta, Canada and Minas Samatas, University of Crete, Greece This collection represents the first sustained attempt to grapple with the complex and often paradoxical relationships between surveillance and democracy. Surveillance has become central to human organizational and epistemological endeavours and is a cornerstone of governmental practices in assorted institutional realms. This social transformation towards expanded, intensified and integrated surveillance has produced many consequences. It has also given rise to an increased anxiety about the implications of surveillance for democratic processes; thus raising a series of questions – about what surveillance means, and might mean, for civil liberties, political processes, public discourse, state coercion and public consent – that the leading surveillance scholars gathered here address. Selected Contents: Section 1: Theorizing Surveillance and Democracy Section 2: Surveillance Policies and Practices of Democratic Governance Section 3: Case Studies in the Dynamics of Surveillance and Democracy 2010: 234 x 156: 272pp Hb: 978-0-415-47239-5: £85.00 Pb: 978-0-415-47240-1: £24.99 eBook: 978-0-203-85215-6 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415472401

17


c rim e a nd socie ty

18

Rights of Passage Sidewalks and the Regulation of Public Flow

soci al p ol i cy

Social Policy

Nicholas Blomley, Simon Fraser University, Canada Series: Social Justice

Forthcoming

New

Crime Policy and the Media

Victims and Policy-Making

Jon Silverman, University of Bedfordshire, UK

A Comparative Perspective

Crime, Policy and the Media is the first academic text to map the relationship between a rapidly changing media and policymaking in criminal justice.

Matthew Hall, University of Sheffield, UK

Although a powerful form of governance, pedestrianism tends to be obscured by grander and more visible forms of urban regulation. The rationality at work here may appear commonplace; but, precisely because it is uncontroversial, pedestrianism is able to operate below the academic and political radar. Complicating the prevailing tendency to focus on the socially directive nature of public space regulation, Blomley reveals the particular ways in which pedestrianism deactivates rights-based claims to public space. Selected Contents: 1. Pedestrianism: Pedestrianism and Police. Pedestrianism, People and Things. Pedestrianism and Social Justice. Overview of Contents 2. Civic Humanism and the Sidewalk: The Sidewalk as Political Space. The Sidewalk as Civic Space. The Sidewalk as Walking Space 3. Thinking Like an Engineer. Administrative Pedestrianism. Pervasive Pedestrianism. The Taken for Granted 4. Producing and Policing the Sidewalk: Sidewalk Law; Obstruction and Encroachments. Other Sidewalk Rationalities 5. The History of Pedestrianism. The Invention of the Sidewalk. The Reformist Sidewalk. Administrative Pedestrianism at Work. The Public Sidewalk. The Incomplete Sidewalk 6. Judicial Pedestrianism: Introduction. The Public Highway 7. Obstructions of Justice?: Speech, Protest and Circulation. Sidewalks, the Homeless, and Judicial Pedestrianism. Things and Bodies 8. Taking a Constitutional: Circulation, Begging, and the Mobile Self: Introduction; Political Pedestrianism. Conclusions 9. Hidden in Plain View 2010: 234 x 156: 144pp Hb: 978-0-415-57561-4: £75.00 eBook: 978-0-203-84040-5 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415575614

Complimentary Exam Copy

Spanning the period, 1989–2009, it examines a number of case studies – terrorism, drugs, sentencing, policing and violent crime, amongst others – and interrogates key policy-makers (including six former Home Secretaries, a former Lord Chief Justice, Attorney-General, senior police officers, government advisers and leading commentators) about the impact of the media on their thinking and practice. Bolstered by content and framing analysis, it argues that, especially, in the last decade, key policies in crime and justice have been driven by fear of media criticism and the ’Daily Mail’ effect. It concludes that the expanding influence of the Internet has begun to undermine some of the ways in which government and agencies such as the police have gained and held a presentational advantage. Written by a former BBC Home Affairs Correspondent, with unrivalled access to the highest reaches of policy-making, it is both academically rigorous and accessible and will be of interest to both scholars and practititoners in media and criminal justice. Selected Contents: Introduction: A Changing Media 1. A Changing Politics: From Conservatism to New Labour 2. Terrorism and the Politics of Response 3. Addicted to Distortion : The Media and Drugs 4. Crime and Disorder 5. Sentencing and Penal Policy 6. Policing. Conclusion

This volume sets out to contrast and compare the development of policies related to victims of crime and their place within the criminal justice systems in nine separate jurisdictions (the USA, the Netherlands, England and Wales, Scotland, the Republic of Ireland, Australia, New Zealand, Canada and South Africa). Based on first hand interviews with those responsible for formulating such policies, as well as detailed grounded and document analysis across these jurisdictions, this book exposes the national and transnational policy networks surrounding victims of crime and, in particular, examines how the provision of victim care is becoming globalized. In so doing, it represents a rare comparative evaluation of the underlying rationales and influences which have influenced the creation of such policies and places them in their true global context. Selected Contents: 1. Victims: An International Movement 2. Defining ’Victimhood’ Across Jurisdictions? 3. Victims in International Policy-making 4. Victims in National Policy-making 5. Victim ’Rights’? 6. Victims in Criminal Justice Systems 7. Victims’ Compensation and Resorative Justice 8. Conclusions 2010: 234 x 156: 296pp Hb: 978-1-84392-825-6: £80.00 Pb: 978-1-84392-824-9: £26.99 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9781843928249

November 2011: 234 x 156: 224pp Hb: 978-0-415-67231-3: £80.00 Pb: 978-0-415-67232-0: £25.99 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415672320

related journals

Rights of Passage: Sidewalks and the Regulation of Public Flow documents a powerful and under-researched form of urban governance that focuses on pedestrian flow. This logic, which Nicholas Blomley terms ’pedestrianism’, values public space not in terms of its aesthetic merits, or its success in promoting public citizenship and democracy. Rather, the function of the sidewalk is understood to be the promotion and facilitation of pedestrian flow and circulation, predicated on the appropriate arrangement of people and objects. This remarkably pervasive yet overlooked logic shapes the ways in which public space is regulated, conceived of, and argued about. Rights of Passage shows how the sidewalk is literally produced, encoded, rendered legible and operational with reference to a dense array of codes, diagrams, specifications, academic and professional networks, engineering rubrics, regulation and case law – all in the name of unfettered circulation.

Policy Studies www.tandf.co.uk/journals/cpos

Editor: Mark Evans, Director, ANZSOG Institute for Governance, Canberra, Australia

European Societies 2009 IMPACT FACTOR: 0.576, RANKING 77/114 (SOCIOLOGY) www.tandf.co.uk/journals/reus

Editor: Goran Therborn, University of Cambridge, UK

e-Inspection New in Paperback

Companion Website


p ol i c i n g an d c r i me c on t ro l

Policing and Crime Control New

New

Forthcoming

Police Work

Just Authority?

Principles and Practice

Trust in the Police in England and Wales

Colin Rogers, Rhobert Lewis, Tim John and Tim Read all at University of Glamorgan, UK

Jonathan Jackson, London School of Economics, UK, Ben Bradford, University of Edinburgh, UK, Betsy Stanko, Metropolitan Police Service, UK and Katrin Hohl, London School of Economics, UK

Innovative Possibilities: Global Policing Research and Practice Edited by Les Johnston, formerly at University of Portsmouth, UK and Clifford Shearing, University of Cape Town, South Africa Series: Police Practice and Research Innovative Possibilities: Global Policing Research and Practice builds on partnerships between police and academics. It engages researchers and police practitioners to build a bridge between policing research and practice. This book was published as a special issue of Police Practice and Research. Selected Contents: 1. From the Editor-in-Chief 2. From a ‘Dialogue of the Deaf’ to a ‘Dialogue of Listening’: Towards a New Methodology of Policing Research and Practice 3. Ending the ‘Dialogue of the Deaf’: Evidence and Policing Policies and Practices. An Australian Case Study 4. Squaring the Circles: Research, Evidence, Policy-making, and Police Improvement in England and Wales 5. Policing as Self-audited Practice 6. Research on Latin American Police: Where Do We go from Here? 7. Police Practice and Police Research in Africa 8. Police Scholarship in China 9. Taming the ‘Leviathan’ in Johannesburg’s Townships: Does a Hobbesian Moral Compass Apply to Policing in the Twenty-first Century? February 2011: 246 x 174: 136pp Hb: 978-0-415-61835-9: £80.00 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415618359

New

Policing: Toward an Unknown Future Edited by John Crank, University of NebraskaOmaha, USA Series: Police Practice and Research The enclosed papers are the culmination of a project Professor John Crank and Dr. Colleen Kadleck carried out assessing issues facing the police into the early twenty-first century. This book was published as a special issue of Police Practice and Research. Selected Contents: 1. From the Editor-in-Chief 2. Remarks by the Guest Editors 3. The Challenges to Developing Democratic Policing in Post-Soviet Societies: The Russian Experience 4. Venezuela: The Shifting Organizational Framework for the Police 5. Canadian Crime Control in the New Millennium: The Influence of Neo-conservative US Policies and Practices 6. Afghanistan at a Crossroads: The Quest for Democratic Policing in a Post-9/11 Era 7. Reforming La Polic’a: Looking to the Future of Policing in Mexico 8. The Futures of Policing African States 9. Policing in an Era of Uncertainty 10. Trends in Police Research: A Cross-sectional Analysis of the 2006 Literature 11. The USA: The Next Big Thing February 2011: 246 x 174: 160pp Hb: 978-0-415-61818-2: £80.00 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415618182

This book provides a highly readable account of police work. It builds upon Introduction to Police Work (Rogers and Lewis 2007) to provide a comprehensive, in depth and critical understanding of policing in today’s diverse society.

Police Work meets the need for an increasingly sophisticated and professional approach to training within the police, whether this is carried out within police forces themselves or within higher education institutions. Written in an accessible style by current and former police practitioners and a nationally recognized expert on the National Intelligence Model, this book focuses – in line with the government’s agenda for workforce modernization – on three key areas of policing: community, investigation and intelligence. It introduces readers to many important areas through the use of definition boxes, scenario boxes highlighting good practice, points to note boxes, flowcharts and diagrams as well as a wide range of questions and exercises to help apply their knowledge to different situations and scenarios. This book will be essential reading for those on probationer training programmes and a valuable resource for students taking courses in policing and criminology more generally where an advanced level of understanding of the nature of police work is required. May 2011: 234 x 156: 336pp Hb: 978-1-84392-532-3: £85.00 Pb: 978-1-84392-531-6: £22.99 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9781843925316

Forthcoming in 2012

Police Interviewing Styles and Tactics Stephen Moston, James Cook University, Australia Over the last few years there have been massive changes in police interviewing practices. In many countries police officers no longer interrogate suspects, they interview them. This has been a product of an ever increasing number of cases of miscarriages of justice, many of them featuring false confessions. The book sets out a range of different interviewing tactics, providing examples of practice, reviewing the evidence of their effectiveness and acceptability, with particular reference to the UK, Europe, the USA and Australasia. It also reviews critically the leading training packages (e.g. PEACE, Reid techniques) in use. Police Interviewing will be essential reading on the subjects for both police practitioners and those studying the subject. Selected Contents: Part 1: Confessions 1. Why Do Suspects Confess? 2. Approaches to Interviewing 3. Denials 4. Silence Part 2: Interviewing Styles and Tactics 5. Interviewing Styles 6. Questioning the Suspect 7. Rapport Building 8. Confession Oriented Tactics 9. Preventing Denials 10. Challenging the Suspect’s Version of Events 11. Manipulating the Suspect’s Perception of the Offence Part 3: Training and Research 12. Do Tactics Work? 13. Training in Interviewing 14. A Research Agenda March 2012: 234 x 156: 224pp Hb: 978-1-84392-521-7: £62.00 Pb: 978-1-84392-522-4: £25.00 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9781843925224

Browse and order online: www.routledge.com/criminology

Public attitudes towards crime, policing and justice remain ’hot’ social and political topics. Low confidence in the criminal justice system challenges the legitimacy that underpins the effectiveness of the police and the courts. The police depend upon the authority they can command rather than the force they can deploy as a last resort. This book provides the most authoritative and comprehensive analysis thus far of the meaning, distribution and significance of trust in the police and the legitimacy of legal authorities. The book: • presents data on the measurement of trust; drawing on information from twenty-five years of the British Crime Survey to highlight key trends and historical trajectories • explores the roles played by fear of crime, anxieties about neighbourhood breakdown, the mass media, and contact with the police • addresses the geographical distribution of trust • shows the importance of public trust and confidence in generating legitimacy, compliance with the law and cooperation with authorities. Just Authority? will be of interest not to just to students, researchers and academics but also to practitioners and policy makers who are tasked to engage with complex and shifting notions of public trust and police legitimacy. Selected Contents: Part 1: Introduction 1. The Contribution of this Book 2. What is Trust in the Police and Police Legitimacy? 3. The Policy Context of Trust and Legitimacy Part 2: Historical Trends in Public Confidence in Policing 4. Convergence not Divergence: Public Contact and Confidence in Twenty Years of the British Crime Survey 5. Ethnicity and Confidence in Policing: Historical Trajectories Part 3: New Measures of Trust in the Police 6. The Meaning and Measurement of Trust in the Police 7. Which Social Groups are most Trusting of the Police? Part 4: Explaining Trust in the Police 8. Contact with the Police: Are Personal Encounters with the Police Important? 9. The Role of the Mass Media in Public Trust in the Police 10. Neighbourhood: Does it Matter where One Lives? 11. Relational Concerns and the Fear of Crime 12. Ideology and Sensitivity to Disorder Part 5: Trust in Justice and the Legitimacy of Legal Authorities 13. The Meaning and Measurement of Police Legitimacy 14. Compliance, Legitimacy and the Procedural Justice Model 15. Does the Procedural Justice Model Apply across Majority and Minority Groups? Part 6: Conclusions 16. Recap of the Findings 17. Reflections on our Experience Translating the Research Findings to the Metropolitan Police Service September 2011: 234 x 156: 256pp Hb: 978-1-84392-848-5: £45.00 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9781843928485

19


p o licing an d cr ime con trol

20

Forthcoming in 2012

New

New

Evolution and Crime

Intelligence and Intelligence Analysis

Conflict and Crisis Communication

Patrick F. Walsh, Charles Sturt University, Australia

Principles and Practice

Edited by Carol A. Ireland, University of Central Lancashire, UK, Martin Fisher, NOMS, UK and Gregory M. Vecchi, FBI, USA

Human physique and behaviour has been shaped by the pressures of natural selection. This is received wisdom in all scientifically informed circles. Evolutionary psychology is arguably the fastest growing and most exciting perspective in social science. Criminology has, so far, been resistant to this mode of thought for reasons that include a perceived need to remain true to the tradition of human malleability by social context, the fear of racist eugenics, and a naive equation of natural selection with biological determinism. Given its fruitfulness elsewhere in biological and social science, it is only a matter of time before conventional criminology comes to be informed by the evolutionary perspective. Evolution and Crime provides an informed and realistic appraisal of the potential contribution that a more welcoming approach to the evolutionary perspective would make to criminology; both theoretically (by expanding understanding of the complexity of the origins of behaviour labeled criminal) and practically (where the evolutionary approach can be utilized to inform crime control policy and practice). This fascinating new book opens up new ways of looking at different aspects of crime and crime control, and includes chapters on such topics as white collar crime, violent crime, female crime victimization, environmental criminology and the behaviour of psychopaths. February 2012: 234 x 156: 224pp Hb: 978-1-84392-392-3: £62.00 Pb: 978-1-84392-391-6: £20.99 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9781843923916

Forthcoming in 2012

Electronically Monitored Punishment International and Critical Perspectives Edited by Mike Nellis, University of Strathclyde, UK, Ralph Bas, Kristel Beyens and Dan Kaminski, Catholic University of Leuven, Belgium Since the 1980s, electronic monitoring has been successfully introduced in a number of countries worldwide. Much of the literature on electronic monitoring has been produced by officials and researchers directly involved in the implementation of experimental electronic monitoring programmes and has been subject to little critical scrutiny. This book addresses the broader factors in electronic monitoring’s development. Drawing on recent developments in the sociology of punishment and crime control, this book will develop a critical criminological perspective on electronic monitoring in selective countries around the world. January 2012: 234 x 156: 256pp Hb: 978-1-84392-273-5: £40.00 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9781843922735

This book tracks post 9/11 developments in national security and policing intelligence and their relevance to new emerging areas of intelligence practice such as: corrections, biosecurity, private industry and regulatory environments. Developments are explored thematically across three broad sections: • applying intelligence

• understanding structures • developing a discipline. Issues explored include: understanding intelligence models; the strategic management challenges of intelligence; intelligence capacity building; and the ethical dimensions of intelligence practice. Using case studies collected from wide-ranging interviews with leaders, managers and intelligence practitioners from a range of practice areas in Australia, Canada, New Zealand, the UK and US, the book indentifies examples of good practice across countries and agencies that may be relevant to other settings. Uniquely bringing together significant theoretical and practical developments in a sample of traditional and emerging areas of intelligence, this book provides readers with a more holistic and inter-disciplinary perspective on the evolving intelligence field across several different practice contexts. Intelligence and Intelligence Analysis will be relevant to a broad audience including intelligence practitioners and managers working across all fields of intelligence (national security, policing, private industry and emerging areas) as well as students taking courses in policing and intelligence analysis. May 2011: 234 x 156: 344pp Hb: 978-1-84392-738-9: £80.00 Pb: 978-1-84392-739-6: £23.99 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9781843927396

Forthcoming

Eyes Everywhere The Global Growth of Camera Surveillance Edited by Aaron Doyle, Carelton University, Canada, Randy Lippert, University of Windsor, Canada and David Lyon, Queen’s University, Canada Eyes Everywhere provides an accessible and international perspective on the development of camera surveillance. It scrutinizes the quiet but massive expansion of camera surveillance around the world in recent years, paying special attention to developments in Canada, the UK and the USA. Selected Contents: Part 1: Introduction Part 2: Case-Studies: Camera Surveillance in Action Part 3: Seeing the Signs: Camera Awareness Part 4: Comparing Camera Surveillance: International Differences Part 5: Responses and Resistance to Cameras Part 6: Surveillance Cameras and the Law November 2011: 234 x 156: 368pp Hb: 978-0-415-66864-4: £85.00 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415668644

Complimentary Exam Copy

Conflict and crisis communication is the management of a critical incident which has the potential for resolution through successful negotiations. This can include negotiating with individuals in crisis, such as those threatening self-harm or taking individuals hostage as part of emotional expression, and also critical incidents such as kidnapping and terrorist activities.

By focusing on the empirical and strong theoretical underpinnings of critical incident management, and including clear demonstrations of the practical application of conflict and crisis communication by experts in the field, this book proves to be a practical, comprehensive and up-to-date resource. Discussion of relevant past incidents – such as the 1993 WACO siege in the United States – is used to enhance learning, whilst an examination of the application of critical incident management to individuals with mental disorder offers groundbreaking insight from clinicians working in this area. Conflict and Crisis Communication is an excellent source of reference for national and international law enforcement agencies, professionals working in forensic settings, and also postgraduate students with an interest in forensic psychology and forensic mental health. Selected Contents: 1. Conflict and Crisis Negotiation: The Negotiated Resolution Model 2. Negotiation: Principles and Theoretical Underpinnings 3. Crisis Situations: Communications, Goals, and Techniques 4. Application of the Critical Incident to Mental Illness and Cognitive Impairment: Considerations and Implications 5. Application of the Critical Incident to Personality Disorder: Considerations and Implications 6. Ethical Considerations in a Conflict and Crisis Situation 7. Expertise of the Negotiator in Conflict and Crisis Communication 8. When the Management of the Critical Incident Goes Wrong: Pitfalls and Suggested Approaches 9. Post Critical Incident: Considerations 10. Held Against their Choice: Behaviour, Considerations and Implications for the Captive April 2011: 234 x 156: 256pp Hb: 978-0-415-61511-2: £80.00 Pb: 978-0-415-61512-9: £23.99 eBook: 978-0-203-83040-6 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415615129

related journals

Jason Roach, Huddersfield University, UK and Ken Pease, University College London, UK and University of Loughborough, UK

e-Inspection New in Paperback

Policing and Society Editor: Martin Innes, Cardiff University, UK www.tandf.co.uk/journals/gpas

Police Practice and Research Editor in Chief: Dilip K. Das, International Police Executive Symposium www.tandf.co.uk/journals/gppr

Companion Website


p ol i c i n g an d c r i me c on t ro l

New

New

New

Crime and Terrorism Risk

Police Custody

2nd Edition

Studies in Criminology and Criminal Justice

Governance, Legitimacy and Reform in the Criminal Justice Process

Edited by Leslie W. Kennedy, Rutgers University, USA and Edmund F. McGarrell, Michigan State University, USA

Crime and Terrorism Risk is a collection of original essays and articles that presents a broad overview of the issues related to the assessment and management of risk in the new security age. These original articles show how researchers, experts and the public are beginning to think about crime and terrorism issues in terms of a new risk paradigm that emphasizes establishing a balance between threat and resources in developing prevention and response strategies. Selected Contents: 1. Overview of Risk Assessment and Management 2. Examining the Social Construction or Risk 3. Risk Assessment in Prevention and Response 4. Risk Management 5. Developing Risk Metrics 6. Risk Tolerance and Acceptability 7. Case Studies March 2011: 254 x 178: 304pp Hb: 978-0-415-99181-0: £90.00 Pb: 978-0-415-99182-7: £35.99 eBook: 978-0-203-89447-7

Layla Skinns, University of Sheffield, UK This book offers a timely contribution to research on police custody, which has been largely neglected for the last decade, and it is the first to examine the growing role given to civilians employed by the police or by private security companies within police custody areas. It draws on a mixed-method study of two custody areas, one publicly-run, and the other largely privately-run. This empirical analysis explores anew suspects experiences of police custody from arrest to charge, including their access to due process rights such as phone calls, legal advice and detention reviews, as well as shedding light on the hitherto unexplored working relationships between the police, civilian police staff (public and private), legal advisers, doctors, appropriate adults and drug workers. Police Custody integrates issues which are topical and of utmost empirical, theoretical and political significance, meaning that it is likely to have a broad appeal to students, academics, practitioners and policy-makers with an interest in the criminal justice process, policing and the sociology of law. 2010: 234 x 156: 272pp Hb: 978-1-84392-813-3: £40.00

Policing Scotland Edited by Daniel Donnelly and Kenneth Scott both at University of the West of Scotland, UK

This fully updated and expanded new version builds upon the success of the first edition and aim to provide an up-to-date and authoritative account of recent developments and provide an overview of policing in Scotland, with an updated description of the basic factual information about Scottish policing as it stands in the present age.

Selected Contents: 1. Introduction: Policing Scotland Part 1: Overview 2. Structure and Organisation of Scottish Policing 3. Scottish Policing – A Historical Perspective 4. Governance, Accountabilities and Scottish Policing 5. Managing the police resource in Scotland 6. Police Unionism in Scotland Part 2: Key Areas of Policing in Scotland 7. Policing Crime and Disorder in Scotland 8. Policing the Scottish Community 9. Young People and the Police in Scotland 10. The Police and Ethnic Monorities in Scotland 11. Crime Investigation in Scotland Part 3: Scottish Policing Contexts 12. Police Powers and Human Rights in Scotland 13. The Police and Criminal Justice in Scotland 14. Forensic Science and Policing in Scotland 15. Violence, Culture and Policing in Scotland 16. The Role of the Police in Modern Scotland – Myths and Realities Conclusions 17. Semper Vigilo: The Future of Policing in Scotland

For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415991827

For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9781843928133

New

Situational Prevention of Organised Crimes

2010: 234 x 156: 576pp Hb: 978-1-84392-939-0: £62.00 Pb: 978-1-84392-938-3: £24.99 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9781843929383

Michael J. Palmiotto, Wichita State University, USA

Edited by Karen Bullock, University of Surrey, UK, Ronald V. Clarke, Rutgers University, USA and Nick Tilley, Nottingham Trent University, UK

Series: Criminology and Justice Studies

Series: Crime Science Series

Community Policing A Police-Citizen Partnership

This textbook discusses the role of community-oriented policing, including the police image, public expectations, ethics in law enforcement, community wellness, civilian review boards, and what the community can do to help decrease crime rates. In addition, the author covers basic interpersonal skills and how these might vary according to the race, sex, age, and socioeconomic group with which the officer is interacting. Finally, students learn how to initiate new programs in a community, from the planning process and community involvement to dealing with management and evaluating program success. Selected Contents: 1. Police History Relevant to Community Policing 2. Understanding Police Culture 3. Police Discretion, Police Misconduct, and Mechanisms to Control Police Misconduct 4. Crime Prevention and Community Policing 5. Concepts, Strategies, Experiments, and Research Findings That Have Influenced Community Policing 6. Communities, Neighborhoods, and Multiculturalism 7. Problem-Oriented Policing 8. Community-Oriented Policing 9. Organizational Change and Community Policing 10. Planning the Implementation of Community Policing 11. Selected Approaches to Training and Planning 12. Distinctive Community Policing Programs 13. The Future of Community Policing

Forthcoming

This collection of case studies, by a distinguished international group of researchers, documents the application of a situational prevention approach to a variety of organized crimes, including: sex trafficking, drug smuggling, corruption, and fraud. The book will be of interest to those tasked with tackling organized crime problems, as well as students of criminology and criminal justice.

Patterns, Prevention, and Geometry of Crime

Selected Contents: Foreword 1. Introduction 2. Situational Crime Prevention and Cross-Border Crime 3. Preventing Organized Crime: The Case of Contraband Cigarettes 4. Sex Trafficking: A Target for Situation Crime Prevention? 5. Situational Prevention of Organized Timber Theft and Related Corruption 6. Situational Organized Crime Prevention in Amsterdam: The Administrative Approach 7. Mortgage Fraud and Facilitating Circumstances 8. Infiltration by Italian Organised Crime (Mafia, N’drangheta and Camorra) of the Public Construction Industry 9. Situational Prevention Against Unlawful Influence from Organized Crime 10. Organised Crime and Crime Scripts: Prospects for Disruption 11. Policing Mobile Criminality: Towards a Situational Crime Prevention Approach to Organised Crime

This book gathers together leading scholars in the field of environmental criminology to honour the work of P. & P. Brantingham with new work on the geometry of crime, patterns in crime and crime generators and attractors.

2010: 234 x 156: 216pp Hb: 978-1-84392-772-3: £35.00 eBook: 978-1-84392-972-7 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9781843927723

January 2011: 235 x 156: 376pp Hb: 978-0-415-88974-2: £110.00 Pb: 978-0-415-88975-9: £42.99 eBook: 978-0-203-83050-5 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415889759

Browse and order online: www.routledge.com/criminology

Edited by Martin A. Andresen and J. Bryan Kinney both at Simon Fraser University, Canada Series: Routledge Studies in Crime and Society

Selected Contents: 1. Editors’ Introduction: Patterns, Prevention, and Geometry of Crime 2. Mobility Polygons and the Geometry of Co-Offending 3. Spatial-Temporal Crime Paths 4. The Edge of the Community: Drug Dealing in a Segregated Environment 5. Estimating the Number of U.S. Vehicles Stolen for Export Using Crime Location Quotients 6. Crime Patterns and Prolific Offending 7. Sleeping with Strangers: Hotels and Motels as Crime Attractors and Crime Generators 8. How Near is Near? Quantifying the Spatial Influence of Crime Attractors and Generators 9. Urban Backcloth and Regional Mobility Patterns as Indicators of Juvenile Crime 10 Spatial Interplay: Interaction of Land Uses in Relation to Crime Incidents Around Transit Stations 11. Letters to P. & P. Brantingham October 2011: 234 x 156: 256pp Hb: 978-0-415-68587-0: £80.00 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415685870

21


p o licing an d cr ime con trol

22

International Police Cooperation

2nd Edition

Emerging Issues, Theory and Practice

Anti-social Behaviour, Politics and Policy

Maurice Punch, London School of Economics, UK

Edited by Frederic Lemieux, The George Washington University, USA

Elizabeth Burney, University of Cambridge, UK

’This book is superb. The standard, as far as I am concerned, for books on police deviance. Straightforward as well as entertaining, the book covers all that I think is known about the genesis, transmission, facilitation, reform, and control of police deviance.’ – David Bailey, University at Albany, SUNY

The globalization of threats and the complexity of international security issues represents a greater challenge for international policing in (re) shaping inter-agency interaction, and makes effective international police cooperation more necessary than ever before.

This book sets out to analyze the key emerging issues and theory and practice of international police cooperation. Paying special attention to the factors that have contributed to the effective working of police cooperation in practice and the problems that are encountered, this book brings together original research that examines opportunities and initiatives undertaken by agencies (practices and processes introduced) as well as the impact of external legal, political, and economical pressures. Contributors explore emerging initiatives and new challenges in several contexts at both national and international levels. They adopt a diversity of approaches and theoretical frameworks to reach a broader understanding of current and future issues in police cooperation. Forms of police cooperation and trends in crime control are examined, drawing upon the following disciplines: criminology, ethics, organizational science, political science, and sociology.

Making People Behave This book seeks to explain why anti-social behaviour, as a focus of political rhetoric, legislative activity and social action, has gained such a high profile in Britain in recent years, and it provides a critical examination of current policies of enforcement and exclusion. It examines both the political roots of the variety of new measures which have been introduced and also the deeper social explanations for the unease expressed about anti-social behaviour more generally. This updated new edition of Making People Behave takes full account of recent legal and policy changes, including the ’Respect’ agenda, as well as relevant research on the subject. It also contains two wholly new chapters, one of them devoted to the expanding web of behaviour controls, the other on Scotland which provides an alternative to the enforcement-oriented approach evident in England and Wales – complementing the wider coverage in the book of developments in North America and Europe. Selected Contents: 1. Why ’Anti-social Behaviour’? 2. New Labour, New Ideas 3. A Short History of Behavioural Control 4. Engines of Bad Behaviour 5. The ASBO – Law and Practice 6. Expanding Behaviour Control 7. How Different is Scotland? 8. Enforcement and Problem Solving in the Local Context 9. Cultures of Control – a European Dimension 10. Conclusions 2009: 234 x 156: 256pp Hb: 978-1-84392-698-6: £64.00 Pb: 978-1-84392-699-3: £21.99 eBook: 978-1-84392-711-2

Police Corruption Exploring Police Deviance and Crime

’At last, from the leading writer and researcher in this field, a comprehensive overview of the study of police misconduct and corruption. Maurice Punch is unrivalled in this field and anyone seeking a reliable guide should consult this book.’ – Professor Tim Newburn, London School of Economics Selected Contents: 1. Introduction 2. What is Corruption? 3. The US: From Pad to Crew 4. The Netherlands: Amsterdam and the ’IRT’ Affair 5. The UK: London, Miscarriages of Justice and Northern Ireland 6. ’Creatures in Between’: Pathways into Police Deviance 7. Scandal, Reform and Accountability 8. Conclusion: Sticky Fingers and Dirty Hands 2009: 234 x 156: 256pp Hb: 978-1-84392-411-1: £62.00 Pb: 978-1-84392-410-4: £22.99 eBook: 978-1-84392-730-3 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9781843924104

Forthcoming

The Reasoning Criminologist Essays in Honour of Ronald V. Clarke

Selected Contents: 1. The Nature and Structure of International Police Cooperation: An Introduction 2. Police and Judicial Cooperation in Europe: Bilateral versus Multilateral Cooperation 3. Towards a Governance Model of Police Cooperation in Europe: The Twist Between Networks and Bureaucracies 4. A Market-oriented Explanation of the Expansion of the Role of Europol: Filling the Demand for Criminal Intelligence Through Entrepreneurial Initiatives 5. Iterative Development of Co-operation within an Increasingly Complex Environment: Example of a Swiss Regional Analysis Centre 6. The Meuse-Rhine Euroregion: A Laboratory for Police and Judicial Cooperation in the European Union 7. Convergent Models of Police Cooperation in Anti-organized Crime and Anti-terrorism Activities 8. The France and Europol Relationship: Explaining Shifts in Cooperative Behaviour 9. Parallel Paths and Productive Partners: The EU and US on Counter-terrorism 10. Cross-strait Police Cooperation between Taiwan and China 11. Police Cooperation in the Context of Peacebuilding: Observations from African Quarters 12. Police Military Cooperation in Foreign Interventions: Timor-Leste and the Solomon Islands 13. International Police Organizations: The Missing Link to Cooperate Effectively 14. Tackling Transnational Drug Trafficking Effectively: Assessing the Outcomes of the Drug Enforcement Administration’s InternationalCooperation Initiatives 15. Challenges of Governance and Accountability for Transnational Private Policing 16. The Constabulary Ethic Reconsidered

For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9781843926993

Edited by Nick Tilley, UCL Jill Dando Institute of Crime Science, UK and Graham Farrell, Loughborough University, UK

Crime Prevention Policies in Comparative Perspective

Series: Crime Science Series

2010: 234 x 156: 384pp Hb: 978-1-84392-761-7: £65.00 Pb: 978-1-84392-760-0: £29.95 eBook: 978-1-84392-762-4

’This book ... shows how new standards have been introduced, how improvement is being embedded and how a part of the police service not known for being in the vanguard of change has quietly moved there. Most importantly the book is written by a professional who has already played a key part in the change and who is well placed to continue to do so.’ – Peter Neyroud, National Policing Improvement Agency, UK

For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9781843927600

Edited by Adam Crawford, University of Leeds, UK The book brings together a collection of leading international experts to explore, through a comparative analysis, the lessons learnt through implementation and the future directions of crime prevention policies. 2009: 234 x 156: 296pp Hb: 978-1-84392-413-5: £62.00 Pb: 978-1-84392-412-8: £26.99 eBook: 978-1-84392-725-9 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9781843924128

Criminal Investigation An Introduction to Principles and Practice Peter Stelfox, National Policing Improvement Agency, UK

2009: 234 x 156: 256pp Hb: 978-1-84392-338-1: £50.00 Pb: 978-1-84392-337-4: £18.99 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9781843923374

Complimentary Exam Copy

Ronald V. Clarke has made a significant contribution to the field of Criminology; his rational choice models and situational crime prevention strategies offering a practical solution to today’s crime problem. In this unique collection of essays, Nick Tilley and Graham Farrell bring together leading academics from around the word to honour his work. Selected Contents: Introduction: Ronald V. Clarke – the Quiet Revolutionary 1. Situational Crime Prevention: The Home Office Origins 2. On Being Crime Specific: Observations on the Career of R.V.G. Clarke 3. Ferruginous Ducks, Low Hanging Fruit, and Ronald V. Clarke’s World of Crime Science 4. Happy Returns: Ideas Brought Back from Situational Crime Prevention’s Exploration of Design against Crime 5. Linking Situational Crime Prevention and Focused Deterrence Strategies 6. How Situational Crime Prevention Saved Problem-oriented Policing 7. Ron Clarke’s Contribution to Improving Policing: a Diffusion of Benefits 8. Vulnerability of Evaluators of Problem-oriented Policing Projects 9. Evaluation for Everyday Life 10. CCTV Evaluation 11. Spatial Displacement and Diffusion of Crime Control Benefits Revisited: New Evidence on Why Crime Doesn’t Just Move Around the Corner 12 Suicide and Opportunity: Implications for the Rationality of Suicide 13. Ron and the Schiphol Fly 14. Exploring the Person-Situation Interaction in Situational Crime Prevention 15. A Rational Choice Analysis of Organized Crime and Trafficked Goods 16. The Structure of Angry Violence 17. Extending the Reach of Situational Crime Prevention 18. Contrasting Hotspots: Did the Opportunist Make the Heat 19. Situating Situational Crime Prevention: Anchoring Politically Palatable Crime Reduction Strategy December 2011: 234 x 156: 312pp Pb: 978-0-415-68852-9: £29.99 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415688529

e-Inspection New in Paperback

Companion Website


p ol i c i n g an d c r i me c on t ro l

Policing and the Legacy of Lawrence

2nd Edition

Bestseller

Handbook of Policing

Edited by Nathan Hall, John Grieve and Stephen Savage, all at University of Portsmouth, UK

Edited by Tim Newburn

Handbook of Criminal Investigation

This book marks the tenth anniversary of the publication of the Inquiry into the events surrounding the investigation of the murder of Stephen Lawrence and examines various dimensions of the impact of Lawrence on policing policy and practice. It includes contributions from some of the key policing figures who were involved in post-Lawrence implementation and development programmes. As such the book will be of interest to both an academic police studies/criminology audience and police-practitioner audiences. 2009: 234 x 156: 320pp Hb: 978-1-84392-506-4: £55.00 Pb: 978-1-84392-505-7: £22.99 eBook: 978-1-84392-649-8 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9781843925057

Crime Prevention Nick Tilley, Jill Dando Institute of Crime Science, University College London, UK Series: Criminal Justice Series This book provides a concise and up-to-date account of crime prevention theory, practice and research in a form designed to be accessible and interesting to both students and practitioners. Readers will be equipped to think in an informed and critical way about what has been and might be done in practice to prevent crime at local and national levels. What is distinctive in the approach is the emphasis on crime reduction mechanisms, how they may be activated and the intended and unintended patterns of outcome produced. Each of chapters two to five takes this as its organizing principle. The key aim is to clearly convey ideas, arguments and evidence as simply as possible whilst doing justice to the material available. Selected Contents: 1. Introduction: What’s to be Done? 2. Criminal Justice Measures and Mechanisms 3. Individual Measures and Mechanisms 4. Social Measures and Mechanisms 5. Situational Measures and Mechanisms 6. Implementation 7. Evaluation 8. Conclusion: What’s to be Done to Improve Crime Prevention? Annex: Norman Storey’s Tale (1946 – 2008) 2009: 234 x 156: 224pp Hb: 978-1-84392-395-4: £50.00 Pb: 978-1-84392-394-7: £17.99 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9781843923947

’A major contribution to the study of policing in the UK ... authoritative, interesting and extremely wide ranging.’ – Sir Ian Blair, Commissioner, Metropolitan Police

’The most comprehensive treatment ever published on the issues facing British police in the 21st century. Indispensable reading for students, leaders, critics and supporters of the police.’ – Professor Lawrence W. Sherman, President, International Society of Criminology ’The Handbook is indubitably the most comprehensive, authoritative, scholarly and up-to-date overview of policing in the UK and an essential read for anyone with a stake or interest in policing issues.’ – Mathew Bacon, The Howard Journal This new edition of the Handbook of Policing updates and expands the highly successful first edition, and now includes a completely new chapter on policing and forensics. It provides a comprehensive but highly readable overview of policing in the UK, and is an essential reference point combining the expertise of leading academic experts on policing and policing practitioners themselves. Selected Contents: 1. Introduction: Understanding Policing Part 1: Policing in Comparative and Historical Perspective 2. Models of Policing 3. Policing Before the Police 4. The Birth and Development of the Police 5. Policing Since 1945 Part 2: The Context of Policing 6. The Pattern of Transnational Policing 7. Plural Policing in the UK: Policing Beyond the Police 8. Policing in Scotland 9. The Police service of Northern Ireland 10. The Police Organisation 11. Police Cultures 12. Police Powers 13. Policing and the Media, Robert Reiner Part 3: Doing Policing 14. Crime Reduction and Community Safety 15. Modern Approaches to Policing: Community, Problem-oriented and Intelligence-led 16. ’Interpretation for Action?’ Definitions and Potential of Crime Analysis for Policing 17. Criminal Investigation and Crime Control 18. Police Use of Force, Firearms and Riot Control 19. Drugs Policing 20. Policing Fraud and Organised Crime 21. Policing Terror 22. Policing Cybercrime: Emerging Trends and Future Challenges Part 4: Themes and Debates in Policing 23. Policing Ethnic Minority Communities 24. Gender and Policing 25. Policing and Ethics 26. The Accountability of Policing 27. Leadership and Performance Management 28. Policing and Forensic Science 29. Restorative Justice, Victims and the Police 30. Future of Policing 2008: 246 x 174: 864pp Hb: 978-1-84392-500-2: £89.00 Pb: 978-1-84392-323-7: £35.99 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9781843923237

Recommend key titles to your librarian today! Ensure that your library has access to all the latest publications. Visit www.routledge.com/info/librarian.asp today and complete our online Library Recommendation Form.

Browse and order online: www.routledge.com/criminology

Edited by Tim Newburn, Tom Williamson and Alan Wright

This book provides the most comprehensive and authoritative book yet published on the subject of criminal investigation, a rapidly developing area within the police and other law enforcement agencies, and an important sub discipline within police studies.

The subject is rarely out of the headlines, and there is widespread media interest in criminal investigation. Within the police rapid strides are being made in the direction of professionalizing the criminal investigation process, and it has been a particular focus as a means of improving police performance. A number of important reports have been published in the last few years, highlighting the importance of the criminal investigation process not only to the work of the police but to public confidence in this. Each of these reports has identified shortcomings in the way criminal investigations have been conducted, and has made recommendations for improvement . The Handbook of Criminal Investigation provides a rigorous and critical approach to not only the process of criminal investigation, but also the context in which this takes place, the theory underlying it, and the variety of factors which influence approaches to it. It will be an indispensable source of reference for anybody with an interest in, and needing to know about, criminal investigation. Contributors to the book are drawn from both practitioners in the field and academics. Selected Contents: 1. Understanding Investigation Part 1: Criminal Investigation in Context 2. History of Criminal Investigation 3. Social Context of Criminal Investigation 4. Psychology and Criminal Investigation 5. Law and Criminal Investigation 6 Criminal Investigation and the Media Part 2: Organization of Criminal Investigation 7. International Structures and Transnational Crime 8. Criminal Intelligence and the National Intelligence Model 9. The Investigation of High-volume Crime 10. Investigation and Major Crime Inquiries 11. Private Investigation Part 3: Forensic Techniques 12. Principles of Forensic Identification Science 13. Forensic Investigation in the UK 14. Trace Biometrics and Criminal Investigations 15. The Application of Forensic Science to Criminal Investigation Part 4: Investigative Sources and Processes 16. Models of Investigation 17. Covert Surveillance and Informer Handling 18. Victims and Witnesses in Criminal Investigation 19. Investigative Interviewing 20. Profiling Suspects 21. Profiling Places: Geodemographics and GIS Part 5: Governance of Criminal Investigation 22. The Management, Supervision and Oversight of Criminal Investigation 23. Critical Incidents: Investigation, Management and Training 24. Ethics and Corruption 25. Miscarriages of Justice 26. Professionalizing Criminal Investigation 27. The Future of Investigation 2007: 246 x 174: 728pp Hb: 978-1-84392-188-2: £89.00 Pb: 978-1-84392-187-5: £34.99 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9781843921875

23


p o licing an d cr ime con trol

24

Bestseller

The Policing of Terrorism

New

Handbook of Crime Prevention and Community Safety

Organizational and Global Perspectives

Policing and Human Rights

Mathieu Deflem, University of South Carolina, USA

The Meaning of Violence and Justice in the Everyday Policing of Johannesburg

Edited by Nick Tilley ’Preventing crime and increasing community safety has never been higher on the political or professional radar. This handbook is very timely and very comprehensive just what police officers, policy makers, students, community safety partnerships and communities need to guide good decisions and give clear insights in a complex field.’ – Peter Neyroud, Chief Constable of Thames Valley and Vice President of the Association of Chief Police Officers ’This Handbook contains chapters by many stars in the field. These are excellent writers with something unique to say.’ – Professor Marcus Felsen, Rutgers University ’This wide-ranging and impressive book provides an excellent and timely contribution of our understanding of an important and growing field. It will be an indispensable guide and resource for students of, and all those interested in, crime prevention and community safety.’ – Professor Adam Crawford, University of Leeds This book provides a comprehensive, authoritative and wide-ranging account of the background, theory and practice of crime prevention and community safety. It will be essential reading for anybody with interests in these fields, and will be the major work of reference on this subject for those engaged in the practice, study or teaching of crime prevention. Selected Contents: Part 1: Background and Context Part 2: Approaches to Prevention Part 3: Means of Preventing Crime Part 4: Prevention in Practice Part 5: The Preventive Process 2005: 246 x 174: 816pp Hb: 978-1-84392-147-9: £89.00 Pb: 978-1-84392-146-2: £35.99 eBook: 978-1-84392-614-6 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9781843921462

Bestseller

Series: Criminology and Justice Studies This book offers an analysis of the policing of terrorism in a variety of national and international contexts. Situated in the criminology of terrorism and counterterrorism, this book offers a fascinating look into the contemporary organization of law enforcement against terrorism, which will significantly influence the conditions of global security in the foreseeable future. 2009: 229 x 152: 248pp Hb: 978-0-415-87539-4: £95.00 Pb: 978-0-415-87540-0: £30.99 eBook: 978-0-203-86038-0 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415875400

New Racial Missions of Policing International Perspectives on Evolving Law-Enforcement Politics Edited by Paul Amar, University of California, Santa Barbara, USA This book identifies new formations of race, racism and ethnicity at the intersection of neoliberalism, security, urban governance and the law through a comparative, international analysis of police organizations and practices. It pushes analytical and theoretical boundaries by examining racialization and ethnicization in locations where the topic is politically taboo, such as in China, India and France, and where racial and ethnic hierarchies have supposedly been banished to the past, as in Bosnia and South Africa. This book also examines police and security services not as mere artefacts of state authority or the prerogatives of capitalist development, but as relatively autonomous and uniquely productive intersections of new kinds of state, social and cultural formations that are remaking race, embodiment, fear and control on their own terms. This book was published as a special issue of Ethnic and Racial Studies.

Policing: Key Readings

2010: 234 x 156: 192pp Hb: 978-0-415-54978-3: £85.00

Edited by Tim Newburn

For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415549783

This book aims to bring together the key readings which constitute this core of policing studies, setting them within the necessary theoretical, social and political context, and providing an explanatory commentary. Included within this reader is work from (amongst others) George Kelling, David Bayley, Richard Ericson, James Q. Wilson, Peter Manning, Egon Bittner, Jerome Skolnick, P.A.J. Waddington, Lawrence Sherman, Herman Goldstein, David Dixon, Karl Klockars, Clifford Shearing, Philip Stenning, Robert Reiner, Pat O’Malley, Alan Silver, Wes Skogan, Janet Chan, Peter Grabosky, Michael Ignatieff, Wilbur Miller, mark Moore, Hubert Williams, Patrick V. Murphy, Mike Brogden, William Ker Muir (jr), E. and F.A. Reuss-Ianni, David J. Smith, Carl Klockars, John Eck, William Spelman, Mike Davis, Trevor Jones, Tim Newburn 2004: 246 x 174: 848pp Hb: 978-1-84392-092-2: £87.50 Pb: 978-1-84392-091-5: £34.99 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9781843920915

Complimentary Exam Copy

Policing and Human Rights analyzes the implementation of human rights standards, tracing them from the nodal points of their production in Geneva, through the board rooms of national police management and training facilities, to the streets of downtown Johannesburg. This book deals with how the unprecedented influence of human rights, combined with the inability by police officers to ‘live up’ to international standards, has created a range of policing and human rights vernaculars – hybrid discourses that have appropriated, transmogrified and undercut human rights. Understood as an attempt by police officers, as much as by the police as a whole, to recover a position from which to act and to judge, these vernaculars reveal the compromised ways in which human rights are – and are not – implemented. Tracing how, in South Africa, human rights have given rise to new forms of popular justice, informal ‘private’ policing and provisional security arrangements, Policing and Human Rights delivers an important analysis of how the dissemination and implementation of human rights intersects with the post-colonial and post-transformation circumstances that characterise many countries in the South.

Selected Contents: Introduction 1. Remembering the Police 2. Teaching Human Rights 3. ’Don’t Push this Constitution Down my Throat!’ The Use of Violence in Everyday Policing 4. ’My Police, Your Police’: The Informal Privatisation of Policing 5. ’Let’s go for a Drive’: On Sociability and Entanglement in the City 6. Mother-Beats-Father Dockets April 2011: 234 x 156: 224pp Hb: 978-0-415-61068-1: £75.00 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415610681

Forthcoming in 2012 Conceptualisations and Practices of Security

Security Lucia Zedner, University of Oxford, UK Series: Key Ideas in Criminology Today security is a central theme in criminology; as security governs our lives, governing security becomes a priority. This important text provides an authoritative introduction to security, serving simultaneously as an introduction and as a timely reflection upon the significance, implications, and dangers of ’security’.

2009: 198 x 129: 216pp Pb: 978-0-415-39176-4: £20.99 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415391764

Series: Law, Development and Globalization

Policing

Textbook

Julia Hornberger, University of Zurich, Switzerland

Michael Kempa, University of Ottawa, USA and Clifford D. Shearing, University of Cape Town, South Africa Policing draws upon a review of recent literature and ongoing research pertaining to innovations in policing. It explores conceptions, institutions and technologies for policing in the Anglo-American world since the early twentieth century. Policing is a social invention that is undergoing enormous challenges and changes. The authors trace these changes and the challenges that have prompted them, especially those that have taken place since the mid-twentieth century. They also address the theoretical and practical governance debates within a global context and will attract a readership beyond those with a particular interest in ’policing’. January 2012 Hb: 978-0-415-40841-7: £70.00 Pb: 978-0-415-40842-4: £16.99 eBook: 978-0-203-83502-9 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415408424

e-Inspection New in Paperback

Companion Website


c r i mi n al j us t i c e

New

Security Games

Criminal Justice

Surveillance and Control at Mega-Events Edited by Colin J. Bennett, University of Victoria, USA and Kevin D. Haggerty, University of Alberta, Canada

Security Games addresses the impact of mega-events – such as the Olympic Games and the World Cup – on wider practices of security and surveillance. ’Mega-Events’ pose peculiar and extensive security challenges. There are an almost infinite number of things that can ’go wrong’; producing the perceived need for pre-emptive risk assessments, and an expanding range of security measures, including extensive forms and levels of surveillance. These measures are delivered by a ’security/ industrial complex’ consisting of powerful transnational corporate, governmental and military actors, eager to showcase the latest technologies and prove that they can deliver ’spectacular levels of security’. Mega-events have thus become occasions for experiments in monitoring people and places. And, as such, they have become important moments in the development and dispersal of surveillance, as the infrastructure established for mega-events are often marketed as security solutions for the more routine monitoring of people and place. Mega-events, then, now serve as focal points for the proliferation of security and surveillance. They are microcosms of larger trends and processes, through which – as the contributors to this volume demonstrate – we can observe the complex ways that security and surveillance are now implicated in unique confluences of technology, institutional motivations, and public-private security arrangements. As the exceptional conditions of the mega-event become the norm, Security Games: Surveillance and Control at Mega-Events therefore provides the glimpse of a possible future that is more intensively and extensively monitored. Selected Contents: 1. Event Driven Security Policies and Spatial Control: The 2006 World Cup 2. Rethinking Security at the Olympics 3. Knowledge Networks: Mega-Events and Security Expertise 4. The XX Winter Olympic Games: Torino 2006 5. Olympic Rings of Steel: Constructing Security for 2012 and Beyond 6. Commonalities and Specificities in Mega-Event Securitization: The Example of Euro 2008 in Austria and Switzerland 7. Mega-Events, Mega-Profits: Unpacking the Vancouver 2010 Security Development-Nexus 8. Surveilling the 2004 Athens Olympics 9. Secure our Profits!: The FIFA in Germany 2006 10. The Spectacle of Fear: Anxious Events and Contradictions of Contemporary Japanese Governmentality April 2011: 234 x 156: 240pp Hb: 978-0-415-60262-4: £75.00 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415602624

Forthcoming

Resisting Punitiveness in Europe? Welfare, Human Rights and Democracy Edited by Sonja Snacken and Els Dumortier both at Free University Brussels, Belgium This volume provides an important and exciting contribution to the knowledge on punishment across Europe. Covering both quantitative and qualitative dimensions, this book focuses on mechanisms interacting with levels of punitiveness that seem to allow room for less punitive (political) choices, especially within a European context: social policies, human rights and a balanced approach to victim rights and public opinion in constitutional democracies. Selected Contents: 1. Resisting Punitiveness in Europe? An Introduction 2. Political Economy, Welfare and Punishment in Comparative Perspective 3. Explaining National Differences in the Use of Imprisonment 4. The Scandinavian Path to Welfare 5. Penalisation and Social Policies 6. The Rise of the Penal State: What can Human Rights Do About It? 7. Human Rights and Penalization in Central and Eastern Europe: the Case of Hungary 8. Human Rights as the Good and the Bad Conscience of Criminal Law 9. Victims and the Penal Process: Roles, Expectations and Disappointments 11. Punitivity From a Victim’s Perspective 12. Punitive Needs, Society and Public Opinion: An Explorative Study of Ambivalent Attitudes to Punishment and Criminal Justice? July 2011: 234 x 156: 280pp Hb: 978-0-415-67892-6: £80.00 Pb: 978-0-415-67893-3: £27.99 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415678933

Forthcoming

Forthcoming

When Crime Appears

Probation

The Role of Emergence

Key Readings

Christopher Sullivan, University of Cincinnati, USA, Jean Marie McGloin, University of Maryland, USA and Leslie Kennedy, Rutgers University, USA

Edited by George Mair, Liverpool John Moores University, UK and Judith Rumgay, London School of Economics, UK

Series: Criminology and Justice Studies

Probation presents a comprehensive selection of ‘key readings’ in community penalties. It is divided into six sections, each with a detailed introduction from the editors. Section one showcases central policy perspectives on the role, tasks and significance of the probation service since its inception in 1907, demonstrating the key shifts in political opinion that have taken place. Section two considers the history and development of probation and other community penalties, including accounts of the emergence and origins of such penalties. Section three looks more theoretically at these developments, illustrating the extent of professional and academic debate about the purpose of probation in a changing criminal justice climate through the models of practice that have been proposed and elaborated at different times in the history of the service. Section four examines practice, including some of the key programmes that have been developed such as day centres, drug programmes, intensive supervision projects, motor projects and the like. It covers various techniques and approaches to working with offenders, such as casework, partnership working and electronic monitoring. A key longstanding concern of probation staff is diversity (equal opportunities as it once was) and the fifth section includes various articles on this theme. Finally, section six look sat the arguments around effectiveness, including how it is measured and the Nothing Works/What Works debate.

A recent, important article in the flagship journal of the field Criminology by Weisburd and Piquero showed that criminologists‘ ability to predict crime is modest, at best, and that this ability has not improved over time, suggesting a general lack of scientific progress. This pattern has framed a discussion about the degree of ’uncertainty’ in explaining crime and the curious void of attention given to that facet of the research process. This book addresses this problem of uncertainty, arguing that the field can reduce it by shifting the unit of analysis away from an individual or a situation to ’crime emergence’. The crime emergence framework, which draws upon the recent discussions of ’risk’ in public security and terrorism literature, overcomes the limitations of poorly specified theories and empirical investigations, providing better insight into the reality of crime, whether in the course of someone’s criminal career or at a particular time and place. This book of carefully commissioned and original essays is innovative in scope and execution as it reframes the research agenda for explaining crime. Selected Contents: Part 1: Introduction Part 2: Predicting Crime 1. The Problem of Uncertainty 2. What is ’Emergence’? 3. Going Back to the Beginning Part 3: Case Studies of Crime Emergence 4. Risk Terrains 5. Drug Markets 6. Street Gangs 7. Transactions and Youth, Urban Violence 8. The Criminal Careet Part 4: Studying Crime Emergence 9. What Are the Necessary Data and Do We Have It? 10. Studying Crime Emergence in Real Time: Predictive Policing 11. Simulation Modeling 12. Modeling the Emergence of Crime Part 5: Summing Up October 2011: 229 x 152: 275pp Hb: 978-0-415-88304-7: £100.00 Pb: 978-0-415-88305-4: £28.99 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415883054

Probation will be essential reading for practitioners, trainees and students of probation. Selected Contents: Part 1: Government Policy for Community Supervision Part 2: History Part 3: Models of Practice Part 4: Programmes and Technologies of Supervision Part 5: Diversity Part 6: The Effectiveness Debate November 2011: 246 x 174: 576pp Hb: 978-0-415-67148-4: £100.00 Pb: 978-0-415-67149-1: £34.99 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415671491

Browse and order online: www.routledge.com/criminology

25


c rim inal justice

26

Forthcoming

Forthcoming

Forthcoming

Sentencing and the Legitimacy of Trial Justice

Experiencing Criminal Justice

Probation

Practitioners’ and Outsiders’ Perspectives of Policing, Courts, and Corrections

Working With Offenders

Edited by Heith Copes, University of Alabama at Birmingham, USA and Mark Pogrebin, University of Colorado, USA

Series: Criminal Justice Series

Ralph Henham, Nottingham Trent University, UK This book discusses the under-researched relationship between sentencing and the legitimacy of punishment. It argues that there is an increasing gap between what is perceived as legitimate punishment and the sentencing decisions of the criminal courts. Drawing on a wide variety of empirical research evidence, the book explores how sentencing could be developed within a more socially-inclusive framework for the delivery of trial justice. In so doing the book should help policy-makers in appreciating the likely implications for criminal trials of ëmainstreamingí restorative forms of justice. Sentencing and the Legitimacy of Trial Justice firmly ties the issue of legitimacy to the relevant context for delivering ’justice’. It suggests a need to develop the tools and methods for achieving this and offers some novel solutions to this complex problem. This book will be a valuable resource for graduate students, academics, practitioners and policy makers in the field of criminal justice as well as scholars interested in socio-legal and cross-disciplinary approaches to the analysis of criminal process and sentencing and the development of theory and comparative methodology in this area. Selected Contents: Introduction 1. Challenging Existing Paradigms 2. Issues of Theory and Method 3. Punishment Rationales in a Comparative Context 4. Discretionary Power and Sentencing 5. Procedural Justice and Due Process 6. Victimisation and Sentencing 7. Deconstructing Evidence for Sentencing 8. Access to Justice, Rights and Accountability 9. Punishment and Sentencing as Governance July 2011: 234 x 156: 304pp Hb: 978-0-415-67141-5: £80.00 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415671415

Forthcoming

Secure Recovery Approaches to Recovery in Forensic Mental Health Settings Edited by Gerard Drennan and Deborah Alred both at Sussex Partnership Trust, UK Secure Recovery is the first text to tackle the challenge of recovery-oriented mental health care in forensic services and prison-based therapeutic communities in the UK. Recovery as an emergent paradigm in the field of mental health presents a challenge to all services to embrace a new clinical philosophy, but nowhere are the implications more profound than in services that are designed to meet the needs of mental disordered and personality disordered offenders, both men and women. The chapters collected together in Secure Recovery represent a cross-section of experiences in high, medium and low secure services and prison-based therapeutic communities in England and Scotland that have begun to implement a recovery-orientation to the rehabilitation of offenders with mental health needs. September 2011: 234 x 156: 272pp Hb: 978-1-84392-837-9: £62.00 Pb: 978-1-84392-836-2: £29.99

Series: Criminology and Justice Studies This Reader provides the lived experiences of those who work in or who are affected by the criminal justice system. By providing firsthand experiences these articles are able to convey to student readers what to expect when selecting a career in criminal justice. These articles are precisely the types of scholarly work that students enjoy reading. In addition, an introductory essay by the authors to the book as a whole, followed by lengthy introductions to each reading encourage students to see how each article sheds light on an important issue affecting the criminal justice system, and how each article should also be judged on its method for getting at ’reality.’ As a result, students learn more deeply and are more engaged by this text/reader for introduction to criminal justice than from conventional (and more expensive) texts. Selected Contents: Part 1: Police 1. ’Saying One Thing, Meaning Another: The Role of Parables in Police Training.’ 2. ’Humor in the Briefing Room: A Study of the Strategic Uses of Humor among Police.’ 3. ’Social Context of Police Lying.’ 4. ’Observations Regarding Key Operational Realities in a Compstat Model of Policing.’ 5. ’Reflections of African American Women on their Careers in Urban Policing.’ 6. ’Procedural Justice and Order Maintenance Policing.’ 7. ’Sense-making and Secondary Victimization.’ 8. ’Legitimated Oppression.’ 9. ’Between Normality and Deviance: The Breakdown of Batterers’ Identity Following Police Intervention.’ 10. ’Victims’ Voices: Domestic Assault Victims’ Perceptions of Police Demeanor.’ Part 2: Judicial 11. ’Maintaining the Myth of Individualized Justice: Probation Presentence Reports.’ 12. ’Calling Your Bluff: How Prosecutors and Defense Attorneys Adapt Plea Bargaining Strategies to Increased Formalization.’ 13. ’But How Can You Sleep Nights.’ In McIntyre, Lisa 14. ’Discrediting Victims’ Allegations of Sexual Assault: Prosecutorial Accounts of Case Rejections.’ 15. ’The Social Construction of Sophisticated Adolescents: How Judges Integrate Juvenile and Criminal Justice Decision-Making Models.’ 16. ’Female Recidivists Speak about Their Experience in Drug Courts While Engaging in Appreciative Inquiry.’ 17. ’Jurors’ Views of Civil Lawyers: Implications for Courtroom Communication.’ 18. ’The Agencies of Abuse: Intimate Abusers’ Experiences of Presumptive Arrest and Prosecution.’ 19. ’Preparing to Testify: Rape Survivors Negotiating the Criminal Justice Process.’ 20. ’Families of Murder Victims’ Perceptions of Prosecutors.’ Part 3: Corrections 21. ’Women in Parole: Gendered Adaptations of Female Parole Agents in California.’ 22. ’Criers, Liars, and Manipulators: Probation Officers’ Views of Girls.’ 23. ’Construction of Meaning during Training for Probation and Parole.’ 24. ’Sense-making in Prison: Inmate Identity as a Working Understanding.’ 25. ’Accounts of Prison Work.’ 26. ’Denial of Parole: An Inmate Perspective.’ 27. ’How Registered Sex Offenders View Registries.’ 28. ’Ambivalent Action: Prison Adaptation Strategies of First-Time, Short-Term Inmates.’ 29. ’Riding the Bus: Barriers to Prison Victimization and Family Management Strategies.’ 30. ’Keeping Families Together: The Importance of Maintaining Mother-Child Contact for Incarcerated Women.’

Rob Canton, De Montfort University, UK Probation provides a comprehensive and accessible introduction to the work of the probation service. It brings together themes of policy, theory and practice to help students and practitioners to better understand the work of probation, its limitations as well as potential, but above all its value. Setting probation in the context of the criminal justice system, the book explores its history, purposes and contemporary significance. It explains what probation is, discusses emerging ideas around offender management, and the value of an approach that centres on the idea of desistance. It considers the practice realities of working with offenders in the community. The book also covers the governance of probation and how policy and practice are responding to contemporary concerns about crime and community safety – for example through the management of risk. Although the main focus is on England and Wales, there is some discussion of other UK jurisdictions and of contemporary trends in European probation practices. This book will encourage readers to appreciate the practical and theoretical strengths and shortcomings of contemporary probation practice. Information and discussion are presented clearly, with guidance about further study and pointers towards more specialised readings. Probation will be essential reading for trainee probation officers and students of probation and offender management. Selected Contents: 1. Probation and Criminal Justice 2. Probation’s Histories 3. Probation Values, Justice and Diversity 4. Punishment, Sentencing and Probation 5. Prison, Community Sentences and Probation’s Contribution to Sentencing 6. The Supervision of Offenders: What Works, Motivation 7. Probation practice: The ASPIRE Model, Assessment, Planning and the Offender Management Model 8. Probation practice – ASPIRE: Intervention, Evaluation and Compliance 9. Desistance, Good Lives, Relationships, Compliance 10. Probation, Risk and Public Protection 11. Community Service 12. Probation and Prison 13. Victims, Probation and Criminal Justice 14. The Local and the National 15. Areas and Their Staff 16. Some International Perspectives Afterword July 2011: 234 x 156: 288pp Hb: 978-1-84392-374-9: £85.00 Pb: 978-1-84392-373-2: £22.99 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9781843923732

June 2011: 229 x 152: 540pp Hb: 978-0-415-88748-9: £100.00 Pb: 978-0-415-88749-6: £39.99 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415887496

For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9781843928362

Complimentary Exam Copy

e-Inspection New in Paperback

Companion Website


c r i mi n al j ust i c e

New

New

New

Researching Crime and Justice

Prison Policy in Ireland

Prisoners’ Rights Principles and Practice

Tales from the Field

Politics, Penal-welfarism and Political Imprisonment

Louise Westmarland, Open University, UK

Mary Rogan, Dublin Institute of Technology, UK

This book provides an introduction to research and some of the methods in the field of crime and justice and related areas, including police, prisons and criminal justice policy making.

Less a dry ’how to’ book, it is concerned rather to provide a wide-ranging discussion that illustrates the kind of research that has been done in particular areas, the findings of previous studies, the pitfalls of ’real life’ research (and some potential solutions) and the range of possible research methods and approaches – both qualitative and quantitative. It shows how appropriate methods are chosen for particular studies and explores the theoretical underpinnings of the studies, including how and why researchers use theory; the political and ethical issues; and the role of emotions such as fear and danger in researching the field of crime and criminal justice. Key features include: • first hand interviews with leading ’hands on’ academics • examples, excerpts and sources of original research • analysis of the theories, methods and outcomes of previous research Throughout the book there is an emphasis on the often troublesome (and often ignored) relationship between the topic of study, desired outcomes and suitable methods, with a wide range of illustrative case studies. Here the approach is practical – pointing out the different approaches various studies have used and how their outcome is often determined by their choice of methods. The book also reflects on the philosophies of research and includes discussions about the way the choice of methods will be reflected in the findings and vice versa (which seems obvious but is often forgotten). Researching Crime and Justice will be an essential source of inspiration and ideas for criminology students and other researchers on crime and justice. April 2011: 234 x 156: 224pp Hb: 978-1-84392-317-6: £58.00 Pb: 978-1-84392-316-9: £22.99 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9781843923169

This book is the first examination of the history of prison policy in Ireland. Despite sharing a legal and penal heritage with the United Kingdom, Ireland’s prison policy has taken a different path. This book examines how penal-welfarism was experienced in Ireland, shedding further light on the nature of this concept as developed by David Garland. While the book has an Irish focus, it has a theoretical resonance far beyond Ireland. This book investigates and describes prison policy in Ireland since the foundation of the state in 1922, analyses and assesses the factors influencing policy during this period and explores and examines the links between prison policy and the wider social, economic, political and cultural development of the Irish state. It also explores how Irish prison policy has come to take on its particular character, with comparatively low prison numbers, significant reliance on short sentences and a policy-making climate in which long periods of neglect are interspersed with bursts of political activity all prominent features. Drawing on the emerging scholarship of policy analysis, the book argues that it is only through close attention to the way in which policy is formed that we will fully understand the nature of prison policy. In addition, the book examines the effect of political imprisonment in the Republic of Ireland, which, until now, has remained relatively unexplored. This book will be of special interest to students of criminology within Ireland, but also of relevance to students of comparative criminal justice, criminology and criminal justice policy making in the UK and beyond.

Selected Contents: 1. Understanding Prison Policy: The Sociology of Punishment and Policy-Making 2. Prison Policy in Ireland from Independence to ’the Emergency’ – Civil War and Conservative Administration 3. Prison Policy ’the Emergency’: the Recurring Effects of Subversion and Stagnation 4. Prison Policy during the 1950s: Low Numbers and Limited Interest 5. Prison Policy during the 1960s: ’Solo Runs’ and Social Change 6. Prison Policy in the 1970s: Subversion, Suspicion and Tension 7. Prison Policy during the 1980s 8. Prison Policy during the 1990s: The Crucial Decade 9. Prison Policy since 2000 and Beyond 10. Conclusion: Unravelling the Nature of Irish Prison Policy March 2011: 234 x 156: 264pp Hb: 978-0-415-61618-8: £90.00 Pb: 978-0-415-61619-5: £24.99 eBook: 978-0-203-82888-5 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415616195

Prisoners’ Rights considers prisoners’ rights from socio-legal and philosophical perspectives, and assesses the advantages and problems of a rights-based approach to imprisonment. At a time of record levels of imprisonment and projected future expansion of the prison population, this work is timely.

The discussion in this book is not confined to a formal legal analysis, although it does include discussion of the developing jurisprudence on prisoners’ rights. It offers a socio-legal rather than a purely black letter approach, and focuses on the experience of imprisonment. It draws on perspectives from a range of disciplines to illuminate how prisoners’ rights operate in practice. The text also contributes to debates on imprisonment and citizenship, the treatment of women prisoners, and social exclusion. This book will be of interest to both undergraduate and postgraduate students of penology and criminal justice, as well as professionals working within the penal system. Selected Contents: 1. Prisoners’ Rights: From Social Death to Citizenship 2. The Historical Development of Prisoners’ Rights: Rights versus Discretion 3. The Increasing Importance of International Human Rights Law and Standards 4. Prison Conditions 5. Procedural Justice 6. Contact with the Outside World 7. The Right to Equality 8. The Prisoner as Citizen: the Right to Vote 9. Conclusion: Making Room for Prisoners’ Rights March 2011: 234 x 156: 304pp Hb: 978-1-84392-809-6: £90.00 Pb: 978-1-84392-808-9: £24.99 eBook: 978-0-203-82968-4 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9781843928089

related journals

Susan Easton, Brunel University, UK

Criminal Justice Matters The Magazine of the Centre for Crime and Justice Studies Managing Editor: Rebecca Roberts, Centre for Crime and Justice Studies, UK www.tandf.co.uk/journals/rcjm

Contemporary Justice Review Editor: Daniel Okada, California State University, USA www.tandf.co.uk/journals/gcjr

Can’t find what you’re looking for? Visit our up-to-date website for a complete listing of all our titles. www.routledge.com/criminology

Browse and order online: www.routledge.com/criminology

Criminal Justice Studies: A Critical Journal of Crime, Law and Society Editor-in-Chief: Roslyn Muraskin, Long Island University, USA www.tandf.co.uk/journals/gjup

27


c rim inal justice

28

New

New

New

Restorative Justice in Practice

2nd Edition

3rd Edition

Evaluating What Works for Victims and Offenders

Corrections

Corrections

Foundations for the Future

A Critical Approach

Joanna Shapland, Gwen Robinson, and Angela Sorsby all at University of Sheffield, UK

Jeanne B. Stinchcomb, Florida Atlantic University, USA

Michael Welch

Series: Criminology and Justice Studies

’I would be hard-pressed to identify another corrections textbook that I would seriously consider adopting over this one. The updated material is welcomed. The strength of the book remains, however, its critical approach to corrections and the attention it gives to history, ideology, and the ways in which social forces influence punishment.’ – Jeanne Flavin, Fordham University

Restorative justice has made significant progress in recent years and now plays an increasingly important role in and alongside the criminal justice systems of a number of countries in different parts of the world. In many cases, however, successes and failures, strengths and weaknesses have not been evaluated sufficiently systematically and comprehensively, and it has been difficult to gain an accurate picture of its implementation and the lessons to be drawn from this. Restorative Justice in Practice addresses this need, analyzing the results of the implementation of three restorative justice schemes in England and Wales in the largest and most complete trial of restorative justice with adult offenders worldwide. It aims to bring out the practicalities of setting up and running restorative justice schemes in connection with criminal justice, the costs of doing so and the key professional and ethical issues involved. At the same time the book situates these findings within the growing international academic and policy debates about restorative justice, addressing a number of key issues for criminal justice and penology, including: • how far victim expectations of justice are and can be met by restorative justice aligned with criminal justice • whether ’community’ is involved in restorative justice for adult offenders and how this relates to social capital • how far restorative justice events relate to processes of desistance (giving up crime), promote reductions in reoffending and link to resettlement • what stages of criminal justice may be most suitable for restorative justice and how this relates to victim and offender needs • the usefulness of conferencing and mediation as forms of restorative justice with adults. Restorative Justice in Practice will be essential reading for both students and practitioners, and a key contribution to the restorative justice debate. April 2011: 234 x 156: 248pp Hb: 978-1-84392-846-1: £62.00 Pb: 978-1-84392-845-4: £25.99 eBook: 978-1-84392-847-8 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9781843928454

Written by a master teacher with over a decade of experience in federal, state, and local justice agencies, this is the most comprehensive, yet affordable, corrections text on the market. Students will like everything about it – from the reasonable cost to the user-friendly narrative that keeps them engaged. Chapters are written with the passion of a former correctional trainer and administrator, while balancing both sides of every issue. Based on proven concepts of instructional design, the narrative features: • measurable learning outcomes that are placed strategically throughout the chapters • material is presented in a ’building-block’ method designed to enhance learning • ’Close-up on Corrections’ boxes reinforce content with real-life stories and examples. Realistic insights are provided into virtually every aspect of the ’correctional conglomerate’-from the impact of sentencing policies to the effects of institutional life and the difficulties of re-entry. Unlike most other texts, an entire chapter is devoted to the correctional workforce– which gives students insights into the challenges as well as rewards of such employment. Best of all for the instructor, the book’s flexibility and supplemental material make it a breeze to use in the classroom. Electronic versions are available for online and hybrid courses, and it is customizable in inexpensive paperback form. The instructor’s manual, written entirely by the Author of the text itself, includes over 500 high-quality test questions directly correlated with each learning outcome featured in the text, along with annotated websites, teaching tips, and powerpoint slides. Selected Contents: 1. The Correctional Conglomerate 2. The Impact of Sentencing Policies on Corrections 3. The Development of Corrections 4. Community Based Alternatives 5. Jails: Pretrial Detention and Short-Term Confinement 6. Prisons and Other Correctional Facilities 7. Dynamics of the Prison Population 8. Custodial Procedure 9. Treatment and Related Programs 10. The Effects of Institutioanl Life 11. Transition from Confinement to Community 12. Juvenile Corrections 13. Staff – The Key Ingredient 14. Legal Issues and Liability 15. Current Trends and Future Issues February 2011: 254 x 203: 640pp Pb: 978-0-415-87333-8: £60.00 eBook: 978-0-203-83158-8 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415873338

Comments on previous editions:

’In Corrections: A Critical Approach, Michael Welch overcomes the limitations of traditional analyses of the correctional field through his unique use of what he calls a critical approach ... All considered, the coverage throughout the book is broad ranging and well rounded. In short Welch’s book on corrections is one of the best I have seen.’ – Professor Michael J. Lynch, Journal of Contemporary Criminal Justice Corrections: A Critical Approach confronts mass imprisonment in the United States, a nation boasting the highest incarceration rate in the world. This statistic is all the more troubling considering that its correctional population is overrepresented by the poor, African-Americans, and Latinos. Not only throwing crucial light on matters involving race and social class, this book also identifies and examines the key social forces shaping penal practice in the US – politics, economics, morality, and technology. By attending closely to historical and theoretical development, the narrative takes into account both instrumental (goal-oriented) as well as expressive (cultural) explanations to sharpen our understanding of punishment and the growing reliance on incarceration. Covering five main areas of inquiry – penal context, penal populations, penal violence, penal process, and penal state – this book is essential reading for both undergraduate and graduate students interested in undertaking a critical analysis of penology. Selected Contents: Part 1: Penal Context 1. Introducing a Critical Approach 2. A History of Punishment and Prisons 3. America’s Penal Past 4. Theoretical Penology Part 2: Penal Populations 5. Social World of Prisoners 6. Women in Corrections 7. Juveniles in Corrections 8. Minorities in Corrections Part 3: Penal Violence 9. Assaults and Riots 10. Death Penalty Part 4: Penal Process 11. Jails and Detention 12. Prisoners’ Rights 13. Alternatives to Incarceration Part 5: Penal State 14. Working in Prison 15. The Corrections Industry 16. War on Drugs 17. War on Terror February 2011: 178 x 254: 768pp Hb: 978-0-415-78208-1: £120.00 Pb: 978-0-415-78209-8: £39.99 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415782098

Order Yours Today! For simple and secure online ordering, please visit www.routledge.com/criminology Or use the order form at the back of this catalog.

Complimentary Exam Copy

e-Inspection New in Paperback

Companion Website


c r i mi n al j ust i c e

Forthcoming

Forthcoming

Offender Supervision

2nd Edition

Penal Exeptionalism?

New Directions in Theory, Research and Practice

Restorative Justice Ideas, Values, Debates Gerry Johnstone, University of Hull, UK Restorative Justice is one of the most talked about developments in the field of crime and justice. Its advocates and practitioners argue that state punishment, society’s customary response to crime, neither meets the needs of crime victims nor prevents reoffending. In its place, they suggest, should be restorative justice, in which families and communities of offenders encourage them to take responsibility for the consequences of their actions, express repentance and repair the harm they have done. The second edition includes a new chapter identifying and analysing fundamental shifts and developments in restorative justice thinking over the last decade. It suggests that the campaign for restorative justice has not only grown rapidly in the last decade, but has also changed in its focus and character. What started as a campaign to revolutionize criminal justice has evolved into a social movement that aspires to implant restorative values into the fabric of everyday life. This new edition explores the implications of this development for restorative justice’s claim to provide a feasible and desirable alternative to mainstream thinking on matters of crime and justice. Selected Contents: 1. Introduction 2. Central Themes and Critical Issues 3. Reviving Restorative Justice Traditions 4. Healing the Victim 5. A Restorative Approach to Offenders 6. Shame, Apology and Forgiveness 7. Mediation, Participation and the Role of Community 8. The Future of Restorative Justice 9. The Changing Character of Restorative Justice August 2011: 234 x 156: 292pp Hb: 978-0-415-67265-8: £75.00 Pb: 978-0-415-67264-1: £24.99 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415672641

Nordic Prison Policy and Practice Edited by Thomas Ugelvik and Jane Dullum both at University of Oslo, Norway Written by leading prison scholars from the Nordic countries as well as selected researchers from the Anglo world ’looking in’, this book explores and discusses the Nordic jurisdictions as contexts for the specific penal policies and practices that may or may not be described as the ’exception from the rule’. Selected Contents: 1. Introduction: Exceptional Prisons, Exceptional Societies? Part 1: Exceptions or Not? 2. Scandinavian Exceptionalism in Penal Matters – Reality or Wishful Thinking? 3. A Critical Look at Scandinavian Exceptionalism: Welfare State Theories, Penal Populism, and Prison Conditions in Denmark and Scandinavia 4. Media, Crime and Nordic Exceptionalism: The Limits of Convergence Part 2: Commodification of Exceptional Penal Systems 5. ’The Most Progressive, Effective Correctional System in the World’: The Swedish Prison System in the 1960s and 1970s 6. Comparisons at Work – Exporting ’Exceptional’ Norms Part 3: Closing in in the Nordic 1: Cultures of Equality? 7. The Dark Side of a Culture of Equality: Reimagining Communities in a Norwegian Remand Prison 8. Imprisoning the Soul 9. A Blessing in Disguise: The ADHD-diagnoses and Swedish Correctional Treatment Policy in the 21st Century Part 4: Closing in on the Nordic 2: Prison Management and Prison Cultures 10. Are Liberal Humanitarian Penal Values and Practices Exceptional? 11. Prison Size and the Quality of Life in Norwegian Closed Prisons in Late Modernity 12. A Harsher Prison Climate and a Cultural Heritage Working Against it – Sub-cultural Divisions among Swedish Prison Officers Part 4: Scandinavian Exceptionalism Revisited 13. In Defence of Scandinavian Excpetionalism

November 2011: 234 x 156: 224pp Hb: 978-1-84392-263-6: £45.00 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9781843922636

Key themes addressed in this book include: • new directions in theory and paradigms for practice • staff skills and effective offender supervision • different issues and challenges in improving offender supervision • the role of families, ‘significant others’ and social networks

For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415668699

• exploring the social, political, organisational and historical contexts of offender supervision. Offender Supervision will be essential reading for academics, undergraduate and postgraduate students, policy makers, managers and practitioners interested in offender supervision. Selected Contents: Part 1: New Directions in Theory Part 2: Staff Skills and Effective Offender Supervision Part 3: Improving Offender Supervision Part 4: Significant Others and Social Networks Part 5: Offenders’ Compliance with Supervision Part 6: Offender Supervision in its Contexts

Elaine M. Crawley, University of Salford, UK and Richard Sparks, University of Edinburgh, UK

Selected Contents: 1. Introduction 2. The ’Greying’ of a Prison Population: Our Research in Context 3. Entering Prison in Later Life: Trauma, Survival, Coping and Identity 4. The Invisible Men? Prison Regimes, Routines and Practices 5. Passing Time: The Everyday Lives of Older Prisoners 6. Between Discipline and Care: Staff Perspectives 7. Hidden Injuries: The Problem Re-stated 8. Uncertain Futures: Death, Release and Resettlement, Conclusions

This major new book brings together leading researchers in the field in order to describe and analyze internationally significant theoretical and empirical work on offender supervision, and to address the policy and practice implications of this work within and across jurisdictions. Arising out of the work of the international Collaboration of Researchers for the Effective Development of Offender Supervision (CREDOS), this book examines questions and issues that have arisen both within effectiveness research, and from research on desistance from offending. The book draws out the lessons that can be learned not just about ‘what works?’, but about how and why particular practices support desistance in specific jurisdictional, cultural and local contexts.

• understanding and supporting compliance within supervision

Age of Imprisonment

This book will be of interest to academics and researchers working in the fields of criminology, prison studies and social studies of ageing, and those working in prisons in Britain and internationally.

July 2011: 234 x 156: 296pp Hb: 978-0-415-66869-9: £85.00

Forthcoming

This book addresses the issue of the rapidly growing number of elderly men entering and serving time in prison. It draws upon extensive original research in four prisons holding concentrations of men aged sixty-five plus years. It examines, in fine-grained detail, the emotional, psychological and practical implications of serving a prison sentence late in life and the challenges facing staff working with this prisoner group. The work reported in this book combines a contextual policy analysis and an appraisal of current regimes and practices with close observation in the field and narrative interviews.

Edited by Fergus McNeill, University of Glasgow, UK, Peter Raynor, Swansea University, UK and Chris Trotter, Monash University, Australia

New 2nd Edition

The Prison Officer

2010: 234 x 156: 584pp Hb: 978-1-84392-936-9: £90.00 Pb: 978-1-84392-935-2: £29.95 eBook: 978-0-203-83297-4 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9781843929352

Alison Liebling, Cambridge University, UK, David Price and Guy Shefer, Institute of Psychiatry, London, UK This book is a thoroughly updated version of the popular first edition of The Prison Officer. It incorporates the significant increase in knowledge about the work of prison officer since the first edition was published and provides a live account of prison work and ways of understanding the role of the prison officer in the late-modern context. Few detailed narratives exist of prison work and the sort of role the prison officer occupies; this book addresses the gap. Using a range of quantitative and qualitative data and drawing on available theoretical literature it explores the role of the prison officer in an ‘appreciative’ way, taking into account the little-discussed issues of power and discretion. It provides a single accessible guide to the world and work of the prison officer, looking in detail at the present role of the prison officer in Britain and demonstrating the centrality of staff-prisoner relationships to every operation carried out by officers. This book will be of relevance to anyone with an interest in the work of a prison officer; students and others looking for an introductory survey of the literature and essential reading for any established and aspiring officers. Selected Contents: 1. Introduction: Prison Officers at Their Best 2. Who is the Prison Officer? 3. Understanding Prison Officers and Their Role 4. The Complexities of Role 5. Staff–Prisoner Relationships: The Heart of Prison Work 6. The Centrality of Discretion in the Work of Prison Officers 7. Prison Officer Culture and Unionisation 8. The Prison Officer in a Modern Bureaucracy 9. Conclusions 2010: 234 x 156: 256pp Hb: 978-1-84392-270-4: £50.00 • Pb: 978-1-84392-269-8: £17.99 • eBook: 978-0-203-83299-8 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9781843922698

Browse and order online: www.routledge.com/criminology

29


c rim inal justice

30

New

New

New

Working With Offenders

Criminal Justice in Scotland

A Guide to Concepts and Practices

Edited by Hazel Croall, Glasgow Caledonian University, UK, Gerry Mooney, Open University, UK and Mary Munro, Cj Scotland, UK

Handbook of Public Protection

Rob White and Hannah Graham both at University of Tasmania, Australia This book provides a theoretically informed guide to the practice of working with offenders in different settings and for different purposes. It deals with topics such as offender rehabilitation, case management, worker-offender relationships, working with difficult clients and situations, collaboration, addressing complex needs, and processes of integration. The book offers a unique perspective on working with offenders in that it incorporates three key elements. As part of the latter, it provides different types of data, including descriptions of programs and selected statistics from each jurisdiction, and presents this information in easy-to-read formats. The chapters are structured around a dual focus of workers and their environments on the one hand, and the nature of the offenders with whom they work on the other. The condition and situation of workers is thus considered in the context of the condition and situation of offenders, and the relationship between the two. The book is intended to be relevant and familiar to those already working in the field, as well as to introduce contemporary principles and practices to those wishing to do so in the future. Each chapter concludes with two key features. The first, ‘Further Reading’, is oriented toward concepts and the ’why’ questions of practice. The second, ‘Key Resources’, alerts readers to appropriate manuals and handbooks, and the ’how’ questions of practice. This includes reference to evidence-based examples of good practice and specific intervention models. Selected Contents: 1. Setting the Scene 2. Key Approaches to Offender Rehabilitation 3. Institutional Dynamics and the Workplace 4. Case Management Skills 5. Tools and Interventions 6. The Worker–Offender Relationship: Roles and Respect 7. Working with Complex Needs and Special Populations 8. Difficult Work: Managing Risk, Crisis and Violence 9. Continuums of Care and Collaborative Alliances 10. Pathways and Possibilities: The Process of Reintegration 2010: 234 x 156: 384pp Hb: 978-1-84392-794-5: £55.00 Pb: 978-1-84392-793-8: £22.99 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9781843927938

The existence of the separate criminal jurisdiction in Scotland is ignored by most criminological texts purporting to consider crime and criminal justice in ’Britain’ or the ’UK’. This book offers a critically-informed analysis and understanding of crime and criminal justice in contemporary Scotland. It considers key areas of criminal justice policy making in Scotland; in particular the extent to which criminal justice in Scotland is increasingly divergent from other UK jurisdictions as well as pressures that may lead to convergences in particular areas, for instance, in relation to trends in youth justice and penal policy. The book considers the extent to which Scottish crime and criminal justice is being affected both by devolution as well as the wider pressures resulting from globalization, Europeanization and new patterns of migration. While the book has a Scottish focus, it also offers new ways of thinking about criminal justice in general – relating these issues to wider social divisions and inequalities in contemporary Scottish and UK society. It extends the ‘gaze’ and analysis of criminology by exploring issues such as environmental crime, urban disorder and the new urbanism as well as crimes of the rich and powerful and corporate crime, giving it a relevance and resonance far beyond Scotland. Criminal Justice in Scotland will be an essential text for students in Scotland taking courses in criminology, sociology, social policy, social sciences, law and police sciences, as well as criminal justice practitioners and policy makers in Scotland. It will also be an essential source for students of comparative criminology elsewhere and academics wishing to take Scotland into account in thinking about criminal justice in the UK. Selected Contents: Part 1: Thinking About Crime and Criminal Justice in Scotland 1. Criminal Justice in Scotland: themes, issues and questions 2. Social Inequalities and Criminal Justice in Scotland 3. Urban ’Disorders’, ’Problem Places’ and Criminal Justice Part 2: Issues in Criminal and Social Justice 4. Youth Crime and Justice in Scotland 5. Gender, Crime and Criminal Justice in Scotland 6. Race, Ethnicity, Crime and Justice in Scotland 7. Corporate Crime in Scotland 8. Environmental Crime Part 3: Aspects of Criminal Justice Process and Practice 9. Policing in Contemporary Scotland 10. Sentencing and Penal Practices: Is Scotland Losing it’s Distinctiveness 11. Fines, Community Sanctions and Measures 12. Prisons and Imprisonment in Scotland Part 4: Looking Ahead 13. Criminal Justice in Scotland: Overview and Prospects 2010: 234 x 156: 320pp Hb: 978-1-84392-786-0: £85.00 Pb: 978-1-84392-785-3: £25.99 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9781843927853

Edited by Mike Nash and Andy Williams both at Portsmouth University, UK

This text brings together leading authorities in the field, providing solid coverage of the theory and practice of public protection, both in the UK and internationally. It provides a critical review of contemporary public protection practice as well as up-to-date research and thinking in the field.

2010: 246 x 174: 496pp Hb: 978-1-84392-851-5: £90.00 Pb: 978-1-84392-850-8: £34.99 eBook: 978-0-203-83329-2 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9781843928508

Protecting the Public? Executive Discretion and the Release of Mentally Disordered Offenders Tessa Boyd-Caine, Australian Council of Social Service, Australia

The separation of powers and independent, judicial decision-making are generally accepted as hallmarks of the rule of law in democratic societies. Yet the exercise of executive discretion remains an important aspect of criminal justice in many areas. Protecting the Public? explores the tension between the rights of individuals detained under criminal and mental health law and the responsibility for public protection in the little-known world of executive discretion over mentally disordered offenders. It is based on extensive and unique empirical research conducted at the UK Home Office, with legal and clinical practitioners, with civil society organizations and by reference to comparative jurisdictions. Central questions considered include: executive, judicial and tribunal decision-making; mental health and criminal law reform regarding serious or high-risk offenders; the influence of human rights law on policy and practice; and the role of civil society, particularly victim interest groups, in public lpolicy. Through its analysis of decisions to release ’high-risk’ offenders, this book goes to the heart of the public protection agenda – examining how ’the public’ is constructed and what protection is provided by the exercise of executive discretion. This book will be of interest to academic and other researchers, students, policy-makers, law reformers, commentators and anyone interested in the field of criminal justice, mental health law and public policy. 2010: 234 x 156: 216pp Hb: 978-1-84392-527-9: £39.50 eBook: 978-0-203-83331-5 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9781843925279

Complimentary Exam Copy

e-Inspection New in Paperback

Companion Website


c r i mi n al j ust i c e

New

Offenders or Citizens?

2nd Edition

Readings in Rehabilitation

Managing High Risk Sex Offenders in the Community

Transforming Behaviour

Edited by Philip Priestley and Maurice Vanstone, Swansea University

Risk Management, Treatment and Social Responsibility

Pro-social Modelling in Practice Sally Cherry

Pro-social modelling refers to the process by which the worker acts as a good motivating role model in order to bring out the best in people. The worker engages the client in an empathetic relationship within which they actively reinforce pro-social behaviour and attitudes and discourage anti-social behaviour and attitudes. It has come to be recognized as fundamental to effective work with offenders in the Probation Service, Youth Justice and the Prison Service. It is also equally relevant in other fields such social work, youth work, health care, education, management and parenting. This updated and expanded new edition builds upon the highly successful first edition to provide an accessible guide to what pro-social practice is and how to do it, offering support and practical guidance for managers and practitioners seeking to implement and develop pro-social practice. It has been updated throughout, drawing on a wide range of evidence to relate theory to practice. It includes a wholly new chapter containing five case studies showing pro-social modelling being used in a police force, a prison, an Approved Premise, an educational establishment, and within community supervision Key areas of guidance include: 2010: 246 x 174 Hb: 978-1-84392-928-4: £80.00 Pb: 978-1-84392-927-7: £20.99 eBook: 978-1-84392-929-1 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9781843929277

New

Dangerousness, Risk and the Governance of Serious Sexual and Violent Offenders Karen Harrison, University of Hull, UK Dangerousness, Risk and the Governance of Serious Sexual and Violent Offenders is a fully up-to-date, comprehensive and user-friendly guide on dangerous offenders. It considers what a dangerous offender is and how such offenders are assessed and classified. . Selected Contents: 1. Dangerousness and the Dangerous Offender 2. Sentencing Policy and Dangerousness Legislation 3. From Dangerousnedd to Risk and Risk Assessment 4. The Use of Imprisonment 5. Strategies of Risk Management 6. Strategies of Risk Reduction 7. Women Offenders 8. Children and Young People 9. Mentally Disordered Offenders July 2011: 234 x 156: 272pp Pb: 978-0-415-66863-7: £24.99 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415668637

’Priestley and Vanstone are, quite simply, among the best in the business and they have not disappointed with this inspired and inspiring collection. Moreover, I agree with the authors that the ’time is right’ for a collection like this. The convergance of various paradigms in the literature (restorative justice, therapeutic jurisprudence, re-entry, desistance, etc), neatly described in Section Three of this book, have brought rehabilitation very much to the foreground in criminological thought again.’ – Professor Shadd Maruna, Queen’s University, Belfast The punitive prison currently dominates the practice of Anglo-American criminal justice, stigmatising its victims as perpetual ’offenders’ and failing to change a majority of them for the better. Books of academic ’readings’ sometimes profess neutrality over the controversies they invigilate. Offenders or Citizens? sits on no such fences, its pages reflect the fiercely partisan nature of the contest between rehabilitation and punishment. Probation, social work, youth justice, law, corrections, criminology, journalism, philosophy, politics, popular culture, psychology, anthropology, and sociology – the voices of participants, professionals, and writers from many realms are all represented in this lively selection. Its aim – to stimulate and furnish a debate about the proper place of rehabilitation within a plural, morally defensible, and effective response to crime. This book will be essential reading for both students and practitioners within criminal justice, who have an interest in the rehabilitation of convicted individuals, and providing an essential broader context to the ’what works’ debate. Selected Contents: General Introduction Part 1: The Historical Roots and Early Forms of Rehabilitation Part 2: Modern Trends and Forms Part 3:The Future – Can Rehabilitation be Rehabilitated? Conclusion

Edited by Karen Harrison, University of Hull, UK Sex offenders, and in particular paedophiles, have been the subject of much political and media attention, producing intensive debates about the best way of dealing with them. This book explores these issues, evaluating the measures in use or being considered, including drug treatment, MAPPA, the use of the Sex Offender Register, restorative justice techniques, and treatment programmes. It is concerned with high-risk sex offenders both when they are sentenced to a community order, and also when they are released back into the community after a custodial sentence. Selected Contents: Preface Part 1: Introduction 1. Paedophilia: Definitions and Aetiology 2. High-risk Sex Offenders: Issues of Policy Part 2: Risk Management 3. Effective Multi-agency Public Protection: Learning from the Research 4. The Sex Offender Register, Community Notification and Some Reflections on Privacy Part 3: Treatment and Risk Reduction 5. An Introduction to Sex Offender Treatment Programmes and their Risk Reduction Efficacy 6. The Use of Pharmacotherapy with High-risk Sex Offenders 7. Restorative Justice and the Reintegration of High-risk Sex Offenders Part 4: Special Offender Groups 8. Female Sexual Offenders: A Special Sub-group 9. Enhancing Community Collaboration to Stop Sexual Harm by Youth 10. Mentally Disordered Sex Offenders 11. Intellectualy Disabled Sexual Offenders: Subgroup Profiling and Recidivism after Outpatient Treatment Part 4: Social and Moral Responsibilities 12. Cyber-sex Offenders: Patterns, Prevention and Protection 13. Media Constructions of and Reactions to Paedophilia in Society 14. Dignity and Dangerousness: Sex Offenders and the Community – Human Rights in the Balance? 2010: 234 x 156: 256pp Hb: 978-1-84392-525-5: £62.00 Pb: 978-1-84392-526-2: £26.00 eBook: 978-1-84392-969-7

2010: 246 x 174: 340pp Hb: 978-1-84392-530-9: £65.00 Pb: 978-1-84392-529-3: £29.95

For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9781843925262

For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9781843925293

Release from Prison Eurpoean Policy and Practice

Transitions to Better Lives Offender Readiness and Rehabilitation Andrew Day and Sharon Casey, both at Deakin University, Australia, Tony Ward, Victoria University of Wellington, New Zealand, Kevin Howells, University of Nottingham, UK and James Vess, Deakin University, Australia This book aims to describe, collate, and summarise a body of recent research – both theoretical and empirical – that explores the issue of treatment readiness in offender programming. Included within each section are contributions from a number of authors whose work has stimulated discussion and helped to inform practice in offender rehabilitation, making this an important resource for those who have an interest in the delivery of rehabilitation and reintegration programmes for offenders. 2010: 234 x 156: 320pp Hb: 978-1-84392-719-8: £65.00 Pb: 978-1-84392-718-1: £29.50 eBook: 978-1-84392-720-4 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9781843927181

Edited by Nicola Padfield, University of Cambridge, UK, Dirk Van Zyl Smit, University of Nottingham, UK and Frieder Dünkel, University of Greifswald, Germany

This book addresses the current debates surrounding the release of prisoners, offering an invaluable survey of the situation in a number of European countries in a comparative perspective, and focusing on issues of fairness and justice.

Selected Contents: Part 1 1. Introduction 2. The European Dimension to the Release of Sentenced Prisoners Part 2: Country Perspectives 3. Austria 4. Belgium 5. England and Wales 6. Finland 7. France 8. Germany 9. Greece 10. Ireland 11. Italy 12. The Netherlands 13. Scotland 14. Slovenia 15. Spain Part 3: Converging Themes 16. Concluding Thoughts 2010: 234 x 156: 480pp Hb: 978-1-84392-741-9: £55.00 eBook: 978-1-84392-742-6 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9781843927419

Browse and order online: www.routledge.com/criminology

31


c rim inal justice

32

2nd Edition

Comparative Criminal Justice Francis Pakes, Portsmouth University, UK

This book aims to meet the need for an accessible introductory text on comparative criminal justice, examining the ways different countries and jurisdictions deal with the main stages and elements in the criminal justice process, from policing through to sentencing. Examples are taken from all over the world, with a particular focus on Europe, the UK, the United States and Australasia. The main aims of the book are to provide the reader with: • a comparative perspective on criminal justice and its main components • an understanding of the increasing globalization of justice and standards of the administration of justice • a knowledge of methodology for comparative research and analysis • an understanding of the most important concepts in criminal justice (such as inquisitorial and adversarial trial systems, policing styles, crime control versus due process, retribution versus rehabilitation etc) • discussion of global trends such as the rise of imprisonment, penal populism, diversion, international policing and international tribunals • an insight into what the essential ingredients of doing justice might be. This fully updated and expanded new edition of Comparative Criminal Justice takes into account the considerable advances in comparative criminal justice research since the first edition in 2004. Each chapter has been thoroughly updated and in addition, there is a new chapter on establishing the rate of crime in a comparative context. The rate of development in international policing and international development has been such that there is now an individual chapter devoted to each; and throughout the book, the role of globalization, changing both the local and the global in criminal justice arrangements, orientations and discourses, has now been given the prominence it deserves. Selected Contents: 1. Making Sense of Local and Global Justice Arrangements 2. Conducting Comparative Criminological Research 3. Comparative Crime 4. Policing through a Comparative Lens 5. Prosecution and Pre-trial Justice 6. Systems of Trial 7. Judicial Decision-Makers 8. Punishment 9. International Policing 10. International Criminal Justice 11. Concluding Comments 2010: 234 x 156: 240pp Hb: 978-1-84392-770-9: £58.00 Pb: 978-1-84392-769-3: £20.99 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9781843927693

The New Criminal Justice

What Else Works?

American Communities and the Changing World of Crime Control

Creative Work with Offenders

Edited by John Klofas, Rochester Institute of Technology, USA, Natalie Kroovand Hipple and Edmund McGarrell both at Michigan State University, USA Series: Criminology and Justice Studies

’This extraordinary volume presents a description of a new cutting edge model of research on crime and our society’s efforts to reduce it. This work demonstrates that the criminal justice system is not a single funnel but a series of locally determined problems and locally crafted crime control responses that together determine CJ policy.’ – John McDevitt, Institute on Race and Justice, Northeastern University ’The New Criminal Justice proposes a model of cooperation and collaborative problem solving organizations that stresses multiplicative power rather than additive power, local focus rather than standardization and action research rather than basic research. This book will give students a much deeper appreciation of the complexities of the criminal justice system beyond the more simplistic systems approach.’ – James Meeker, Criminology, Law and Society, University of California, Irvine Selected Contents: Section 1: The Changing World of Criminal Justice 1. The New Criminal Justice 2. Modeling the New Criminal Justice 3. Strategic Problem Solving in Criminal Justice Section 2: The New Criminal Justice in Practice 4. Building Successful Partnerships – Lessons from the Strategic Approaches to 5. Project Exile Gun Crime Reduction 6. Strategic Problem Solving Gun Crime Reduction 7. Identifying Effective Policing Strategies for Reducing Crime 8. The Drug Market Initiative in Rockford, Illinois Section 3: New Knowledge for New Practice in Criminal Justice 9. Action Research for Crime Control and Prevention 10. Added Value through a Partnership Model of Action Research 11. The Participation of Academics in the Criminal Justice Working Group Process 12. Collaborations between Police and Research/Academic Organizations. Some Prescriptions from the Field 13. The Challenge of Timeliness and Utility in Research and Evaluation Section 4: Some Final Thoughts on the New Criminal Justice 14. Accumulating Lessons from Project Safe Neighborhoods 15. Post Script. Teaching the New Criminal Justice 2010: 235 x 187: 192pp Hb: 978-0-415-99722-5: £99.00 Pb: 978-0-415-99728-7: £34.99 eBook: 978-0-203-86016-8 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415997287

Edited by Jo Brayford, Francis B. Cowe and John Deering all at University of Wales, Newport

This book taps into the growing awareness amongst practitioners that centralized notions of ’one size fits all’ approaches to work with offenders in inevitably limited in its effectiveness, and instead seeks to consider more creative alternatives to reduce both re-offending and social exclusion. This book proves interesting reading for students on criminal justice, criminology, and social work courses, as well as professionals working in related fields. 2010: 234 x 156: 304pp Hb: 978-1-84392-767-9: £62.00 Pb: 978-1-84392-766-2: £22.99 eBook: 978-1-84392-768-6 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9781843927662

Criminal Law: The Basics Jonathan Herring, University of Oxford, UK Series: The Basics An introductory overview of the main themes in criminal law, this book gives essential information about what the law is and defines and discusses different types of criminal offence, from homicide and assault to fraud and conspiracy. Each chapter includes helpful references to key cases, main statutes and lists of further reading. Selected Contents: 1. Basic Concepts 2. Homicide 3. Assaults 4. Property Offences 5. Accomplices 6. Defences 2009: 198 x 129: 160pp Hb: 978-0-415-49311-6: £55.00 Pb: 978-0-415-49312-3: £11.99 eBook: 978-0-203-86740-2 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415493123

Supermax Controlling Risk Through Solitary Confinement Sharon Shalev, London School of Economics, UK This book examines the rise and proliferation of ’Supermaxes’, large prisons dedicated to holding prisoners in prolonged and strict solitary confinement, in the United States since the late 1980s. 2009: 234 x 156: 256pp Hb: 978-1-84392-409-8: £55.00 Pb: 978-1-84392-408-1: £25.99 eBook: 978-1-84392-713-6 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9781843924081

Want more information on a book? Visit the direct URL found at the bottom of the title description.

Complimentary Exam Copy

e-Inspection New in Paperback

Companion Website


c r i mi n al j ust i c e

Criminology and Criminal Justice

Handbook of Probation Edited by Loraine Gelsthorpe and Rod Morgan

Handbook of Restorative Justice

A Study Guide

Edited by Gerry Johnstone and Daniel Van Ness

Peter Joyce, Manchester Metropolitan University, UK This book presents a summary of the key ideas that seek to explain criminal behaviour and the measures that have been developed to prevent crime. A broad overview of the criminal justice system is provided in order to explain the operations of the key criminal justice agencies and the processes that are involved in bringing offenders to justice. Readers are encouraged to develop the basic knowledge they have obtained in these areas by tackling a number of questions, making use of additional reading of key texts suggested in the book. Attention is devoted to key sources from which information regarding crime and the criminal justice system can be explained. Good practice regarding the presentation and assessment of written work is also provided, in particular in connection with referencing. Readers are also introduced to the wide variety of methods that can be used to carry out criminological research and are invited to engage in exercises that include the marking of sample essays and the design of a questionnaire. 2009: 246 x 174: 224pp Hb: 978-1-84392-517-0: £50.00 Pb: 978-1-84392-336-7: £15.99 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9781843923367

Bestseller

Handbook on Prisons Edited by Yvonne Jewkes ’An absolutely first rate collection of essays, by the leading authors in the field, which covers the full range of prisons issues. It is hard to imagine that it could possibly be surpassed. A must for teachers, researchers and students.’ – Professor Tim Newburn, London School of Economics ’A very useful, comprehensive and challenging collection by the foremost writers on UK prisons and imprisonment today.’ – Professor Pat Carlen, Keele University ’Will make an excellent core textbook for courses on prisons.’ – Professor Barbara Hudson, University of Central Lancashire ’This book will become a central text for all courses on the prison. The chapters provide a balanced overview of all the main topics and areas. The Introductions written by the editor are welcome contributions in their own right.’ – Peter Young, Professor of Criminology, University of Hull This book explores a wide range of historical and contemporary issues relating to prisons, imprisonment and prison management, as well as charting likely future trends. It is the most comprehensive and ambitious book to have been published on prisons, and as such is a key text for students and practitioners alike.

’The year 2007 marks the centenary of the statutory inauguration of the probation service in England and Wales, but it also sees the presentation to Parliament of a Bill that will – in the name of contestability ? radically alter the organizational arrangements for delivering the traditional tasks of the service. In this turbulent context, the appearance of an authoritative and comprehensive Handbook of Probation, edited and written by acknowledged experts, is most timely and relevant.’ – Sir Anthony Bottoms Emeritus Wolfson Professor of Criminology, Cambridge University ’The distinguished editors have assembled a team of distinguished contributors to produce a substantial and authoritative collection. It will quickly become, and should remain, an indispensable resource for anyone interested in the present state of probation services in the United Kingdom, and in how they might develop.’ – Professor David Smith, University of Lancaster This Handbook provides a comprehensive, authoritative and up-to-date source of information and analysis about all aspects of the work of the Probation Service. Selected Contents: Preface by (Chief Executive, NOMS) Introduction Part 1: The Story of Probation in England and Wales, Scotland and Northern Ireland Introduction 1. Humanising justice: the English Probation Service up to 1972 2. Towards a correctional service 3. Probation, governance and accountability 4. The Probation Service as Part of NOMS in England and Wales: fit for purpose? 5. Probation in Scotland: past, present and future 6. Probation, the state and community ’delivering probation services in Northern Ireland Part 2: Probation Services Impact, Prospects and Potential in Everyday Practice Introduction 7. Services before trial and sentence: achievement, decline and potential 8. Assessment, supervision and intervention: fundamental practice in probation 9. Sentencing, community penalties and the role of the Probation Service 10. Youth justice 11. Dealing with diversity in probation 12. Prolific/persistent offenders and desistance 13. High-risk offenders and public protection 14. The resettlement of ex-prisoners Part 3: What Works in Probation? Introduction 15. Effectiveness: who counts what? 16. Past, present and future sentences: what do we know about their effectiveness? 17. Probation values and human rights 18. Working for and with victims of crime 19. Partnerships in probation 20. Community penalties, sentencers, the media and public opinion 2007: 246 x 174: 648pp Hb: 978-1-84392-190-5: £89.00 Pb: 978-1-84392-189-9: £34.99 eBook: 978-1-84392-618-4 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9781843921899

Selected Contents: Part 1: Prisons in Perspective Part 2: Prisoners Part 3: Prisons: Themes and Debates Part 4: Staffing, Management and Accountability Part 5: Regimes, Rehabilitation and Resettlement 2007: 246 x 174: 808pp Hb: 978-1-84392-186-8: £90.00 Pb: 978-1-84392-185-1: £34.99 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9781843921851

Browse and order online: www.routledge.com/criminology

This book provides a comprehensive and authoritative account and analysis of restorative justice, one of the most rapidly growing phenomena in the field of criminology and justice studies. This book aims to meet the need for a comprehensive, reliable and accessible overview of the subject. It draws together leading authorities on the subject from around the world in order to: • elucidate and discuss the key concepts and principles of restorative justice • explain how the campaign for restorative justice arose and developed into the influential social movement it is today • describe the variety of restorative justice practices, explain how they have developed in various places and contexts, and critically examine their rationales and effects • identify and examine key tensions and issues within the restorative justice movement • brings a variety of disciplinary and interdisciplinary perspectives to bear upon the understanding and assessment of restorative justice. The Handbook of Restorative Justice is essential reading for students and practitioners in the field. Selected Contents: Part 1: The Idea of Restorative Justice Part 2: Roots of Restorative Justice Part 3: Restorative Processes, Outcomes, Stakeholders Part 4: Restorative Justice in Social Context Part 5: Evaluation and Restorative Justice Part 6: The Global Appeal of Restorative Justice Part 7: The Future of Restorative Justice 2006: 246 x 174: 672pp Hb: 978-1-84392-151-6: £89.00 Pb: 978-1-84392-150-9: £34.99 eBook: 978-1-84392-619-1 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9781843921509

Criminal Justice An Introduction to Crime and the Criminal Justice System Peter Joyce This book provides a comprehensive, up-to-date and detailed introduction to the criminal justice system for students and practitioners. It is an ideal text for students taking courses in criminal justice, or studying criminal justice as a component of a broader course in criminology or the social sciences more generally. It has a wide range of student friendly features, including questions and answers, case studies, chapter summaries, website resource guide, glossary of key terms, and is written in a highly accessible manner. 2006: 246 x 174: 588pp Hb: 978-1-84392-183-7: £65.00 Pb: 978-1-84392-182-0: £26.50 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9781843921820

33


c rim inal justice

34

Forthcoming

A Dictionary of Criminal Justice

New

2nd Edition

Peter Joyce, Manchester Metropolitan University, UK and Neil Wain, Greater Manchester Police, UK

Ethics for the Public Service Professional

A Restorative Justice Reader Edited by Gerry Johnstone, University of Hull, UK A Restorative Justice Reader brings together carefully chosen extracts from the most important and influential contributions to the literature of restorative justice, accompanying these with an informative commentary providing context and explanation. It includes works by both well known advocates of restorative justice and by some of the key critics of the restorative justice movement. The new edition has been thoroughly revised to take account of the rapid expansion of the literature of restorative justice over the last decade. Classical readings are accompanied by more recent literature representing the most significant contributions to research, discussion and debate concerning restorative justice. The latest edition also contains: • a new section containing key contributions to the research literature evaluating what works in restorative justice • a brief guide to studying restorative justice. Selected Contents: Part A: Overviews and Early Inspirations Part B: The Background: Legacies and Frameworks Part C: Restorative Justice: Practices and Applications Part D: Ideas, Principles and Values Part E: Evaluating Restorative Justice Part F: Controversies and Critical Issues October 2011: 246 x 174: 612pp Hb: 978-0-415-67235-1: £80.00 Pb: 978-0-415-67234-4: £34.99 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415672344

A Dictionary of Criminal Justice is the only dictionary that deals with criminal justice from a UK perspective, and in doing so provides a comprehensive guide to all aspects of the British criminal justice system, including its historical context and contemporary operations. The first three sections of the book explore in turn key definitions, key pieces of legislation and key documents that have helped to shape the operations of the criminal justice system, whilst the fourth details websites of particular relevance to this field. As such, this dictionary provides an extensive but accessible introduction to the important terms that relate to both the development and the contemporary processes of criminal justice. It also succeeds in placing the UK criminal justice system within an international setting through the inclusion of entries that acknowledge the global setting in which British justice operates. Guides to key legislation and documents are included, and each definition is accompanied by references for further reading, making this book an invaluable learning tool for both students and practitioners of criminal justice. Selected Contents: Introduction Part 1: Definitions Part 2: Key Acts Part 3: Key Documents Part 4: Internet Sources. Index 2010: 234 x 156: 336pp Pb: 978-0-415-49246-1: £22.99 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415492461

Forthcoming

Criminal Justice Theory

Lifers Seeking Redemption in Prison John Irwin Series: Criminology and Justice Studies John Irwin writes about prisons from an unusual academic perspective. Before receiving a Ph.D. in sociology, he served five years in a California state penitentiary for armed robbery. This is his sixth book on imprisonment – an ethnography of prisoners who have served more than twenty years in a California correctional institution. The purpose of the book is to take issue with the conventional wisdom on homicide, society’s purposes of imprisonment, and offenders’ reformability. Through the lifers’ stories, he reveals what happens to prisoners serving very long sentences in correctional facilities and what this should tell us about effective sentencing policy. Selected Contents: 1. Introduction 2. The Lifers 3. Homicide 4. Awakening 5. Atonement 6. Epilogue 2009: 229 x 152: 152pp Hb: 978-0-415-80168-3: £70.00 eBook: 978-0-203-87622-0 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415801683

Full Table of Contents For full table of contents on all titles featured in this catalog, visit: www.routledge.com/criminology

An Introduction Roger Hopkins-Burke, Nottingham Trent University, UK Criminal Justice Theory is the first comprehensive volume on the theoretical foundations of criminal justice. The authors argue that theory in criminal justice is currently underdeveloped and inconsistently applied, especially in comparison to the role of theory in the study of crime itself. In the diverse range of essays included here, the authors and contributors integrate examples from the study of criminal justice systems, judicial decision-making, courtroom communities, and correctional systems, building the argument that students of criminal justice must not evaluate their discipline solely on the basis of the effectiveness of specific measures in reducing the crime rate. Rather, if they hope to improve the system, they must acquire a systematic knowledge of the causes behind the structures, policies, and practices of criminal justice. October 2011: 234 x 156 Hb: 978-0-415-49096-2: £80.00 Pb: 978-0-415-49097-9: £23.99 eBook: 978-0-203-88051-7 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415490979

Aric W. Dutelle, M.F.S., University of WisconsinPlatteville, USA

Public service professionals – government officials, those in the legal system, first responders, and investigators – confront ethical issues every day. In an environment where each decision can mean the difference between life and death or freedom and imprisonment, deciding on an ethical course of action can pose challenges to even the most seasoned professional. Ethics for the Public Service Professional explores these issues as they relate to virtually all areas of public service. Examining the history of ethics, codes, and legislation relating to public service, this volume: • provides timely coverage of current police and public service controversies • discusses important new mechanisms of accountability, including comprehensive use-of-force reporting, citizen complaint procedures, early intervention systems, and police auditors • presents real-life situations faced by those within public service, encouraging discussion and debate • incorporates news stories throughout the text to demonstrate the diverse scope of ethical issues within the public service workplace • includes a list of Web sites to facilitate further research. Many chapters contain ’Ripped from the Headlines’ – current event examples that demonstrate actual scenarios involving the issues discussed within the chapter. Case studies and summations further assist readers in comprehending the material, along with sections offering insight from public servants specializing in a particular area. April 2011: 235 x 156: 229pp Hb: 978-1-4398-2490-0: £49.99 eBook: 978-1-4398-2491-7 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9781439824900

4 Volume Set

Organized Crime Edited by Federico Varese, University of Oxford, UK Series: Critical Concepts in Criminology The systematic study of organized crime dates back to John Landesco’s classic of ethnography, Organized Crime in Chicago (1929). Since then, the field has grown considerably and, as well as criminologists and sociologists, the topic has been embraced by researchers from a broad range of disciplines, including political science, anthropology, economics, as well as literary and film studies. Selected Contents: Volume 1: Definitions and Theories Volume 2: Origins, Resources, Organization Volume 3: Organized Crime and Penetration of Markets Volume 4: Organized Crime and Popular Culture, States and Terrorism 2010: 234 x 156: 1632pp Hb: 978-0-415-46074-3: £650.00 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415460743

Complimentary Exam Copy

e-Inspection New in Paperback

Companion Website


c r i mi n al j ust i c e

The Era of Transitional Justice

Forthcoming in 2012

Forthcoming

The Aftermath of the Truth and Reconciliation Commission in South Africa and Beyond

Cultures of Desistance

International Perspectives on Child Victimisation

Paul Gready, University of York, UK ’Paul Gready has written a well-researched, thoughtful and unique volume. His assertion that those working on transitional justice and human rights must do more to address the structural poverty and violence which are the enduring legacies of the past - including through greater attention to realizing economic, social and cultural rights for all - is an important message for the 21st century. This book offers a wealth of insights for those working in a range of fields including, but going well beyond, transitional justice.’ – Mary Robinson, President of Realizing Rights: The Ethical Globalization Initiative; former President of Ireland ’This superb book provides an insightful, provocative and timely critique of the strengths and weaknesses of transitional justice mechanisms, through the prism of truth commissions. In recent years transitional justice mechanisms have spread somewhat promiscuously and have been asked to take on a rapidly expanding array of tasks. But too little attention has been paid to coherence, manageability, or the deeper assumptions underpinning the process. This book analyses those shortcomings critically but constructively and provides important guidelines for the future.’ – Philip Alston, John Norton Pomeroy Professor of Law, New York University School of Law Selected Contents: Introduction 1. Truth as Genre 2. From Social Truth to Rights-Based Participation 3. Justice Past 4. Justice Present 5. Speaking Truth to Reconciliation 6. Reconciliation, Relationships and the Everyday. Conclusion 2010: 234 x 156: 288pp Hb: 978-0-415-58116-5: £75.00 eBook: 978-0-203-84193-8 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415581165

Rehabilitation, Reintegration and Ethnic Minorities Adam Calverley, University of Hull, UK Series: International Series on Desistance and Rehabilitation In contrast to the widespread focus on ethnicity in relation to engagement in offending, the question of whether or not processes associated with desistance – that is the cessation and curtailment of offending behaviour – vary by ethnicity has received less attention. This is despite known ethnic differences in factors identified as affecting disengagement from offending, such as employment, place of residence, religious affiliation and family structure, providing good reasons for believing differences would exist. This book seeks to address this oversight. Using Data obtained from in-depth qualitative interviews it investigates the processes associated with desistance from crime among offenders drawn from some of the principal minority ethnic groups in the United Kingdom. Cultures of Desistance explores how structural (families, friends, peer groups, employment, social capital) and cultural (religion, values, recognition) ethnic differences affected the environment in which their desistance took place. For Indians and Bangladeshis desistance was characterised as a collective experience involving their families actively intervening in their lives. In contrast Black and dual heritage offenders’ desistance was a much more individualistic endeavour. The book suggests a need for a research agenda and justice policy that is sensitive to desisters’ structural location and wider culture that promotes and supports desisters’ efforts. Selected Contents: 1. Introduction 2. Literature Review 3. Methodology 4. Indians and their Desistance from Crime 5. Bangladeshis and Desistance from Crime 6. Experiences of Desistance among Black and Dual Heritage Offenders 7. Thinking Through Ethnic Differences in Experiences of Desistance 8. Conclusion Appendix 1: Research Outline: Ethnicity and Desistance from Crime Appendix 2: Research Instrument Minority Ethnic Desistance Study January 2012: 234 x 156: 256pp Hb: 978-0-415-67261-0: £75.00 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415672610

Living Through Terror Edited by Suvendrini Perera and Antonio Traverso, both at Curtin University of Technology, Australia In the era of war on terror, the term terror has tended to be applied to its sudden eruptions in the metropolises of the global north. This volume directs its attention to terror’s manifestations in other locations and lives. The contributions consider terror’s effects in ignored and silenced locations where terror is either naturalized (the Philippines, South Africa, Timor Leste, Sri Lanka) or made invisibile (the neo-liberal democracies of Australia and Italy). Living through terror is not a state of unrelieved despair, passivity or helplessness but is frequently a process of active engagement, creating and desiring. Including, poetry, visual art, fiction and critical writing, the volume demonstrates that theorising, storying, building and resignifying are all necessary acts of agency undertaken by subjects in societies of terror. This book was published as a special issue of Social Identities Selected Contents: Editorial: Election Reflections. Introduction 1. Salt, Sand and Water: Movement and Citizenship in the Narratives of Displaced Women 2. Living through Terror: Everyday Resilience in East Timor and Aceh 3. After the Death of the Island: Fiji May 1987 4. Contesting Refugeehood: Squatting as Survival in Post-partition Calcutta 5. Storying: Dream and Deployment 6. Coffee Grove (A Chapter from Fish-Hair Woman) 7. Tales from the South: A Visual Essay 8. Notes from a Tense Field: Threatened Masculinities in South Africa 9.Interventions, Interceptions, Separations: Australia’s Biopolitical War at the Borders and the Gendering of Bare Life 10. Civil Modalities of Refugee Trauma, Death and Necrological Transport 2010: 246 x 174: 176pp Hb: 978-0-415-61447-4: £80.00 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415614474

Browse and order online: www.routledge.com/criminology

Julia Davidson, Kingston University, UK and Christopher Hamerton, University of Westminster, UK International Perspectives on Child Victimisation offers a comprehensive overview of the established themes and emergent debates relating to the abuse and victimisation of children. Highlighting key areas of global concern, and illustrated with detailed case studies of important developments, Julia Davidson and Christopher Hamerton address child abuse, child poverty, child exploitation, child prostitution, and child imprisonment within the context of children’s rights, and international legal and policy issues. Their focus in this regard is on the ‘place’ of the child in the context of current victimology and social justice discourses, as they explore the social, cultural, and political context of international child victimization. A solid introduction to child victimisation for both undergraduate and postgraduate audiences, this book will also appeal to practitioners and policy-makers engaged in child protection and intervention. Selected Contents: 1. Historical Chapter: The Child Victim in Global Context 2. Family Systems, Culture and Religion: Children’s Experience of Abuse 3. Child Abuse: New Technologies and Globalisation 4. Child Soldiers and State Victimisation 5. Child Trafficking and Prostitution 6. Child Prisoners and Legal Capacity 7. Legal Responses and Public Policy: Child Protection and Human Rights August 2011: 234 x 156: 208pp Hb: 978-0-415-57957-5: £75.00 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415579575

Forthcoming

Crime Prevention Ken Pease, University College London, UK and University of Loughborough, UK Series: Key Ideas in Criminology Prevention curtails freedom. Cancer prevention entails not smoking. Accident prevention entails putting pills in childproof containers. Crime prevention entails not stealing things and hitting people. Prevention is usually seen as quite unexciting. Preventive medicine is less dramatic than surgery, crime prevention less so than detection. But people doing less of one thing are free to do more of another. Obesity prevention makes exercise possible. Crime prevention frees up time, money and energy to do other things. This book seeks to enliven the topic of crime prevention by looking at prosocial behaviour alongside crime, to think of improving the quality of life by both deflecting people from the experience of crime, either as perpetrators, victims, or worried bystanders, and nudging them towards collaborative and altruistic behaviour; by changing things, places and people in ways which push people from crime and pull them towards active citizenship. Research and practice is reviewed taking this wider view of crime prevention. Selected Contents: 1. Why Bother? 2. Changing Things 3. Changing Places 4. Changing People 5. Law and Organisations: How to Use Them 6. Style October 2011: 198 x 129: 192pp Hb: 978-0-415-61494-8: £65.00 Pb: 978-0-415-61495-5: £18.99 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415614955

35


c rim inal justice

36

2nd Edition – Textbook

2nd Edition

Textbook

Unspeakable Truths

Community Justice

Rehabilitation

Transitional Justice and the Challenge of Truth Commissions

Todd R. Clear, John Jay College, City University of New York, USA, John R. Hamilton, Jr., Park University, USA and Eric Cadora, The Justice Mapping Center, USA

Tony Ward and Shadd Maruna

Priscilla B. Hayner When Unspeakable Truths was first published in 2001, it quickly became a classic, helping to define the field of truth commissions and the broader arena of transitional justice. This second edition is fully updated and expanded, covering twenty new commissions formed in the last ten years, analyzing new trends, and offering detailed charts that assess the impact of truth commissions and provide comparative information not previously available. Placing the increasing number of truth commissions within the broader expansion in transitional justice, Unspeakable Truths surveys key developments and new thinking in reparations, international justice, healing from trauma, and other areas. The book challenges many widely-held assumptions, based on hundreds of interviews and a sweeping review of the literature. This book will help to define how these issues are addressed in the future. Selected Contents: 1. Introduction 2. Confronting Past Crimes: Transitional Justice and the Phenomenon of Truth Commissions 3. Why a Truth Commission? 4. The Five Strongest Truth Commissions 5. Other Illustrative Truth Commissions 6. What is the Truth? 7. The Truth About Women and Men 8. Truth and Justice: A Careful but Critical Relationship 9. Truth Commissions and the International Criminal Court 10. Naming Names of Perpetrators 11. Healing from the Past 12. Truth and Reparations 13. Reconciliation and Reforms 14. Leaving the Past Alone 15. When, How, and Who: Basic Questions of Methodology and Operations 16. Reflections: Looking Forward 2010: 229 x 152: 376pp Hb: 978-0-415-87202-7: £100.00 Pb: 978-0-415-80635-0: £26.99 eBook: 978-0-203-86782-2 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415806350

Community Justice discusses concepts of community within the context of justice policy and programs, and addresses the important relationship between the criminal justice system and the community in the USA. Taking a bold stance in the criminal justice debate, this book argues that crime management is more effective through the use of informal (as opposed to formal) social control. It demonstrates how an increasing number of criminal justice elements are beginning to understand that the development of partnerships within the community that enhance informal social control will lead to a stabilization and possible a decline in crime, especially violent crime, and make communities more liveable. Borrowing from an eclectic toolbox of ideas and strategies - community organizing, environmental crime prevention, private-public partnerships, justice initiatives – Community Justice puts forward a new approach to establishing safe communities, and highlights the failure of the current American justice system in its lack of vision and misuse of resources. Providing detailed information about how community justice fits within each area of the criminal justice system, and including relevant case studies to exemplify this philosophy in action, this book is essential reading for undergraduate and postgraduate students of subjects such as criminology, law and sociology.

For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415386432

Forthcoming

Capital Punishment and Political Sovereignty Adam Thurschwell, Cleveland State University, USA Adam Thurschwell, a respected academic and death penalty lawyer, draws upon continental theory and the Anglo-American jurisprudential tradition in order to deliver a critical survey of both the theoretical aspects of capital punishment and its actual administration. Pursuing an original political approach rather than taking a moral stance, his discussion compares the topics of sovereignty, power and legitimacy with moral desert or consequentialism and explores their impact on perceptions and practices of capital punishment. Covering micro-issues of legal doctrine and administrative practice, as well as arguments for and against abolition, this book is an invaluable resource for academics and students in law and political theory.

2010: 234 x 156: 168pp Hb: 978-0-415-78026-1: £75.00 Pb: 978-0-415-78027-8: £24.99 eBook: 978-0-203-85580-5

Selected Contents: 1. Capital Punishment Today 2. Current Jurisprudential Approaches to Capital Punishment: A Critique 3. Political Sovereignty and the Death Penalty 4. Race and Death 5. The Ethics of Capital Punishment 6. Conclusion: Implications, Consequences and Potential Futures

For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415780278

A Global Perspective

August 2011: 216 x 138: 240pp Hb: 978-0-415-42423-3: £75.00 Pb: 978-1-84568-111-1: £18.99 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9781845681111

Edited by Dennis Sullivan and Larry Tifft ’Showcasing the very latest theory and research on restorative justice, this terrific volume is destined to become the major reference work in the field. The Handbook of Restorative Justice also breaks new ground with its truly global discussion of innovative practitioners and programs from around the world. Featuring wide-ranging contributions by renowned experts, the comprehensive and authoritative Handbook will be essential reading for criminologists and practitioners in the field. It will also prove an indispensable reference for other social scientists and students seeking state-of-the-art knowledge on contemporary criminal justice issues.’ – Christopher Uggen, University of Minnesota, USA The Handbook of Restorative Justice is a collection of original, cutting-edge essays that offer an insightful and critical assessment of the theory, principles and practices of restorative justice around the globe. This volume was a response to the cry of students, scholars and practitioners of restorative justice, for a comprehensive resource about a practice that is radically transforming the way the human community responds to loss, trauma and harm. Selected Contents: Section 1: Restorative Justice Processes and Practices Section 2: The Foundations of Restorative Justice Section 3: The Needs of Victims and the Healing Process Section 4: Making Things Right: Extending Restorative Justice Section 5: Gross Human Rights Violations and Transitional Justice Section 6: Restorative Justice: Critical Commentaries on Restorative Justice Section 7: Transformative Justice and Structural Change

For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415447249

2007: 198 x 129: 216pp Pb: 978-0-415-38643-2: £20.99

Selected Contents: 1. Criminal Justice and the Community 2. Policing and Community Justice 3. The Courts and Community Justice 4. Corrections and Community Justice 5. The Future of Community Justice

Handbook of Restorative Justice

2007: 246 x 174: 592pp Pb: 978-0-415-44724-9: £31.99

Series: Key Ideas in Criminology This comprehensive book reviews the main theories of rehabilitation models and advocates that rehabilitation should focus both on promoting human goods (i.e., providing the offender with the essential ingredients for a ’good’ life) as well as reducing/avoiding risk.

The Currency of Justice Fines and Damages in Consumer Societies Pat O’Malley, Sydney Law School, University of Sydney, Australia ’This small book is immensely satisfying. Like Jane Austin carving exquisitely on a small piece of ivory, Pat O’Malley has taken a sensitive and expert chisel to the very compacted meanings of an overlooked slice of life – monetary regulation via fines, compensation and damages. In so doing, he has also opened up a treasure chest of new conceptions of monetary justice. It seems likely that The Currency of Justice will become a classic in the sociologies of regulation, politics and crime. Meanwhile, it should be compulsory reading for students of the changing relationships between money, justice and politics, and a sheer joy-to-read for any and every one fascinated by the way we live now.’ – Pat Carlen, The British Journal of Criminology 2009: 234 x 156: 199pp Hb: 978-0-415-42567-4: £85.00 Pb: 978-1-84568-112-8: £24.99 eBook: 978-0-203-88181-1 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9781845681128

Complimentary Exam Copy

e-Inspection New in Paperback

Companion Website


c ultur al c r i mi n olo gy

New

Forensic Science in Healthcare Caring for Patients, Preserving the Evidence Connie Darnell, Operating Room Nurse, USA ’... an excellent resource for all healthcare providers and right on target for our EMS colleagues.’ – Philip J. Froman, MD, FACEP, EMS Medical Director, Albuquerque, New Mexico ’This quick reference guide is a resource of fundamentals for first responders confronted with forensic cases. Law enforcement officers, fire personnel, EMTs, nurses and physicians will find precise instructions for on-scene actions to ensure that valuable forensic evidence is properly safeguarded. The author has distilled the essentials for those who do not have the time to wade through a lot of peripheral nice to know information to find immediate answers for the forensic scenario at hand. Occupational health and safety issues are also addressed. Color illustrations, charts, tables, references and online resources amplify the text and provide useful guidance for field personnel. If you can have only one quick reference manual, it should be this one!’ – Janet Barber Duval, Forensic Nurse First responders confronted by forensic cases are forced to consider the competing concerns of administering proper medical treatment while at the same time safeguarding vital evidence. Forensic Science in Healthcare presents precise on-scene protocol designed to ensure that the actions of the response team provide the necessary care and yet maintain the integrity of the evidence for legal purposes. Following an introduction to forensics, the book explains how to recognize and identify patients with forensic issues, offers guidelines on proper documentation, and provides tips on forensic photography and capturing critical images. It reviews basic principles of evidence collection before moving into specific case scenarios, including domestic violence, sexual assault, child and elder abuse, youth violence, and death investigation. The book also examines occupational concerns for forensic personnel as well as legal issues such as testifying in depositions and in court.

The Routledge Handbook of Forensic Linguistics Edited by Malcolm Coulthard, Aston University, UK and Alison Johnson, University of Leeds, UK

Cultural Criminology

Series: Routledge Handbooks in Applied Linguistics

The Routledge Handbook of Forensic Linguistics provides a unique work of reference to the leading ideas, debates, topics, approaches and methodologies in forensic linguistics.

Forthcoming

Crime Sarah Casey Benyahia, Colchester Sixth Form College and Open University, UK

Forensic linguistics is the study of language and the law, covering topics from legal language and courtroom discourse to plagiarism. It also concerns the applied (forensic) linguist who is involved in providing evidence, as an expert, for the defence and prosecution, in areas as diverse as blackmail, trademarks and warning labels.

Series: Routledge Film Guidebooks

The Routledge Handbook of Forensic Linguistics includes a comprehensive introduction to the field written by the editors and a collection of thirty-seven original chapters written by the world’s leading academics and professionals, both established and up-and-coming, designed to equip a new generation of students and researchers to carry out forensic linguistic research and analysis. It is the ideal resource for undergraduates or postgraduates new to the area.

The author considers crime film within the context of society and social relations, the role of the anti-hero, the identification between on screen representations of violence and behaviour and the phenomenon of ’cool’ violence.

2010: 246 x 174: 616pp Hb: 978-0-415-46309-6: £130.00 eBook: 978-0-203-85560-7

September 2011: 198 x 129: 192pp Hb: 978-0-415-58140-0: £60.00 Pb: 978-0-415-58141-7: £16.99

For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415463096

For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415581417

Enhanced with photographs, illustrations, templates for documentation, and case-specific recommendations, this one-stop reference provides first responders with practical understanding of the steps that should be followed to ensure not only patient protection but evidence preservation. Selected Contents: Introduction to Forensics. Documentation. Evidence. Domestic Violence and Abuse. Sexual Assault. Child Abuse and Neglect. Sexual Assault of Children. Youth Behaviors and Violence. Elder Abuse. Death Investigation. Occupational Issues for Forensic Personnel. Legal Issues. Index February 2011: 235 x 156: 373pp Pb: 978-1-4398-4490-8: £57.99 eBook: 978-1-4398-4491-5 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9781439844908

Crime looks at the origins of this popular film genre, as well as the key themes and issues involved in the study of crime films, such as the appeal of violence, the investigative structure of crime drama, and society and ideology. These themes are investigated through the study of contemporary and classic films with particular case studies on the ’family’ or oedipal thriller, and the conspiracy thriller.

Selected Contents: 1. The Origins of the Genre 2. The Appeal of Violence 3. Form and Function: The Investigative Structure of Crime Drama 4. Crime and Society: Ideology and Genre Filmography Bibliography Index

Forthcoming

Night Clubbing Daniel Silverstone, University of Portsmouth, UK Series: Crime Ethnography This book provides a vivid account of drug use and drug dealing in club land in modern urban Britain, drawing on the author’s experience of working in a London night club. It opens up the real world of the night-time economy, exploring the workings of a criminal door firm working in a large night club with a particular focus on the role of recreational drug use. The mechanics of the drugs trade within the night-time economy are described from the perspective of the key actors, and new light is shed on the way users of these clubs perceive and justify their often risky leisure choices. In broader terms the book seeks to re-work our understanding of the night-time economy and the role drugs play within it. Instead of characterizing these trends as uniformly negative it argues that this dance drug subculture presents a risky, but less violent alternative to the mainstream. It explores both the different strategies of regulation taken towards these developments, and the normative and practical problems associated with other current approaches. Overall it provides a highly readable vindication of the ethnographic approach. Selected Contents: Introduction 1. The Night-Time Economy 2. The Growth of Drug Subcultures 3. The Club 4. The Regulators 5. Drug use at Night 6. The Punters 7. Regulation 8. Regulating the Liminal December 2011: 234 x 156: 240pp Hb: 978-1-84392-209-4: £45.00 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9781843922094

Browse and order online: www.routledge.com/criminology

37


c u lt u ral cr imin olog y

38

Dirty Dancing?

Textbook

An Ethnography of Lap Dancing

Crime and Media

Rachela Colosi, University of Lincoln, UK

A Reader

Series: Crime Ethnography

Edited by Chris Greer, City University London, UK

Based on ethnographic research conducted in ’Starlets’, a lap-dancing club in the North of England, this book delves into what is often seen as the ’deviant’, and ’stigmatized’ world of lap-dancing. As well as the relationships between dancers, the author offers a unique insider’s account of lap-dancing club culture, having worked as a lap-dancer both prior to, and during, the study. The book tells a fascinating tale of the author’s experiences working as a lap dancer and the insights this has provided. This book projects a textured picture of working, socializing and living as a lap-dancer by following the dancer from the beginning of her career, to her eventual exit; providing a fluid and comprehensive examination of the occupation of lap-dancing. As well as building on the popular themes of ’dancer motivation’, ’dancer exploitation/ empowerment’ and risk already embedded in existing literature, this book also offers completely new insight into this industry by drawing attention to the occupational subculture of which lap-dancers at ’Starlets’ were found to be a part. This book is recommended for anyone studying or researching in this field.

Series: Routledge Student Readers

2010: 234 x 156: 208pp Hb: 978-1-84392-817-1: £45.00 eBook: 978-1-84392-818-8 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9781843928171

Flashback Drugs and Dealing in the Golden Age of the London Rave Scene Jennifer Ward, Middlesex University, UK Series: Crime Ethnography

This book is a detailed and close examination of the rave club drugs market as it took place in nightclubs, dance parties, pubs and bars and among friendship networks in London, in the mid to late 1990s. It focuses on the organizational features of drugs purchasing and selling and differentiates anonymous drugs trading in public nightclub settings, from selling among extended networks of friends and others. The stories of different people and friendship groups illustrate the varied drug selling roles and highlight the enterprise and entrepreneurship supporting their involvement. Told from the perspective of author’s own membership in this night-time leisure culture, and embracing the disciplines of urban sociology and cultural criminology, this book contributes to our knowledge of recreational drugs markets and night-time leisure cultures. It will be of interest to students and academics with interests in these fields, as well as the many other people whose lives became a part of this vibrant leisure scene. Selected Contents: 1. Introduction: Rave Club Culture 2. Organisation of the London Rave Club Scene 3. Friendship Network Drug-use Styles 4. Drug Selling in London Rave Clubs 5. Social Network Drug Selling 6. The Role of Women in Drug Selling 7. Scaling-up and Moving Out of Drug Selling 8. Later Lives and Conclusions 2010: 234 x 156: 192pp Hb: 978-1-84392-791-4: £45.00 eBook: 978-1-84392-792-1

’This timely collection of classic and more recent analyses of crime and the mass media does more than simply cover a field; it is a conceptual tour de force. Greer’s synthesis defines a new understanding about the relevance of new developments in cultural studies and media logic for a comprehensive critique of how the mass media packaging of crime as news and entertainment shapes practice, perceptions, and policies about crime and social control.’ – David L. Altheide, Regents’ Professor at the School of Justice and Social Inquiry, Arizona State University, USA

Framing Crime Cultural Criminology and the Image Edited by Keith Hayward and the late Mike Presdee, both at University of Kent, UK

This engaging and timely collection gathers together for the first time key and classic readings in the everexpanding area of crime and media. Comprizing a carefully distilled selection of the most important contributions to the field, Crime and Media: A Reader tackles a wide range of issues. This book provides a single source around which criminology, media and cultural studies modules can be structured, an invaluable revision and consultation guide for students, and an extremely useful resource for scholars writing and researching across a wide range of relevant fields. Accessible yet challenging, and packed with additional pedagogical devices, Crime and Media: A Reader will be an invaluable resource for students and academics studying crime, media, culture, surveillance and control. Selected Contents: Part 1: Understanding Media Part 2: Researching Media Part 3: Crime, Newsworthiness and News Part 4: Crime, Entertainment and Creativity Part 5: Effects, Influence and Moral Panic Part 6: Cybercrime, Surveillance and Risk 2009: 246 x 174: 624pp Pb: 978-0-415-42239-0: £30.99

Images of crime and crime control have become almost as ’real’ as crime and criminal justice itself. The meaning of both crime and crime control now resides, not solely in the essential – and essentially false – factuality of crime rates or arrest records, but also in the contested processes of symbolic display, cultural interpretation, and representational negotiation.

It is essential, then, that criminologists are closely attuned to the various ways in which crime is imagined, constructed and framed within modern society. Framing Crime responds to this demand with a collection of papers aimed at helping the reader to understand the ways in which the contemporary ‘story of crime’ is constructed and promulgated through the image. It also provides the relevant analytical and research tools to unearth the hidden social and ideological concerns that frequently underpin images of crime, violence and transgression. Framing Crime will be of interest to students and academics in the fields of criminology, crime and the media, and sociology. Selected Contents: 1. Opening the Lens: Cultural Criminology and the Image 2. Crime, Punishment and the Force of Photographic Spectacle 3. The Decisive Moment: Documentary Photography and Cultural Criminology 4. Hindley’s Ghost: The Visual Deconstruction of Maxine Carr 5. Screening Crime: Cultural Criminology goes to the Movies 6. The Scene of the Crime: Is there Such a Thing as ‘Just Looking’? 7. Imagining the ‘War on Terror’: Fiction, Film, and Framing 8. Framing the Crimes of Colonialism: Critical Images of Aboriginal Art and Law 9. ‘Drive it Like you Stole It’: Cultural Criminology, Images and Automobiles in Advertisements 10. Staging an Execution: The Media at McVeigh 11. Fighting with Images: The Production and Consumption of Violence among Online Football Supporters 12. A Reflected Gaze of Humanity: Cultural Criminology and Images of Genocide

For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415422390

2010: 234 x 156: 224pp Hb: 978-0-415-45903-7: £85.00 Pb: 978-0-415-45904-4: £29.99 eBook: 978-0-203-88075-3

Forthcoming

For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415459044

Crime News Chris Greer Series: Key Ideas in Criminology

Crime News is an original and agenda-setting book which argues that while news has become a neglected area of criminological research, crime reporting has become an increasingly important factor in shaping knowledge and understanding of crime and justice in contemporary society. Drawing from a diversity of interdisciplinary theoretical and empirical resources, the book systematically analyzes key interconnected issues including, newsworthiness, fear of crime, moral panic, penal populism and media justice. Crucially, this analysis is situated within wider socio-cultural, political, economic and moral contexts, and pays close attention to their interaction in twenty-first century information-communications markets. Crime News thus looks beyond the boundaries of mainstream criminology. It provides the foundations for a new way of exploring and understanding crime news in the global mediasphere. Selected Contents: Introduction 1. Why does Crime News Matter? 2. Crime News in the Global Mediasphere 3. Newsworthiness 4. Fear of Crime 5. Moral Panics 6. Penal Populism 7. Media Justice November 2011: 198 x 129: 196pp Hb: 978-0-415-60089-7: £65.00 • eBook: 978-0-203-83707-8 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415600897

For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9781843927914

Complimentary Exam Copy

e-Inspection New in Paperback

Companion Website


f or ms of c ri m e

Forms of Crime Forthcoming

New

Global Environmental Harm

Transnational Environmental Crime

Criminological Perspectives

Toward an Eco-global Criminology

Dealing With Drugs

Rob White, University of Tasmania, Australia

Strategy, Policy and Practice

Richard Huggins, Oxford Brookes University, UK This book presents a comprehensive and detailed analysis of the strategic and policy responses to illicit drug use in the Britain since the mid-1980s. It maps and discusses the ways in which the UK government has aimed to ensure a more consistent framework for the delivery of drugs services and interventions. In addition, the book explores a range of political, economic, social and global factors that have provided the context for the development and implementation of a series of over-arching policy measures in the last two decades. This volume seeks to examine how the Criminal Justice System has become a significant (but not exclusive) framework for the design, delivery and funding of drug services and interventions. Although other approaches remain important to understanding the scope and range of responses to substance misuse, this text explores the importance and centrality of the Criminal Justice System as a framework for and specific influence on policy, funding and targets in recent years. August 2011: 234 x 156: 256pp Hb: 978-1-84392-834-8: £62.00 Pb: 978-1-84392-833-1: £20.99 eBook: 978-1-84392-835-5 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9781843928331

New

Serial Killers Psychiatry, Criminology and Responsibility Francesca Biagi-Chai Translated by Veronique Voruz, University of Leicester, UK and Suzanne Yang, University of Pittsburgh, USA Francesca Biagi-Chai’s book – a translation from the French of Le Cas Landru – tackles the issue of criminal responsibility in the case of serial killers, and other ‘mad’ people who are nonetheless deemed to be answerable before the law in most jurisdictions. The author, a Lacanian psychoanalyst and senior psychiatrist in France, with extensive experience working in institutional settings, analyses the logic informing the crimes of famous serial killers. Selected Contents: Preface. Translators’ Introduction 1. The Enigma of Serial Killers 2. A Case Study of Psychosis 3. Modalities of Gendered Relations in Psychosis 4. Existing in the World of Men 5. Serial Killing in Psychosis 6. European Case-studies 7. Anglo-American Case Studies 8. Psychosis and Criminal Responsibilities April 2011: 234 x 156: 240pp Hb: 978-0-415-56112-9: £80.00 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415561129

Edited by Rob White, University of Tasmania, Australia

This book provides a comprehensive introduction to and overview of eco-global criminology.

At the centre of eco-global criminology is analysis of transnational environmental crime. This includes crimes related to pollution and crimes against wildlife. It also includes those harms that pose threats to the environment more generally. In addressing these issues, the book deals with topics such as the conceptualization of environmental crime or harm, the researching of transnational environmental harm, climate change and social conflict, threats to biodiversity, toxic waste and the transference of harm, prosecution and sentencing of environmental crimes, and environmental victimization and transnational activism. Transnational Environmental Crime argues that analysis of transnational environmental crime needs to incorporate different notions of harm, and that the overarching perspective of eco-global criminology provides the framework for this. It will be an essential resource for students, academics, policy-makers, environmental managers, police, magistrates and others with a general interest in environmental issues. Selected Contents: 1. Transnational Environmental Crime 2. Eco-global Criminology 3. Climate Change 4. Biodiversity 5. Waste and Pollution 6. Perpetrators 7. Environmental Victims 8. Criminal Justice Responses 9. Transnational Activism May 2011: 234 x 156: 216pp Hb: 978-1-84392-803-4: £85.00 Pb: 978-1-84392-802-7: £25.99 eBook: 978-1-84392-804-1 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9781843928027

This book brings together original cutting edge work that deals with global environmental harm from a wide variety of geographical and critical perspectives. The topics covered in the book are global, regional and local in nature, although in each case there are clear transnational or global dimensions. Selected Contents: Part 1: Global Problems Part 2: Specific Issues Part 3: Alternative Visions

2010: 234 x 156: 256pp Hb: 978-1-84392-797-6: £62.00 Pb: 978-1-84392-796-9: £24.99 eBook: 978-1-84392-798-3 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9781843927969

Illegal Markets and the Economics of Organized Crime Edited by Martin Bouchard, Simon Fraser University, Canada and Chris Wilkins, Massey University, New Zealand This book showcases recent advances in the theoretical and empirical understanding of the economic aspects of organised crime and illegal markets. It provides new insights into defining and quantifying the influence of organised crime by drawing on innovative approaches to studying criminal networks and organisations such as the Hells Angels. The book includes analysis of the structure of illegal drug markets from international leaders in the field. Finally the text includes empirical case studies of the diverse markets where organised crime is currently active including the illegal market for crystal methamphetamine in Australia, tiger products in China and the falcon and fur trades in Russia. This book was based on a special issue of Global Crime.

New

Rethinking Violence Edited by Vittorio Bufacchi, University College, Cork, Ireland This book provides the first, multi-disciplinary analysis of the concept and phenomenon of violence. It brings together in one volume a selection of different approaches and methodologies to the study of violence, including criminology, international relations, political science, history of political thought, psychology, sociology, public health, economics and philosophy. This book was published as a special issue of Global Crime. Selected Contents: 1. Introduction 2. Rethinking Violence 3. Machiavelli and the Gracchi: Prudence, Violence and Redistribution 4. Violence for Equality: Lessons from Machiavelli 5. Asymmetric War, Symmetrical Intentions: Killing Civilians in Modern Armed Conflict 6. Beyond Definition: Violence in a Global Perspective 7. Economic Sanctions and Global Governance: The Case of Iraq 8. Violence: A Public Health Perspective 9. Violence, Integrity and Education 10. The So-called Mindlessness of Violence: Violence as a Pathological Variant of Aggression 2010: 246 x 174: 152pp Hb: 978-0-415-61343-9: £80.00 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415613439

Browse and order online: www.routledge.com/criminology

2010: 246 x 174: 176pp Hb: 978-0-415-56551-6: £80.00 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415565516

Hate Crime Concepts, Policy, Future Directions Edited by Neil Chakraborti, University of Leicester, UK Hate Crime brings together contributions from leading experts to address key questions surrounding hate crimes and their associated harms, taking forward the ‘hate debate’ and offering practical suggestions for developing scholarship and policy. Selected Contents: Part 1: Developing More Nuanced Understandings of Hate Crime Part 2: Developing More Nuanced Responses to Hate Crime 2010: 234 x 156: 264pp Hb: 978-1-84392-780-8: £62.00 Pb: 978-1-84392-779-2: £22.99 eBook: 978-1-84392-781-5 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9781843927792

39


f orm s o f crime

40

Handbook on Crime

Handbook of Internet Crime

Rape

Edited by Fiona Brookman, University of Glamorgan, UK, Mike Maguire, Glamorgan University and Cardiff University, UK, Harriet Pierpoint and Trevor Bennett both at University of Glamorgan, UK

Edited by Yvonne Jewkes, University of Leicester, UK and Majid Yar, University of Hull, UK

Challenging Contemporary Thinking

The Handbook on Crime is a comprehensive edited volume that contains analysis and explanation of the nature, extent, patterns and causes of over forty different forms of crime, in each case drawing attention to key contemporary debates and social and criminal justice responses to them. It also challenges many popular and official conceptions of crime. This book is one of the few criminological texts that takes as its starting point a range of specific types of criminal activity. It addresses not only ’conventional’ offences such as shoplifting, burglary, robbery, and vehicle crime, but many other forms of criminal behaviour – often an amalgamation of different legal offences – which attract contemporary media, public and policy concern. There are chapters on, for example, gang violence, hate crime, elder abuse, animal abuse, cyber crime, identity theft, moneylaundering, eco crimes, drug trafficking, human trafficking, genocide, and global terrorism. Many of these topics receive surprisingly little attention in the criminological literature. The Handbook on Crime will be a unique text of lasting value to students, researchers, academics, practitioners, policy makers, journalists and all others involved in understanding and preventing criminal behaviour. Selected Contents: Part 1: ’Conventional’ Property Crime Part 2: Fraud and Fakes Part 3: Violent Crime Part 4: Sex-Related Crime Part 5: Drug-Related Crime Part 6: Organised and Business Crime Part 7: State, Political and War Crimes Part 8: Harms, Health and Safety 2010: 246 x 174: 984pp Hb: 978-1-84392-372-5: £95.00 Pb: 978-1-84392-371-8: £39.50 eBook: 978-1-84392-968-0 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9781843923718

Computer Misuse Response, Regulation and the Law Stefan Fafinski, Brunel University, UK ’Provides a comprehensive, valuable and timely critical review of the legal and extra-legal governance of computer misuse.’ – Professor Martin Wasik CBE, Keele University, UK This book is concerned with the nature of computer misuse and the legal and extra-legal responses to it. It explores what is meant by the term ’computer misuse’ and charts its emergence as a problem as well as its expansion in parallel with the continued progression in computing power, networking, reach and accessibility. In doing so, it surveys the attempts of the domestic criminal law to deal with some early manifestations of computer misuse and the consequent legislative passage of the Computer Misuse Act 1990. This book will be of interest to students of IT law as well as to sociologists and criminologists, and those who have a professional concern with preventing computer misuse and fraud. 2009: 234 x 156: 352pp Hb: 978-1-84392-380-0: £62.00 Pb: 978-1-84392-379-4: £26.00 eBook: 978-1-84392-728-0 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9781843923794

Complimentary Exam Copy

An essential reference for scholars and others whose work brings them into contact with managing, policing and regulating online behaviour, the Handbook of Internet Crime emerges at a time of rapid social and technological change. Amidst much debate about the dangers presented by the Internet and intensive negotiation over its legitimate uses and regulation, this is the most comprehensive and ambitious book on cybercrime to date. The Handbook of Internet Crime gathers together the leading scholars in the field to explore issues and debates surrounding internet-related crime, deviance, policing, law and regulation in the twenty-first century. The Handbook reflects the range and depth of cybercrime research and scholarship, combining contributions from many of those who have established and developed cyber research over the past twenty-five years and who continue to shape it in its current phase, with more recent entrants to the field who are building on this tradition and breaking new ground. Contributions reflect both the global nature of cybercrime problems, and the international span of scholarship addressing its challenges. Selected Contents: Part 1: Histories and Contexts Part 2: Forms of Internet Crime Part 3: Internet Law and Regulation Part 4: Policing the Internet 2009: 246 x 174: 664pp Hb: 978-1-84392-523-1: £89.00 Pb: 978-1-84392-524-8: £34.99 eBook: 978-1-84392-933-8 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9781843925248

Edited by Miranda Horvath, Middlesex Uniersity, UK and Jennifer Brown, London School of Economics, UK Rape remains one of the most controversial issues within criminal justice and receives high profile coverage internationally. Despite the many changes there have been to the law, practice and procedure in the investigation of rape allegations, and support available for victims, only a very small number of perpetrators ever face prosecution, let alone conviction. This book aims to take stock of current thinking and research about rape and the way it is handled in practice within the criminal justice system, and to challenge some of the widely held but inaccurate beliefs about rape. It brings together leading researchers in the field from psychology, sociology and law, considering new research and presenting new data from a strong theoretical and contextual base. The main focus of the book is on adult victims of rape, with chapters exploring such issues as rape and the media, the use of alcohol and drugs in rape, police decision making on rape cases, conviction patterns in rape trials, and interviewing victims of rape and sexual assault. 2009: 234 x 156: 368pp Hb: 978-1-84392-519-4: £62.00 Pb: 978-1-84392-520-0: £26.99 eBook: 978-1-84392-712-9 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9781843925200

Environmental Crime A Reader

Forthcoming

Edited by Rob White, University of Tasmania, Australia

Understanding and Preventing Online Sexual Exploitation of Children

This book provides a general introduction and overview of environmental crime, presenting key articles and source material in the emerging area of green or environmental criminology. The articles and extracts reprinted in this Reader span a wide range of concerns – including articles and extracts that challenge existing conceptualizations of environmental crime and human rights, as well as those that provide insight into what the ’greening’ of research and scholarship means for criminology as a field.

Edited by Ethel Quayle, University of Edinburgh, UK and Kurt M. Ribisl, UNC Gillings School of Global Public Health, USA This book focuses on new research and conceptual thinking on Internet child pornography that views perpetrators within context, examines those impacted by such offending, describes emerging legal and policy issues, and proposes innovative strategies for prevention within a dynamic global environment. Selected Contents: Part 1: Abusive Images and their Emergence as a Significant Problem Part 2: Legal, Social and Familial Contexts of Abuse Part 3: Prevention and Harm Reduction December 2011: 234 x 156: 256pp Pb: 978-0-415-68941-0: £25.99 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415689410

2009: 234 x 156: 768pp Hb: 978-1-84392-511-8: £85.00 Pb: 978-1-84392-512-5: £34.99 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9781843925125

Genocidal Crimes Alex Alvarez, Northern Arizona University, USA Series: Key Ideas in Criminology ’Alvarez’s work is an excellent foray into a previously underutilized paradigm with which to pursue a better and more accurate understanding of genocide...Highly Recommended.’ – Choice, September 2010 Genocidal Crimes draws upon the extensive criminological literature on criminality and violence to provide a comprehensive and contemporary analysis of genocide. Written in an accessible style, this book differs from much of the writing on genocide in that it explicitly relies on criminological theory and research to help provide new insight into the nature and functioning of genocide. 2009: 198 x 129: 216pp Pb: 978-0-415-46678-3: £20.99 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415466783

e-Inspection New in Paperback

Companion Website


h i s tori ca l c r i mi n olo gy

The State of Sex

New

Tourism, Sex and Sin in the New American Heartland

2nd Edition

Barbara G. Brents, Crystal A. Jackson and Kathryn Hausbeck, all at University of Nevada, Las Vegas, USA

Use and Control

Series: Contemporary Sociological Perspectives The State of Sex is a study of Nevada’s brothels that situates the nation’s only legal brothel industry in the political economy of contemporary tourism. How have Nevada’s legal brothels survived, while the rest of the country criminalizes prostitution? How do brothels operate? Who works in them? This book brings social theory on globalizing economies, politics, leisure consumption, and emotional labor in interactive service work together with research on contemporary prostitution and sexual commerce. The authors employ an innovative, multi-method sociological approach, combining historical analysis of how the brothels came to be with over a decade’s worth of ethnographic research on the current state of the industry. 2009: 229 x 152: 320pp Hb: 978-0-415-92947-9: £75.00 Pb: 978-0-415-92948-6: £20.99 eBook: 978-0-203-86025-0 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415929486

Youth, Drugs, and Nightlife Geoffrey Hunt, Molly Moloney and Kristin Evans all at Institute of Scientific Analysis, USA

Youth, Drugs, and Nightlife examines the relationships between the electronic dance scene and drug use for young ravers and clubbers today. Based on over 300 interviews with ravers, DJ’s and promoters, the authors examine the different social groupings that make up the scene. They critically analyze the negotiation of risk and pleasure within the world of raves and dance clubs. We learn about young ravers and clubbers’ frustrations with recent attempts to control clubs and raves and their skepticism about official pronouncements on the dangers of ecstasy and other drugs, in this book that pivots between the local, the national, and the global in its approach.

Selected Contents: Part 1: Theory and Methods for Studying Youth 1. Epidemiology Meets Cultural Studies: Studying and Understanding Youth Cultures, Clubs, and Drugs 2. Clubbers, Candy Kids and Jaded Ravers: Introducing the Scene, the Participants, and the Drugs Part 2: The Global the National and the Local 3. Clubbing, Drugs, and the Dance Scene in a Global Perspective 4. Youth, US Drug Policy, and Social Control of the Dance Scene 5. Uncovering the Local: San Francisco’s Nighttime Economy Part 3: Drug Pleasures, Risks and Combinations 6. ’The Great Unmentionable’: Exploring the Pleasures and Benefits of Ecstasy 7. Drug Use and the Meaning of Risk 8. Combining Different Substances in the Dance Scene: Enhancing Pleasure, Managing Risk, and Timing Effects Part 4: Gender, Social Context, and Ethnicity 9. Drugs, Gender, Sexuality, and Accountability in the World of Raves 10. Alcohol, Gender, and Social Context 11. Asian American Youth: Consumption, Identity, and Drugs in the Dance Scene 2010: 234 x 156: 288pp Pb: 978-0-415-37473-6: £24.99 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415374736

Illicit Drugs Adrian Barton, University of Plymouth, UK Illicit drugs and their use are a dominant concern of politicians, policy makers and the general public. As such, this second edition of the popular Illicit Drugs: Use and Control provides a timely, up-to-date discussion of the key issues raised in the first edition, whilst also providing new chapters which address: • class, gender and race • the geo-politics of illicit drug production and distribution • britain’s drug use within a global context. Drawing information from wide-ranging sources, Adrian Barton illuminates the complex nature and broad impact illicit drug use carries in its wake and provides an overview of the contemporary state of the drug ’scene’. This accessible book, with its inclusion of new pedagogical features, will be essential reading for students and researchers working in the area of drugs and society. Selected Contents: 1. Preface and Acknowledgements 2. British Society and Illicit Drug Use: Historical Perspectives 3. Measuring the ‘Problem’: Drug Use in Contemporary Britain 4. The British State’s Legal and Medical Responses to Illicit Drug Use 5. Illicit Drug Use: Class, Gender and Ethnicity 6. Illicit Drugs: Growth and Production 7. The Geo-politics of Illicit Drug Production and Distribution 8. Illicit Drugs: Markets and Market Focus 9. Illicit Drugs: Paying for the Goods and Assessing the Costs 10. Policing the Problem: Current Trends in U.K. Drug Policy 11. Comparing British Drug Policy May 2011: 234 x 156: 216pp Pb: 978-0-415-49237-9: £23.99 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415492379

New

Suicide Bombings Riaz Hassan, Flinders University, Australia Series: Short Cuts In an age when the Western world is preoccupied with worries about weapons of mass destruction in terrorist hands, terrorists across many parts of the globe are using a more basic device as a weapon – life itself. Suicide bombing has become a weapon of choice among terrorist groups because of its lethality and unrivalled ability to cause mayhem and fear, but what is the real driving force behind these attacks? For the first time, Suicide Bombings analyZes concrete data from The ’Suicide Terrorism Database’ at Flinders University, Australia, to explain what motivates the perpetrators. The results serve to largely discredit common wisdom that religion and an impressionable personality are the principal causes, and show rather that a cocktail of motivations fuel these attacks which include politics, humiliation, revenge, retaliation, and altruism. Suicide Bombings provides a short but incisive insight into this much publicized form of terrorism, and as such is an informative and engaging resource for students, academics, and indeed anyone with an interest in this topic. Selected Contents: 1. Life as a Weapon: Historical Roots of a Modern Phenomenon 2. The Global Rise of Suicide Bombings: Analysis of Trends 3. Explaining Suicide Bombings 4. Suicide Bombings: Homicidal Killing or a Weapon of War? 5. What Have we Learned? Appendix Table A April 2011: 198 x 129: 168pp Hb: 978-0-415-58886-7: £65.00 Pb: 978-0-415-58887-4: £17.99 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415588874

Browse and order online: www.routledge.com/criminology

Historical Criminology Forthcoming

A History of Police and Masculinities, 1700–2010 Edited by David G. Barrie, University of Western Australia and Susan Broomhall, University of Western Australia, Australia This collection explores how ideologies about masculinities have shaped police culture, policy and institutional organization from the eighteenth century to the present day. Selected Contents: Introduction 1. The Paternal Government of Men: The Self-Image and Action of the Paris Police in the Eighteenth Century 2. Supporting the Civil Power: Policing, Soldiering and Citizenship in 1780s Britain 3. Regulating Ideals of Masculinities in Police Courts in Scotland, 1800–60 4. Becoming Police Men in Nineteenth Century Italy 5. ’Well-set up Men’: Respectable Masculinity and Police Organizational Culture in Victoria, Australia, 1853–1923 6. Shedding the Uniform and Acquiring a New Image: The Case of the Victorian Police Detective 7. ’Men on a Mission’, c.1860–1920 8. Of Tabloids and Gentlemen: How Depictions of Policing helped Define American Masculinities at the Turn of the Twentieth Century 9. Quiet and Determined Servants and Guardians: Creating Ideal English Police Officers, 1900–1945 10. Science, Weapons, and Anti-communism: The New York State Police and Masculinity, 1945–1980 11. Reconceptualising Masculinity: Enter the ’Smart Macho’ Police Leader October 2011: 234 x 156: 256pp Hb: 978-0-415-67129-3: £80.00 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415671293

Forthcoming

Redemption, Rehabilitation and Risk Management A History of Probation George Mair and Lol Burke both at Liverpool John Moores University, UK Redemption, Rehabilitation and Risk Management provides the most accessible and up-to-date account of the origins and development of the Probation Service in England and Wales. It explores and explains the changes that have taken place in the service, the pressures and tensions that have shaped change, and the role played by government, research, NAPO, and key individuals from its origins in the nineteenth century up to the plans for the service outlined by the Conservative/Liberal Democrat government. By tracing the evolution of the probation service, Redemption, Rehabilitation and Risk Management not only sheds invaluable light on a much misunderstood criminal justice agency, but offers a unique examination of twentieth century criminal justice policy. It will be essential reading for students and academics in criminal justice and criminology. June 2011: 234 x 156: 264pp Hb: 978-1-84392-250-6: £80.00 Pb: 978-1-84392-249-0: £18.99 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9781843922490

41


histo rical crimin ology

42

New

An Economic History of Organized Crime A National and Transnational Approach Dennis M.P. McCarthy, Iowa State University, USA Series: Routledge Studies in Crime and Economics This book is a comparative study of organized crime groups from five different parts of the world: Europe; North America; Central America/South America/Caribbean basin; Africa; and Asia/Western Pacific. Each part contains two case studies and a shorter essay, a vignette. Written in non-specialist language, An Economic History of Organized Crime provides an original overview of a crucial problem of our times: the growing scourge of global organized crime. This book can be read with profit by the general public, but it also has value for academic specialists and professionals in law enforcement. Selected Contents: 1. The ABCs of a Comparative Economic History of Organized Crime: A National and Transnational Approach Part 1: Europe 2. Italian Mafias 3. Russian Mafias 4. Vignette: Albanian Mafia Part 2: North America 5. US Mafia 6. Mexican Drug Cartels 7. Vignette: Organized Crime in Canada Part 3: Central America, South America, and the Caribbean Basin 8. Colombian Drug Cartels 9. Gangs of the Caribbean 10. Vignette: Organized Crime in Cuba Part 4: AfricSoa 11. Resource Wars 12. Somali Piracy 13. Vignette: International Trugs, Trafficking, Organized Crime, and Terrorism in North and West Africa Part 5: Asia and Western Pacific 14. Triads 15. Yakuza 16. Vignette: International Drugs Trafficking, Organized Crime and Terrorism in Afghanistan Bibliography May 2011: 234 x 156: 320pp Hb: 978-0-415-48796-2: £70.00 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415487962

New

Crime and the Rise of Modern America A History from 1865–1941 Kristofer Allerfeldt, University of Exeter, UK In Crime and the Rise of Modern America, Kristofer Allerfeldt studies the crimes, criminals, and law enforcement that contributed to a uniquely American system of crime and punishment from the end of the Civil War to the eve of World War II to understand how the rapidly-changing technology of transportation, media, and incarceration affected the criminal underworld. In ten thematic chapters, Crime and the Rise of Modern America turns to the outlaws of the iconic West and the illegal distilleries of Prohibition, the turn-of-the-century immigrants, and the conmen who preyed on the people of the Promised Land, to examine how crime and America both changed, defining each other. Selected Contents: Introduction: Crimes of the Century 1. Crime and the West 2. Hate Crime 3. Prostitution and Sex Crime 4. Drink and Drugs 5. Nationality, Race, and Crime 6. Corporate and Business Crime 7. Forgers, Swindlers, and Blackmailers 8. Political Crime 9. Terrorists and Freedom Fighters 10. Lawmen and Vigilantes. Afterword March 2011: 229 x 152: 264pp Hb: 978-0-415-80044-0: £80.00 Pb: 978-0-415-80045-7: £16.99 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415800457

Complimentary Exam Copy

Crimes of State Past and Present

A Certain Share of Low Cunning

Government-Sponsored Atrocities and International Legal Responses

A History of the Bow Street Runners, 1792-1839

Edited by David M. Crowe, Elon University, USA

David J. Cox, Keele University, UK

Series: Association for the Study of Nationalities

’Cox’s approach is so methodical and finely referenced that the reader is persuaded by his argument that the Runners have not, until now, had their due. [...] This book is long overdue, especially as the Runners have appeared in a number of recent works of fiction as Georgian quasi-James Bond characters. This revisionist account ensures that they will be better understood and may cease to be defined as hopeless failures in the crime-infested world we know through the art of contemporary caricaturists Thomas Rowlandson and James Gillray. They were, as Cox admirably shows, heroes of their time.’ – Stephen Wade, University of Hull and University of Oxford

This book explores the history of war crimes and genocide and the evolution of a body of international law to deal with the growth of such crimes globally over the past two centuries. This book was based on a special issue of Nationalities Papers. Selected Contents: Introduction 1. War Crimes and Genocide in History, and the Evolution of Responsive International Law 2. The Last Bullet for the Last Serb? The Ustasa Genocide against Serbs: 1941–1945 3. Hitler’s Rassenkampf in the East: The Forgotten Genocide of Soviet POWs 4. ’Only the National Socialist’: Postwar US and West German Approaches to Nazi ‘Euthanasia’ Crimes 5. Justice 30 Years Later? The Cambodian Special Tribunal for the Punishment of Crimes against Humanity by the Khmer Rouge 6. Adjudication Deferred: Command Responsibility for War Crimes and US Military Justice from My Lai to Haditha and Beyond 2010: 246 x 174: 219pp Hb: 978-0-415-57788-5: £75.00 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415577885

Fifty Key Thinkers in Criminology Edited by Keith Hayward, University of Kent, UK, Shadd Maruna, Queen’s University Belfast, UK and Jayne Mooney, University of Kent, UK

This book provides an account and analysis of the history of the Bow Street Runners, precursors of today’s police force. Through a detailed analysis of a wide range of both qualitative and quantitative research data, this book provides a fresh insight into their history, arguing that the use of Bow Street personnel in provincially instigated cases was much more common than has been assumed by many historians. It also demonstrates that the range of activities carried out by Bow Street personnel whilst employed on such cases was far more complex than can be gleaned from the majority of books and articles concerning early nineteenth-century provincial policing, which often do little more than touch on the role of Bow Street. By describing the various roles and activities of the Bow Street Principal Officers with specific regard to cases originating in the provinces it also places them firmly within the wider contexts of provincial law-enforcement and policing history.

’This entry in the ’Routledge Key Guides’ series places a human face on the study of criminology through thoughtful ’intellectual biographies’ of the discipline’s top international theorists from the 18th through the late 20th century. The theoreticians emerge as groundbreaking human beings in six-page essays written by a distinguished group of 54 contributors drawn from the ranks of an international faculty of criminologists, sociologists, and historians. What emerges...is an invaluable reference work.’ – D.K. Frasier, Choice, October 2010

The book investigates the types of case in which the ’Runners’ were involved, who employed them and why, how they operated, including their interaction with local law-enforcement bodies, and how they were perceived by those who utilized their services. It also discusses the legacy of the Principal Officers with regard to subsequent developments within policing. Bow Street Police Office and its personnel have long been regarded by many historians as little more than a discrete and often inconsequential footnote to the history of policing, leading to a partial and incomplete understanding of their work. This viewpoint is challenged in this book, which argues that in several ways the utilization of Principal Officers in provincially instigated cases paved the way for important subsequent developments in policing, especially with regard to detective practices. It is also the first work to provide a clear distinction between the Principal Officers and their less senior colleagues.

’Every entry that I have read so far has provided precisely the right balance of contextualizing biography and critical appraisal of the thinker’s work. Every entry invites the reader to dive more deeply into the work of these key contributors to criminology. This is a book that will tempt not just new students, but experienced practitioners and academics into new kinds of engagements with this ‘rendezvous discipline’. – Fergus McNeill, Probation Journal

Selected Contents: 1. Introduction: Revealing an ’Eleusinian Mystery’ 2. ’Men of Known and Approved Fidelity’: The Development of the Bow Street System 3. ’If the Gentleman Writes, the Gentleman Pays’: The Employers of Principal Officers 4. ’Contending with Desperate Characters’: The Types of Crimes Investigated by Principal Officers 5. ’Police Officers for the Country at Large’: The Nationwide Role of the Principal Officers, 6. ’Domiciliary Visits, Spies, and all the rest of Fouche’s Contrivances’: Six Case Studies of Provincial Investigations by Principal Officers 7. ’More Expert in Tracing and Detecting Crime’: The Post-1829 Situation 8. ’Rescuing from an Historical Cul-de-sac’: The Legacy of the Bow Street Principal Officers. References

2009: 216 x 138: 352pp Hb: 978-0-415-42910-8: £65.00 Pb: 978-0-415-42911-5: £16.99 eBook: 978-0-203-86503-3 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415429115

2010: 234 x 156: 208pp Hb: 978-1-84392-773-0: £45.00 eBook: 978-1-84392-775-4 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9781843927730

e-Inspection New in Paperback

Companion Website


youth an d c r i m e

A Reader Edited by Nicole H. Rafter, Northeastern University, USA ’This is an indispensable source for anyone interested in the history of criminology and a must read for all criminologists. As criminology moves toward establishing a settled disciplinary identity, this volume provides a collection of wonderfully rich insights into its intellectual genealogy and a timely reminder of its eclecticism. The selected texts derive from a striking array of disciplines and have an astonishingly wide geographical spread. The choice of texts is skilfully handled by an author who has long been one of the leading historians of criminology. Together with Rafter’s authoritative introduction and engaging commentaries, these texts furnish an essential guide to the very origins of criminological endeavour.’ – Lucia Zedner, Professor of Criminal Justice, University of Oxford and Conjoint Professor, University of New South Wales The Origins of Criminology: A Reader is a collection of nineteenth-century texts from the key originators of the practice of criminology – selected, introduced, and with commentaries by the leading scholar in this area, Nicole Rafter. This book presents criminology as a unique field of study that took root in a context in which urbanization, immigration, and industrialization changed the class structure of Western nations. As relatively homogenous communities became more sharply divided and aware of a bottom-most group, the ’dangerous classes’, a new segment of the middle class emerged: professionals involved in the work of social control. Tracing the intellectual origins of criminology to physiognomy, phrenology, and evolutionary theories, this book demonstrates criminology’s background in new attitudes toward science and the development of scientific methodologies applicable to social and mental phenomena. Through an expert selection of original texts, it traces the emergence of ‘criminology’ as a new field purporting to produce scientific knowledge about crime and criminals. 2009: 234 x 156: 376pp Hb: 978-0-415-45111-6: £95.00 Pb: 978-0-415-45112-3: £29.99 eBook: 978-0-203-86994-9 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415451123

Proposals If you have an idea for a new book in the area please contact us using the details found at the front of the catalog. For guidance on how to structure your proposal please visit:

Youth and Crime New

Youth in Crisis?

New 2nd Edition

Effective Practice in Youth Justice

Edited by Barry Goldson, University of Liverpool, UK

Martin Stephenson, ECOTEC Research and Consulting, UK, Henri Giller, Social Information Systems Ltd, UK and Sally Brown, Inclusive Learning Solutions, UK

’Gangs’, Territoriality and Violence Few issues attract greater concern and censure than those that surround youth ’gangs’. Paradoxically, youth researchers have conventionally been reluctant to even use the term ’gang’ but, more recently, such reluctance has receded. Indeed, it is increasingly claimed that – in particular urban ’territories’ – youth gangs are commonplace, some young people are deeply immersed in violence and the carrying and use of weapons (particularly knives and firearms) is routine. Comprizing a series of essays from leading national and international researchers, this book subjects such claims to rigorous critical scrutiny. It provides a challenging and authoritative account of complex questions pertaining to urban youth identities, crime and social order. This book: • locates the question of ’gangs’ in both historical and contemporary contexts • engages a spectrum of theoretical perspectives and analytical positions • presents and analyzes cutting-edge empirical research • addresses a range of previously neglected questions, including those pertaining to girls, young women and ’gangs’. Youth in Crisis? provides a vital resource for researchers, educators, policy-makers and practitioners with an interest in key questions facing criminology, sociology and social policy. Selected Contents: 1. Perpetual Novelty: Youth, Modernity and Historical Amnesia 2. Youth Gangs and Late-Victorian Society 3. ’It’s Just an Area – Everybody Represents It’: Exploring Young People’s Territorial Behaviour in British Cities 4. Collateral Damage: Territory and Policing in an English Gang City 5. Place, Territory and Young People’s Identity in the ’New’ Northern Ireland 6. Beyond Dichotomy: Towards and Explanation of Young Women’s Involvement in Violent Street Gangs 7. In Search of the ’Shemale’ Gangster 8. Young People and ’Weaponisation’ 9. Mercenary Territory: Are Youth Gangs Really a Problem? 10. Gangland Britain: Realities, Fantasies and Industry 11. Gangs and Transnationalism February 2011: 234 x 156: 248pp Hb: 978-1-84392-752-5: £90.00 Pb: 978-1-84392-751-8: £25.99 eBook: 978-0-203-83200-4 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9781843927518

www.routledge.com/info/authors

Browse and order online: www.routledge.com/criminology

Providing a comprehensive and up-to-date review of research and the implications for practice, the second edition of Effective Practice in Youth Justice considers core areas of youth justice practice, such as how to engage young people effectively within the context of recent changes to the youth justice system brought about by the introduction of the scaled approach and the Youth Rehabilitation Order. It also provides an overview of the available research in specific areas of practice, including assessment; planning interventions and supervision; mental health; substance misuse; restorative justice; education, training and employment; and custody and resettlement. The content has been specifically developed to meet the needs of students taking Youth Justice Board (YJB) sponsored courses with the Open University and is required reading for many of these. The book is also an essential resource for professionals working within the youth justice system, those training to work in youth justice, and students taking courses in youth justice or related subjects. Selected Contents: 1. Evidence-based Practice and Effective Practice 2. Assessment, Planning Interventions and Supervision and the Scaled Approach 3. Engaging Young People 4. Education, Training and Employment 5. Mental Health 6. Substance Misuse 7. Parenting 8. Restorative Justice 9. Offending Behaviour Interventions 10. The Secure Estate and Resettlement. References 2010: 246 x 174: 296pp Hb: 978-0-415-61075-9: £80.00 Pb: 978-0-415-61077-3: £22.99 eBook: 978-0-203-83194-6 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415610773

related journal

The Origins of Criminology

Journal of Youth Studies INCLUDED IN THE THOMSON REUTERS SOCIAL SCIENCES CITATION INDEX® INCREASING IN ISSUES IN 2011 www.tandf.co.uk/journals/cjys

Editor-in-Chief: Andy Furlong, University of Glasgow, UK

43


you t h and crime

44

New

Doing Justice to Young People Youth Crime and Social Justice Roger Smith, De Montfort University, UK

There is an impasse in current thinking about youth crime and justice, represented by punitive and harmful practices, and liberal objections to these processes on the other, based predominantly on arguments for ‘rehabilitation’. This book aims to arrive at an alternative strategy for resolving the tensions between young people – especially those on and beyond the margins – and the social world which frames their lives. The book is split into three sections: • part one focuses on young people, their attitudes and behaviour • part two considers the way in which their behaviour is constructed as criminal and then addressed • part three considers the limitations of current practices and potential alternatives. Within this broad framework, the differentiated and contested nature of young people’s experiences and our (and their) ideas of ‘youth’ can be counterposed to prevailing one-sided and often discriminatory assumptions about them; in order then to open up questions about the nature and purposes of the youth justice system, and to introduce some possibilities for reconstructing it according to fundamental principles of rights, welfare and social justice. Doing Justice to Young People will be essential reading for anybody working in or studying youth crime and youth justice. Selected Contents: Part 1: Young People and Crime 1. The Production of Youth 2. Adaptation and Resistance 3. Criminality, Culture and Choices Part 2: Crime and ’Justice’ 4. Defining Crime and Delinquency 5. Lives and Crimes 6. Doing ’Justice’? Part 3: Towards Social Justice 7. Getting it Wrong Again 8. Reform and its Limits 9. Alternative Principles and Practices 10. Young People and Social Justice: Cutting out Crime 2010: 234 x 156: 240pp Hb: 978-1-84392-840-9: £62.00 Pb: 978-1-84392-839-3: £24.99 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9781843928393

View any

product

online using the urls below each listing

Complimentary Exam Copy

A New Response to Youth Crime

Understanding Youth Offending

Edited by David Smith, Edinburgh University, UK

Risk Factor Reserach, Policy and Practice

Antisocial and criminal behaviour involving children and young people have been a cause of heightened public concern in England and Wales for more than a quarter of a century. It has been the subject of numerous policy papers, research studies and academic assessments as well as extensive newspaper, radio and television coverage. This has set the context for an ever expanding volume of legislation seeking to amend and improve society’s official response.

Stephen Case and Kevin Haines, both at University of Wales, Swansea

Yet despite a massive injection of resources into the youth justice system the results achieved have been unimpressive, reoffending remains a persistent problem and the general public appears to have little confidence in the youth justice system. The time is ripe therefore for a new look at the problem of youth offending and government and society’s response to this. This book accompanies the Report of the Independent Commission on Youth Crime and Antisocial Behaviour, published in 2010. In it leading authorities in the field, from a variety of different disciplines, review youth crime and different responses to it, focussing particularly on England and Wales but also analyze comparative purposes the nature of responses in other parts of the world, especially Canada. It will be essential reading for practitioners, policy makers, students and others with an interest in addressing one of today’s most intractable social problems. Selected Contents: 1. The Need for a Fresh Start 2. Changing Patterns of Youth 3. Time Trends in Youth Crime and in Justice System Responses 4. Responses to Youth Crime 5. Responses to Anti-social Behaviour 6. Causes of Offending and Anti-social Behaviour 7. Preventing Youth Crime: Evidence and Opportunities 8. Families and Parenting 9. Models of Youth Justice 10. Youth Justice Reform in Canada: Reducing use of Courts and Custody Without Increasing Youth Crime 11. Public Opinion, Politics, and the Response to Youth Crime 12. Key Reforms: Principles, Costs, Benefits, Politics 2010: 234 x 156 Hb: 978-1-84392-755-6: £68.00 Pb: 978-1-84392-754-9: £27.50 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9781843927549

Youth Justice Handbook Theory, Policy and Practice Edited by Wayne Taylor, Rod Earle and Richard Hester, all at The Open University, UK This book provides an essential resource for both practitioners in youth justice as well as those who are studying the subject as part of their training or an academic course. 2009: 246 x 174: 288pp Hb: 978-1-84392-717-4: £58.00 Pb: 978-1-84392-716-7: £22.99 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9781843927167

This book aims to meet the need for an exploration of youth justice and youth offending which takes account of the origins and contemporary manifestations of risk-focused work with young people. It analyzes the influence of concepts of risk upon policy development in both England and Wales as well as internationally, highlighting tensions between the proponents of risk factor research and methodological and ethical criticisms of the risk factor paradigm. It will be essential reading for anybody wishing to understand risk factor explanation of crime, contemporary youth justice policy and responses to offending behaviour. 2009: 234 x 156: 368pp Hb: 978-1-84392-342-8: £62.00 Pb: 978-1-84392-341-1: £28.99 eBook: 978-1-84392-734-1 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9781843923411

Young Offenders and the Law How the Law Responds to Youth Offending Raymond Arthur, University of Teeside, UK

How does the law deal with young offenders, and to what extent does the law protect and promote the rights of young people in conflict with the law? These are the central issues addressed by Young Offenders and the Law in its examination of the legal response to the phenomenon of youth offending, and the contemporary forces that shape the law.

This book develops the reader’s understanding of the sociological, criminological, historical, political, and philosophical approaches to youth offending in England and Wales, and also presents a comparative review of developments in other jurisdictions. It provides a comprehensive critical analysis of the legislative and policy framework currently governing the operation of the youth justice system in England and Wales, and evaluates the response of the legal system in light of modern legislative framework and international best practice. All aspects of trial and pre-trial procedure affecting young offenders are covered, including: the age of criminal responsibility, police powers, trial procedure, together with the full range of detention facilities and non-custodial options. Young Offenders and the Law provides, for the first time, a primary source of reference on youth offending. It is an essential text for undergraduate and postgraduate students of law, criminology, and criminal justice studies. Selected Contents: Part 1: Historical Development of the English Youth Justice System Part 2: Legal Principles Underpinning the English Youth Justice System Part 3: The English Youth Justice System in Practice 2010: 234 x 156: 160pp Pb: 978-0-415-49662-9: £25.99 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415496629

e-Inspection New in Paperback

Companion Website


youth an d c r i m e

Young People with Anti-Social Behaviours Practical Resources for Professionals Kathy Hampson, Leeds Youth Offending Service, UK Series: David Fulton / Nasen

Including ready-to-use, photocopiable resources suitable for a wide variety of settings, it examines the background to these highly topical issues, enabling the reader to contextualize and better identify with the problems faced by the young people they work with. The easy-to-reproduce, tried-andtested exercises:

• are for use with individuals or groups • address the issues involved in offending behaviour • can be easily modified to cater for a range of learning styles, abilities and maturity, (and shows how you can identify which exercises suit which young people) • include discussion scenarios, worksheets, cartoons, card games and creative activities • can be used to dissuade young people from getting involved in anti-social behaviour, and to enable them to make better decisions. The book includes an appraisal of current research on the issues surrounding anti-social behaviour and, in particular, risk factors that may be involved ‘behind the scenes’ in young people’s lives. A section on working with parents helps them to support their children, improve their parenting skills and to know where, and how, to ask for help. This is an essential resource offering constructive, practical solutions to anti-social behaviour in young people between the ages of ten and eighteen. It will be invaluable for those working professionally or voluntarily in schools, with youth groups, youth offending teams, youth inclusion projects, faith groups, anti-social behaviour teams, or for anyone whose work offers the opportunity, or requires them, to challenge anti-social and offending behaviour.

Forthcoming

Risk Assessment for Juvenile Violent Offending Edited by Anna Costanza Baldry, Seconda, Universita degli Studi di Napoli, Italy and Andreas Kapardis, University of Cyprus This volume is the result of an EU project involving two different European countries (Italy and Cyprus) on risk and needs assessment for juvenile violent offenders. The book is based on a longitudinal data base of juveniles who have committed violent crimes and who have been followed up after six months to measure their recidivism rate. The aim of this book is to provide practitioners who are dealing with juvenile (violent) offenders, with scientifically-based theories and knowledge derived from results about risk assessment. In particular it shows how a newly developed and tested instrument/approach, the EARN (European Assessment of Risk and Needs) works and how it can be used to help practitioners. Recidivism of violence in juveniles is based on several risk factors and is reduced on the basis of protective factors. Efficient legal intervention and treatment are more and more tailored according to the risk factors but also to the needs of juveniles. Juvenile Justice Systems in Europe tend to approach the juvenile who has committed a crime not only from a sanction point of view but more as an opportunity for the juvenile, his or her family and the social context in general, to reduce the risk of recidivism.

Criminology eBooks Taylor & Francis have over 500 cutting edge law titles for subscription or outright purchase, including important titles in the field of Criminology. You can also tailor-make your own collection from our complete range of over 23,000 eBooks!

This book will be of interest to researchers, students, social workers, police officers and lawyers. Selected Contents: 1. Introduction: Juvenile Delinquency and Justice in the EU 2. Juvenile Delinquency and Juvenile Justice in Italy 3. Juvenile Delinquency and Juvenile Justice in Cyprus 4. Risk Assessment in Juvenile Offenders 5. The EARN project 6. The EARN Project in Italy 7. The EARN Project in Cyprus 8. Conclusions August 2011: 234 x 156: 176pp Hb: 978-1-84392-822-5: £45.00 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9781843928225

For more information about eContent for your library, please contact your local online sales team: UK and Rest of World Email: online.sales@tandf.co.uk Tel: +44 (0)20 701 76062 USA, Canada and South America Email: e-reference@taylorandfrancis.com Tel: 1-888-318-2367

www.ebooksubscriptions.com

2010: 297 x 210: 232pp Pb: 978-0-415-56570-7: £34.99

View Inside

For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415565707

Handbook of Bullying in Schools

Routledge Books

An International Perspective

Did you know that many of our books now have “View Inside” functionality that allows you to browse online content before making any purchasing decisions?

Edited by Shane R. Jimerson, University of California, Santa Barbara, USA, Susan M. Swearer, University of Nebraska, Lincoln, USA and Dorothy L. Espelage, University of Illinois at Urbana-Champaign, USA The Handbook of Bullying in Schools is a comprehensive analysis of the worldwide bullying phenomena. It is the first volume to systematically review and integrate what is known about how cultural and regional issues affect bullying behavior and its prevention.

For more information visit www.routledge.com.

2009: 254 x 178: 624pp Hb: 978-0-8058-6392-5: £190.00 Pb: 978-0-8058-6393-2: £75.00 eBook: 978-0-203-86496-8 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780805863932

Browse and order online: www.routledge.com/criminology

45


f orensic crimin ology an d cr i mi n al be h av i our

46

Forensic Criminology and Criminal Behaviour New

New

Forthcoming

Routledge Handbook of Deviant Behavior

Psychological Criminology

Managing Clinical Risk

An Integrative Approach

A Guide to Effective Practice

Edited by Clifton D. Bryant, Virginia Tech University, USA

Richard Wortley, Jill Dando Institute for Crime Science, University College London, UK

Series: Routledge International Handbooks

Series: Crime Science Series

The Routledge Handbook of Deviant Behavior presents a comprehensive, integrative, and accessible overview of the contemporary body of knowledge in the field of social deviance in the twenty-first century.

Psychological Criminology addresses the question: what is it about individuals and their experiences that cause them to commit crime and/or to become criminal?

Edited by Caroline Logan, Secure Psychological Services, Mersey Care NHS Trust, UK and Lorraine Johnstone, The Douglas Inch Centre, Glasgow

This book addresses the full range of scholarly concerns within this area – including theoretical, methodological, and substantive issues – in over seventy original entries, written by an international mix of recognized scholars. Each of these essays provides insight not only into the historical and sociological evolution of the topic addressed, but also highlights associated notable thinkers, research findings, and key published works for further reference. As a whole, this Handbook undertakes an in depth evaluation of the contemporary state of knowledge within the area of social deviance, and beyond this considers future directions and concerns that will engage scholars in the decades ahead. The inclusion of comparative and cross-cultural examples and discussions, relevant case studies and other pedagogical features make this book an invaluable learning tool for undergraduate and post graduate students in disciplines such as criminology, mental health studies, criminal theory, and contemporary sociology. Selected Contents: Part 1: Conceptualizing Deviance Part 2: Research Methodology in Studying Deviance Part 3: Theories of Deviance Part 4: Becoming Deviant as a Person Part 5: Deviant Lifestyles and Subcultures Part 6: Continuous Deviance Part 7: Self-destructive Behavior as Deviance Part 8: Deviance in Social Institutions Part 9: Sexual Deviance Part 10: Crimes of the Times Part 11: Crime: Traditional Non-violent Modes Part 12: Crime: Traditional Violent Modes Part 13: Handicap, Disability, and Impairment Deviance Part 14: Exiting Deviance May 2011: 246 x 174: 624pp Hb: 978-0-415-48274-5: £130.00 eBook: 978-0-203-88054-8 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415482745

This book provides a comprehensive coverage of psychological theories of crime and criminality, exploring theories focusing on factors present at birth (human nature, heredity); theories that focus on factors that influence the offender over the lifespan (learning, development); and theories focusing on factors present at the crime scene. It emphasizes the connections among the different approaches, and demonstrates how, taken together rather than as rival explanations, they provide a more complete picture of crime and criminality than each provides individually. Theories are arranged throughout the book in a temporal sequence, from distal to proximal causes of crime. The analysis spans 100,000 years, from the evolutionary roots of criminal behaviour in the ancestral environments of early humans on the African savana, to the decision to engage in a specific criminal act. Psychological Criminology highlights the contributions that psychological theory can make to the broader field of criminology; it will be of interest to students, academics, researchers and practitioners in both criminology and forensic psychology. April 2011: 234 x 156: 312pp Hb: 978-1-84392-806-5: £60.00 Pb: 978-1-84392-805-8: £22.50 eBook: 978-1-84392-807-2 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9781843928058

Violence and self-injury cause anxiety, misery and physical and psychological damage to service users, their carers, the practitioners who look after them, and in some cases, the public at large. In some correctional and mental health settings, violence and self-injury are an all too common feature of the experience of care. Practitioners, service users, and commissioners have a shared interest in working together effectively to prevent violence and self-injury and to maintain an environment in which potential for harm is understood and sympathetically managed. Much has been written about clinical risk assessment in correctional, psychiatric, and community settings with individuals who harm others as well as themselves. However, much less is known about the process of converting the findings of a risk assessment into effectively managed clinical risk. Managing clinical risk on the basis of sound assessment and formulation provides the main focus of this book. The specific objectives of this proposed book are as follows. Firstly to provide practitioners with a comprehensive guide to the current state of risk assessment practice in the UK in relation to risk of harm to others and to oneself. Secondly to describe UK and international research and practice in clinical risk management and how it ties in with best practice in risk assessment, and finally to make recommendations for best practice in each of the areas covered. The book is concerned particularly with the assessment and management of risk by practitioners in forensic – psychiatric and correctional – settings although its findings are likely to be of interest to those working in community settings also, especially with forensic clients. The contributors bring to this book a wide range of knowledge and experience in thinking about risk in respect of violence and self-injury, of conducting risk management in real world correctional, mental health, and community settings, and of working with clients with a label of high risk and making everyday practice reflect best practice. It will be essential reading for qualified and trainee clinical psychiatrists and psychologists, forensic psychologists, criminal justice social workers and probation officers, and nursing staff working in correctional and mental health settings and in the community with service users who present a risk of harm to others or to themselves. December 2011: 234 x 156: 272pp Hb: 978-1-84392-854-6: £62.00 Pb: 978-1-84392-853-9: £29.99 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9781843928539

Complimentary Exam Copy

e-Inspection New in Paperback

Companion Website


foren s i c c r i mi n olog y an d c r i mi n al be h av i o u r

New

2nd Edition

4th Edition

Handbook of Police Psychology

Forensic Psychology

Offenders, Deviants or Patients?

Edited by Jack Kitaeff

Concepts, Debates and Practice

Series: Applied Psychology Series

Edited by Joanna R. Adler and Jacqueline M. Gray both at Middlesex University, UK

The Handbook of Police Psychology represents the contributions of over thirty police psychologists, all experts in their field, on the core subject matters of police psychology. Police psychology is broadly defined as the application of psychological principles and methods to law enforcement. This growing area includes topics such as screening and hiring of police officers; conducting screening for special squads (e.g., SWAT); fitness-for-duty evaluations; investigations, hostage negotiations; training and consultation, and stress counseling, among others. The book examines the beginnings of police psychology and early influences on the profession such as experimental investigations of psychological testing on police attitude and performance. Influential figures in the field of police psychology are discussed, including the nation’s first full-time police psychologist who served on the Los Angeles Police Department, and the first full-time police officer to earn a doctorate in psychology while still in uniform with the New York Police Department. February 2011: 254 x 178: 592pp Hb: 978-0-415-87766-4: £64.95 eBook: 978-0-203-83617-0 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415877664

New

Professionalizing Offender Profiling Forensic and Investigative Psychology in Practice Edited by Laurence Alison, Liverpool University, UK and Lee Rainbow, National Policing Improvement Agency, UK Edited by and containing contributions from the most respected and experienced researchers and practitioners working today, this book will be essential reading for Police Officers, researchers, students and anyone with an interest in the professionalization and contemporary contribution of forensic psychology to twenty-first century criminal investigation. Selected Contents: Preface: An Invented Truth and the Journey from R-v-Stagg Part 1: Professionalizing The Process Introduction 1. Taming the Beast: The UK Approach to the Management of Behavioural Investigative Advice 2. What Behavioural Investigative Advisors Actually Do? 3. BIA Support to Investigative Decision Making 4. Pragmatic solutions to offender profiling and behavioural investigative advice 5. The Cognitive Expertise of BIAs 6. The Cognitive Expertise of Geographic Profilers 7. Familial DNA Prioritisation 8. Child Pornography Offenders: Towards an Evidenced Based Approach to Prioritizing the Investigation of Indecent Image Offences Part 2: Professionalizing the Product Introduction 9. What do SIOs Want? 10. Interpreting Claims in Offender Profiles: The Role of Probability Phrases, Base-rates and Perceived Dangerousness 11. Stereotyping, Congruence and Presentation Order: Interpretative Biases in Utilizing Offender Profiles 12. An Evaluation and Comparison of Claims Made in Behavioural Investigative Advice Reports Compiled by the National Policing Improvements Agency in the United Kingdom 13. Conclusions and Next Steps

Forensic Psychology brings together academics, practioners and experts in the field of forensic psychology to demonstrate the scope of the discipline and push its parameters. Its aim is to go beyond introductory texts to challenge perceptions, to raise questions for research and to pose problems for practice. The editors hope to inspire and stimulate debate about how forensic psychology can aid the practice of justice. This updated, revised and significantly expanded edition develops the picture of diversity and depth of forensic psychology; considers ways in which the discipline has progressed and identifies challenges for its future sustainability and growth. Forensic Psychology: • includes a new section on treatment as intervention • additional chapters throughout including contributions on UK police interviews; the investigation and prosecutoin of rape; the effect of gender in the courtroom; forensic psychology and terrorism; the aetiology of genocide; self harm in prisons; postcorrections reintegration and many more • demonstrates ways in which forensic psychology can aid the practice of criminal justice. This book will be essential reading for students of forensic psychology and practitioners working in the field. 2010: 234 x 156 Hb: 978-1-84392-930-7: £62.00 Pb: 978-1-84392-414-2: £26.99 eBook: 978-0-203-83330-8 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9781843924142

Deception A Young Person’s Life Skill? Rachel Taylor, University of Glamorgan, UK and Lynsey Gozna, University of Lincoln, UK Series: Studies in Adolescent Development Deception builds on the recent influential developmental challenge model (Hendry and Kloep, 2002, 2009), exploring how it can provide a useful explanatory framework for the development of the skill of deception in adolescence. Interpersonal and forensic settings for deceptive behaviour are referred to, and illustrated with reference to both published research and new data obtained from a variety of different interviews and focus groups with young people. It also considers how the choice to communicate truthfully is as important as the choice to communicate deceptively in illuminating the developmental process. It concludes with a discussion of how adolescents’ deceptions could be detected and presents a range of strategies to maximize the effectiveness of interpersonal interactions with suspected deceivers. By considering everyday, forensic and clinical deception situations, this book is ideal for academic researchers, practitioners working with children and young people, as well as parents. The observations, interviews and focus groups provide a unique insight into the factors influencing young people’s communication choices, and integrate research from developmental, social and forensic psychology.

April 2011: 234 x 156: 280pp Hb: 978-0-415-66878-1: £85.00 Pb: 978-0-415-66879-8: £25.99

2010: 234 x 156: 192pp Hb: 978-1-84169-876-2: £39.95 eBook: 978-0-203-83370-4

For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415668798

For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9781841698762

Browse and order online: www.routledge.com/criminology

Explorations in Clinical Criminology Herschel Prins, Loughborough University, UK Offenders, Deviants or Patients? provides a practical approach to understanding both the social context and treatment of mentally disordered offenders. This fourth edition comes after extensive new research by academics and professionals in the field and reflects recent changes in law, policy and practice, including new sex offending legislation, proposals to amend homicide legislation and a new mental health act. 2010: 234 x 156: 368pp Hb: 978-0-415-46428-4: £65.00 Pb: 978-0-415-46429-1: £22.99 eBook: 978-0-203-85487-7 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415464291

Forensic Psychology in Context Nordic and International Approaches Edited by Par Anders Granhag, Gothenburg University, Sweden Academics and researchers from the Nordic countries have made a particularly strong contribution internationally to the rapidly developing disciplines of forensic and legal psychology. Forensic Psychology in Context reflects the results of research in the Nordic countries themselves, but each chapter situates this work within a broader comparative and international context. The book is a major contribution to the subject, and will be essential reading for anybody with interests in this field. 2010: 234 x 156: 352pp Hb: 978-1-84392-828-7: £55.00 Pb: 978-1-84392-827-0: £24.99 eBook: 978-1-84392-829-4 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9781843928270

New

Psychological Therapy in Prisons and Other Settings Edited by Joel Harvey, Cambridgeshire Youth Offending Service, UK and Kirsty Smedley, Affinity Healthcare, Cheadle Royal Hospital, UK Foreword by Graham Towl, Durham University, UK This book examines a range of therapeutic approaches used in prisons and other secure settings and explores the challenges in such work. The approaches include cognitive-behavioural therapy (CBT), cognitive-analytic therapy (CAT), attachment-based psychodynamic psychotherapy and systemic psychotherapy. Psychological Therapy in Prisons and Other Secure Settings will be essential reading for people who work to improve the psychological wellbeing of individuals in prisons and other secure settings. 2010: 234 x 156: 304pp Hb: 978-1-84392-800-3: £55.00 Pb: 978-1-84392-799-0: £25.00 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9781843927990

47


f orensic crimin ology an d cr i mi n al be h av i our

48

Why We Kill Understanding Violence Across Cultures and Disciplines Edited by Nancy Loucks, Families Outside, UK, Sally Smith Holt, William Jewell College, USA and Joanna R. Adler, Middlesex University, UK Infanticide, serial killings, war, terrorism, abortion, honour killings, euthanasia, suicide bombings and genocide; all involve the taking of life. Put most simply, all involve killing one or more other people. Yet cultural context influences heavily how one perceives all of these, and indeed, some readers of this paragraph may already have thought: ‘But surely that doesn’t belong with those others, that’s not really killing.’ Why We Kill examines violence in many of its manifestations, exploring how culture plays a role in people’s understanding of violent action. From the first chapter, which tries to understand multiple forms of domestic homicide including infanticide, filicide, spousal homicide and honour killings, to the final chapter’s bone-chilling account of the massacre at Murambi in Rwanda, this fascinating book makes compelling reading. 2009: 234 x 156: 248pp Pb: 978-1-904750-42-0: £20.99 eBook: 978-1-84392-934-5

Handbook of Forensic Mental Health

Handbook of Violence Risk Assessment

Edited by Keith Soothill, Paul Rogers and Mairead Dolan

Edited by Randy K. Otto, Florida Mental Health Institute, USA and Kevin S. Douglas, Simon Fraser University, Canada

This is a comprehensive reference book on the subject of forensic mental health, looking at what forensic mental health is and its assessment, management and treatment. It focuses on key topics and the issues underpinning them in contemporary society. The book includes: • an account of the historical development of forensic mental health, along with a description of the three mental health systems operating in the UK

• an in-depth analysis of the forensic mental health process and system, including an analysis of the different systems applied for juveniles and adults • an examination of the main issues in forensic mental health including sex offending, personality disorders and addiction

Series: International Perspectives on Forensic Mental Health This comprehensive Handbook of original chapters serves as a resource for clinicians and researchers alike. Two introductory chapters cover general issues in violence risk assessment, while the remainder of the book offers a comprehensive discussion of specific risk assessment measures. Forensic psychology practitioners, mental health professionals who deal with the criminal justice system, and legal professionals working with violent offenders will find the Handbook of Violence Risk Assessment to be the primary reference for the field. 2009: 254 x 178: 326pp Hb: 978-0-415-96214-8: £50.00 eBook: 978-0-203-84366-6 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415962148

• a breakdown of the key skills needed for forensic mental health practice.

For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9781904750420

Treating Personality Disorder

This is an authoritative reference book which will be a crucial text for practitioners, academics and students in the forensic mental health field.

Creating Robust Services for People with Complex Mental Health Needs

Handbook of Forensic Science

Selected Contents: Part 1: Setting the Scene – The Administrative and Social Framework 1. Understanding Forensic Mental Health and the Variety of Professional Voices 2. The Forensic Mental Health System in the United Kingdom 3. The Origins and Early Development of Forensic Mental Health Part 2: Understanding the Forensic Mental Health Process and the Systems 4. The Process and Systems for Juveniles and Young Persons 5. The Process and Systems for Adults 6. Non-custodial Sentences and Mentally Disordered Offenders 7. Mental Healthcare in Prisons 8. Release Procedures and Forensic Mental Health Part 3: Developing a Knowledge Base – Key Issues in Forensic Mental Health 9. Diagnosis, Medical Models and Formulations 10. Understanding and Managing Risk 11. Mental Health Law and Risk Management 12. The Law Relating to Mentally Disordered Persons in the Criminal Justice System 13. Assessment and Treatment of Offenders with Intellectual and Developmental Disabilities 14. Aggression and Violence 15. Personality Disorders 16. Criminality Among Persons with Severe Mental Illness 17. Substance Abuse 18. Sexual Offenders with Mental Health Problems: Epidemiology, Assessment and Treatment Part 4: Skills for Forensic Mental Health Practitioners 19. The Expert Witness: Professional Practice and Pitfalls 20. Focusing on Treatment: The Main Interventions and Their Implications 21. Inpatient Care and Management 22. The Crimes and Pathologies of Passion: Love, Jealousy and the Pursuit of Justice

Edited by Naomi Murphy and Des McVey both at HMP Whitemoor, UK

Edited by Jim Fraser, University of Strathclyde, UK and Robin Williams, University of Durham, UK This Handbook aims to provide an authoritative map of the landscape of forensic science within the criminal justice system of the UK. It sets out the essential features of the subject, covering the disciplinary, technological, organizational and legislative resources that are brought together to make up contemporary forensic science practice. It is the first full-length publication which reviews forensic science in a wider political, economic, social, technological and legal context, identifying emerging themes on the current status and potential future of forensic science as part of the criminal justice system. With contributions from many of the leading authorities in the field it will be essential reading for both students and practitioners. 2009: 246 x 174: 696pp Hb: 978-1-84392-312-1: £89.00 Pb: 978-1-84392-311-4: £34.99 eBook: 978-1-84392-732-7 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9781843923114

2008: 246 x 174: 672pp Hb: 978-1-84392-262-9: £89.00 Pb: 978-1-84392-261-2: £34.99 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9781843922612

Want more information on a book?

This book considers personality disorders and how they are treated within the institutional context of prisons and hospitals and offers practical guidance on assessment, formulation and integrated treatment planning. 2010: 234 x 156: 320pp Hb: 978-0-415-40480-8: £32.95 eBook: 978-0-203-84115-0 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415404808

Criminal Psychology Francis Pakes, Portsmouth University, UK and Suzanne Pakes, Portsmouth Grammar School, UK This book provides an accessible introduction to the increasingly popular subject of criminal psychology. It explores the application of psychology to understanding the crime phenomenon, criminal behaviour,solving crimes, the court process and punishment, rehabilitation. It will be an invaluable resource for anybody taking courses in this field, in particular students taking the criminal psychology/forensicpsychology components of the main A level psychology specifications.The book is fully in line with the new A level specifications being taught from September 2009. 2009: 246 x 174: 184pp Hb: 978-1-84392-328-2: £50.00 Pb: 978-1-84392-364-0: £15.99 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9781843923640

Visit the direct URL found at the bottom of the title description.

Complimentary Exam Copy

e-Inspection New in Paperback

Companion Website


bac kl i s t

Author(s)/Editor(s)

Pub Date

Isbn

Binding

Price

Playing the Identity Card

Edited by Colin J. Bennett and David Lyon

2008

978-0-415-46564-9

Paperback

£21.99

Contract Law

Mary Charman

2007

978-1-84392-358-9

Paperback

£17.99

978-1-84392-590-3

e-Book

Title

general criminology

Criminal Law

Tony Storey and Alan Lidbury

2007

978-1-84392-696-2

Paperback

£18.99

Theories of Crime

Edited by Ian Marsh

2006

978-0-415-37069-1

Paperback

£24.99

Criminology: The Basics

Sandra Walklate

2005

978-0-415-33554-6

Paperback

£11.99

978-0-415-33553-9

Hardback

£60.00

978-0-203-44821-2

e-Book

978-1-84392-126-4

Paperback

£17.99

978-1-84392-127-1

Hardback

£62.00

978-1-84392-663-4

e-Book

Questioning Crime and Criminology

Edited by Moira Peelo and Keith Soothill

2005

methods and data Statistical Modelling for Social Researchers

Roger Tarling

2008

978-0-415-44840-6

Paperback

£34.99

Researching Gender Violence

Edited by Tina Skinner, Marianne Hester and Ellen Malos

2005

978-1-84392-041-0

Hardback

£62.00

978-1-84392-040-3

Paperback

£24.99

978-1-84392-668-9

e-Book

race, class, gender and crime Women Sex Offenders

Amanda Matravers

2010

978-1-84392-142-4

Hardback

£35.00

Violence and Sex Work in Britain

Hilary Kinnell

2008

978-1-84392-350-3

Paperback

£20.99

978-1-84392-351-0

Hardback

£62.00

978-1-84392-688-7

e-Book

978-1-904385-92-9

Hardback

£90.00

978-1-904385-10-3

Paperback

£31.99

978-0-203-89127-8

e-Book

978-0-415-95294-1

Paperback

978-0-415-95293-4

Hardback

£99.00

978-1-84392-200-1

Hardback

£62.00

978-1-84392-199-8

Paperback

£25.99

978-1-84392-612-2

e-Book

978-1-84392-143-1

Paperback

978-1-84392-664-1

e-Book

978-1-84392-084-7

Hardback

978-1-84392-605-4

e-Book

978-1-84392-504-0

Hardback

978-1-84392-714-3

e-Book

978-1-84392-381-7

Hardback

978-1-84392-687-0

e-Book

978-1-84392-365-7

Paperback

£22.99

978-1-84392-366-4

Hardback

£62.00

978-1-84392-667-2

e-Book

978-1-84392-405-0

Hardback

978-1-84392-577-4

e-Book

Sex, Violence and Crime

Race, Law, and American Society

Gender and Justice

Adrian Howe

Gloria J. Browne-Marshall

Edited by Frances Heidensohn

2008

2007

2006

Race and Probation

Edited by Sam Lewis, Peter Raynor, David Smith and Ali Wardak

2005

A Fair Hearing?

Stephen Shute, Roger Hood and Florence Seemungal

2005

£28.99

£28.50

£47.50

crime and society Rioting in the UK and France

Victims of Crime

Reluctant Gangsters

Communities, Crime and Social Capital in Contemporary China

Edited by David Waddington, Fabien Jobard and Mike King

2009

Matthew Hall

2009

John Pitts

Lena Zhong

Browse and order online: www.routledge.com/criminology

2008

2008

£48.50

£39.50

£45.00

49


backlist

50

Title

Author(s)/Editor(s)

Pub Date

Isbn

Binding

Price

Paying for Pleasure

Teela Sanders

2008

978-1-84392-321-3

Paperback

£21.99

978-1-84392-322-0

Hardback

£62.00

978-1-84392-556-9

e-Book

978-1-84392-228-5

Hardback

978-1-84392-558-3

e-Book Paperback

Crime, Social Control and Human Rights

Edited by David Downes, Paul Rock, Christine Chinkin and Conor Gearty

2007

Handbook of Victims and Victimology

Edited by Sandra Walklate

2007

978-1-84392-257-5 978-1-84392-258-2

Hardback

£89.00

Drugs and Popular Culture

Edited by Paul Manning

2007

978-1-84392-210-0

Paperback

£25.99

978-1-84392-211-7

Hardback

£62.00

978-1-84392-601-6

e-Book

978-1-84392-677-1

Paperback

978-1-84392-096-0

e-Book

978-1-84392-087-8

Paperback

£24.99

978-1-84392-088-5

Hardback

£62.00

978-1-84392-656-6

e-Book

£62.00

978-1-84392-153-0

Hardback

£62.00

978-1-84392-152-3

Paperback

£27.50

978-1-84392-572-9

e-Book

978-1-84392-178-3

Hardback

978-1-84392-673-3

e-Book

978-1-84392-640-5

Hardback

978-1-84392-061-8

e-Book

978-1-84392-128-8

Paperback

978-1-84392-578-1

e-Book

978-1-84392-129-5

Paperback

978-1-84392-607-8

e-Book

978-1-84392-122-6

Paperback

£23.50

978-1-84392-123-3

Hardback

£21.99

978-1-84392-080-9

Paperback

£24.99

978-1-84392-081-6

Hardback

£62.00

978-1-84392-624-5

e-Book

978-1-84392-662-7

Paperback

978-1-84392-076-2

e-Book

978-1-84392-015-1

Hardback

£62.00

978-1-84392-120-2

Paperback

£22.99

978-1-84392-326-8

Paperback

£20.99

978-1-84392-327-5

Hardback

£62.00

978-1-84392-540-8

e-Book

978-1-84392-330-5

Hardback

£62.00

978-1-84392-329-9

Paperback

£19.99

978-1-84392-251-3

Paperback

£20.99

978-1-84392-252-0

Hardback

£62.00

978-1-84392-436-4

e-Book

978-1-84392-201-8

Paperback

£29.99

978-1-84392-202-5

Hardback

£62.00

978-1-84392-648-1

e-Book

Sex Work Now

The Price of Sex

Ageing, Crime and Society

Edited by Rosie Campbell and Maggie O’Neill

Belinda Brooks-Gordon

Edited by Azrini Wahidin and Maureen Cain

2006

2006

2006

Schools and the Problem of Crime

Stephen Boxford

2006

My Brother’s Keeper

Jonathan Burnside, Joanna R. Adler, Nancy Loucks and Gerry Rose

2005

Edited by Jane Winstone and Francis Pakes

2005

Community Justice

Football Hooliganism

Steve Frosdick and Peter Marsh

2005

Treating Sex Offenders

Sarah Brown

2005

Illicit and Illegal

Joanna Phoenix and Sarah Oerton

2005

Punishment in the Community

Anne Worrall and Clare Hoy

2005

Sex Offenders in the Community

Edited by Amanda Matravers

2005

£68.00

£32.99

£22.99

£50.00

£55.00

£26.50

£20.99

£24.99

social policy Criminalising Social Policy

Crime and Inequality

Crime Reduction and Community Safety

Pathways and Crime Prevention

Complimentary Exam Copy

John Rodger

Chris Grover

Daniel Gilling

Edited by Alan France and Ross Homel

2008

2008

2007

2007

e-Inspection New in Paperback

Companion Website


bac kl i s t

Title

Author(s)/Editor(s)

Pub Date

Isbn

Binding

Price

Reducing Reoffending

Fergus McNeill and Bill Whyte

2007

978-1-84392-218-6

Paperback

£21.99

978-1-84392-665-8

e-Book

Secure and Tranquil Travel

Edited by Martha J. Smith and Derek B. Cornish

2006

978-0-9545607-4-4

Paperback

£35.00

Crime-free Housing in the 21st Century

Barry Poyner

2005

978-0-9545607-3-7

Paperback

£34.99

978-1-84392-276-6

Hardback

£45.00

978-1-84392-727-3

e-Book

978-1-84392-363-3

Hardback

978-1-84392-726-6

e-Book

978-1-84392-266-7

Hardback

978-1-84392-563-7

e-Book Paperback

policing and crime control International Developments in Investigative Interviewing

Edited by Tom Williamson, Becky Milne and Stephen Savage

2009

New Directions in Surveillance and Privacy

Edited by Benjamin J. Goold and Daniel Neyland

2009

Police in the Age of Improvement

David Barrie

2008

£37.50

£45.00

Environmental Criminology and Crime Analysis

Edited by Richard Wortley and Lorraine Mazerolle

2008

978-1-84392-280-3 978-1-84392-281-0

Hardback

£62.00

Dictionary of Policing

Edited by Tim Newburn and Peter Neyroud

2008

978-1-84392-287-2

Paperback

£24.99

978-1-84392-288-9

Hardback

£68.00

978-1-84392-599-6

e-Book

978-0-415-77415-4

Hardback

978-0-415-58867-6

Paperback

£24.95

Deterrence and Crime Prevention

David M. Kennedy

2008

£23.50

£80.00

Policing Developing Democracies

Edited by Mercedes S. Hinton and Tim Newburn

2008

978-0-415-42849-1

Paperback

£30.99

Governing Through Globalised Crime

Mark J. Findlay

2008

978-1-84392-308-4

Paperback

£24.99

978-1-84392-309-1

Hardback

£62.00

978-1-84392-562-0

e-Book

978-1-84392-340-4

Hardback

978-1-84392-339-8

Paperback

£22.99

978-1-84392-204-9

Paperback

£23.99

978-1-84392-205-6

Hardback

£62.00

978-1-84392-557-6

e-Book

978-1-84392-279-7

Paperback

978-1-84392-554-5

e-Book

978-1-84392-233-9

Paperback

£24.50

978-1-84392-234-6

Hardback

£62.00

978-1-84392-653-5

e-Book

978-1-84392-283-4

Paperback

978-1-84392-631-3

e-Book

978-1-84392-212-4

Paperback

978-1-84392-650-4

e-Book

978-1-84392-139-4

Hardback

978-1-84392-659-7

e-Book

978-1-84392-072-4

Paperback

£22.99

978-1-84392-652-8

Hardback

£62.00

978-1-84392-073-1

e-Book

978-1-84392-124-0

Hardback

978-1-84392-633-7

e-Book

978-1-84392-160-8

Paperback

£24.99

978-1-84392-161-5

Hardback

£62.00

978-1-84392-613-9

e-Book

978-1-84392-125-7

Paperback

978-1-84392-654-2

e-Book

Intelligence-led Policing

Genetic Policing

Jerry H. Ratcliffe

Robin Williams and Paul Johnson

2008

2008

Policing Critical Incidents

Edited by Laurence Alison and Jonathan Crego

2008

Policing Public Disorder

David Waddington

2007

Introduction to Police Work

Edited by Colin Rogers and Rhobert Lewis

2007

Policing Beyond Macpherson

Edited by Mike Rowe

2007

Problem-oriented Policing and Partnerships

Karen Bullock, Rosie Erol and Nick Tilley

2006

Policing Northern Ireland

Investigative Interviewing

Global Surveillance and Policing

Policing Scotland

Aogan Mulcahy

Edited by Tom Williamson

Edited by Elia Zureik and Mark Salter

Edited by Daniel Donnelly and Kenneth Scott

Browse and order online: www.routledge.com/criminology

2005

2005

2005

2005

£62.00

£30.99

£20.99

£24.99

£32.50

£45.00

£21.99

51


backlist

52

Title

Author(s)/Editor(s)

Pub Date

Isbn

Binding

Price

Community Policing

Mike Brogden and Preeti Nijhar

2005

978-1-84392-005-2

Paperback

£22.99

978-1-84392-006-9

Hardback

£62.00

978-1-84392-579-8

e-Book

978-1-84392-518-7

Hardback

978-1-84392-721-1

e-Book

978-1-84392-302-2

Hardback

978-1-84392-559-0

e-Book

978-1-84392-400-5

Paperback

£25.00

978-1-84392-661-0

Hardback

£62.00

978-1-84392-401-2

e-Book

978-1-84392-376-3

Hardback

£62.00

978-1-84392-375-6

Paperback

£26.99

978-1-84392-625-2

e-Book

978-1-84392-300-8

Paperback

978-1-84392-542-2

e-Book

criminal justice Justice in Transition

2009

Restoring Justice after Large-scale Violent Conflicts

Edited by Ivo Aertsen, Jana Arsovska, Holger-C Rohne, Marta Valiñas and Kris Vanspauwen

2008

Public Opinion and Criminal Justice

Edited by Jane Wood and Theresa A. Gannon

2008

Imaginary Penalities

Understanding Criminal Justice in Hong Kong

Edited by Pat Carlen

Edited by Wing Hong Chui and T. Wing Lo

Restorative Justice, Self-interest and Responsible Citizenship

Lode Walgrave

In the Shadow of Prison

Helen Codd

Preventing Child Sexual Abuse

Stephen Smallbone, William L. Marshall and Richard Wortley

Penal Populism, Sentencing Councils and Sentencing Policy

Edited by Arie Freiberg and Karen Gelb

Justice, Community and Civil Society

Edited by Joanna Shapland

Dictionary of Prisons and Punishment

Dictionary of Probation and Offender Management

Terrorism, Rights and the Rule of Law

Prisoner Resettlement

Understanding Prison Staff

Anna Eriksson

Complimentary Exam Copy

Edited by Yvonne Jewkes and Jamie Bennett

Edited by Rob Canton and David Hancock

Barry Vaughan and Shane Kilcommins

Edited by Anthea Hucklesby and Lystra Hagley-Dickinson

Edited by Jamie Bennett, Ben Crewe and Azrini Wahidin

2008

2008

2008

2008

2008

2008

2008

2007

2007

2007

2007

2007

£39.50

£59.00

£20.99

978-1-84392-301-5

Hardback

£62.00

978-1-84392-335-0

Hardback

£62.00

978-1-84392-334-3

Paperback

£26.50

978-1-84392-566-8

e-Book

978-1-84392-246-9

Hardback

978-1-84392-561-3

e-Book

£62.00

978-1-84392-245-2

Paperback

£24.99

978-1-84392-222-3

Paperback

£29.50

978-1-84392-560-6

Hardback

£62.00

978-1-84392-221-6

e-Book

978-1-84392-277-3

Paperback

£26.99

978-1-84392-278-0

Hardback

£62.00

978-1-84392-299-5

Paperback

£26.99

978-1-84392-552-1

Hardback

£62.00

978-1-84392-232-2

e-Book

978-1-84392-291-9

Paperback

£24.99

978-1-84392-292-6

Hardback

£68.00

978-1-84392-600-9

e-Book

978-1-84392-289-6

Paperback

£24.99

978-1-84392-290-2

Hardback

£68.00

978-1-84392-596-5

e-Book

978-1-84392-264-3

Paperback

£21.99

978-1-84392-265-0

Hardback

£62.00

978-1-84392-551-4

e-Book

978-1-84392-253-7

Paperback

£24.99

978-1-84392-254-4

Hardback

£62.00

978-1-84392-547-7

e-Book

978-1-84392-274-2

Paperback

£27.99

978-1-84392-275-9

Hardback

£62.00

978-1-84392-549-1

e-Book

e-Inspection New in Paperback

Companion Website


bac kl i s t

Title

Author(s)/Editor(s)

Pub Date

Isbn

Binding

Price

What Works With Women Offenders

Edited by Rosemary Sheehan, Gill McIvor and Chris Trotter

2007

978-1-84392-240-7

Hardback

£62.00

978-1-84392-494-4

Paperback

£25.99

978-1-84392-239-1

e-Book

978-1-84392-229-2

Hardback

978-1-84392-585-9

e-Book

978-1-84392-207-0

Hardback

978-1-84392-606-1

e-Book

978-1-84392-227-8

Hardback

978-1-84392-691-7

e-Book

Criminal Enterprise

Christopher Harding

2007

Families Shamed

Rachel Condry

2007

Who to Release?

Edited by Nicola Padfield

2007

£62.00

£45.00

£48.00

Ladies of Lost Causes

Judith Rumgay

2007

978-1-84392-298-8

Paperback

£26.99

Prison Governors

Shane Bryans

2007

978-1-84392-657-3

Hardback

£42.00

978-1-84392-223-0

e-Book

978-1-84392-175-2

Hardback

£62.00

978-1-84392-174-5

Paperback

£23.99

978-1-84392-632-0

e-Book Hardback

Inventing Fear of Crime

Murray Lee

2007

Prison Readings

Edited by Yvonne Jewkes and Helen Johnston

2006

978-1-84392-149-3

£62.00

978-1-84392-148-6

Paperback

£25.99

Imagining Security

Jennifer Wood and Clifford Shearing

2006

978-1-84392-074-8

Paperback

£25.99

978-1-84392-075-5

Hardback

£62.00

978-1-84392-626-9

e-Book

The Effects of Imprisonment

Edited by Alison Liebling and Shadd Maruna

2006

978-1-84392-217-9

Paperback

£28.50

Theorizing Surveillance

Edited by David Lyon

2006

978-1-84392-191-2

Paperback

£26.99

978-1-84392-192-9

Hardback

£62.00

978-1-84392-681-8

e-Book

978-1-84392-181-3

Paperback

978-1-84392-638-2

e-Book

978-1-84392-159-2

Hardback

£65.00

978-1-84392-158-5

Paperback

£33.50

978-1-84392-627-6

e-Book

978-1-84392-162-2

Paperback

£25.99

978-1-84392-163-9

Hardback

£62.00

978-1-84392-646-7

e-Book

978-1-84392-093-9

Hardback

978-1-84392-603-0

e-Book

978-1-84392-133-2

Hardback

£62.00

978-1-84392-132-5

Paperback

£29.99

978-1-84392-642-9

e-Book

978-1-84392-078-6

Hardback

978-1-84392-684-9

e-Book

978-1-84392-575-0

Hardback

978-1-84392-121-9

e-Book

978-1-84392-114-1

Hardback

978-1-84392-666-5

e-Book e-Book

Managing Persistent and Serious Offenders in the Community

Robin Moore, Emily Gray, Colin Roberts, Emily Taylor and Simon Merrington

2006

Institutionalizing Restorative Justice

Edited by Ivo Aertsen, Tom Daems and Luc Robert

2006

Out of Order

The Effects of Imprisonment

New Directions in Restorative Justice

Mary Corcoran

Edited by Alison Liebling and Shadd Maruna

Edited by Elizabeth Elliott and Robert Gordon

2006

2005

2005

Transforming International Criminal Justice

Mark J. Findlay and Ralph Henham

2005

Bullying among Prisoners

Edited by Jane Ireland

2005

Reforming Community Penalties

Sue Rex

2005

£32.99

£68.00

£62.00

£47.50

£49.00

Offending Identities

Kirsty Hudson

2005

978-1-84392-644-3 978-1-84392-115-8

Hardback

£48.00

The New Punitiveness

Edited by John Pratt, David Brown, Mark Brown, Simon Hallsworth and Wayne Morrison

2005

978-1-84392-109-7

Paperback

£24.99

978-1-84392-643-6

Hardback

£62.00

978-1-84392-110-3

e-Book

978-0-415-33300-9

Paperback

Criminal Justice

Ian Marsh, John Cochrane and Gaynor Melville

Browse and order online: www.routledge.com/criminology

2004

£48.00

£25.99

53


backlist

54

Title

Author(s)/Editor(s)

Pub Date

Isbn

Binding

Price

cultural criminology Crime, Justice and the Media

Ian Marsh and Gaynor Melville

2008

978-0-415-44490-3

Paperback

£24.99

Criminal Identities and Consumer Culture

Steve Hall, Simon Winlow and Craig Ancrum

2008

978-1-84392-255-1

Paperback

£20.99

978-1-84392-256-8

Hardback

£62.00

978-1-84392-586-6

e-Book

978-1-84392-397-8

Hardback

978-1-84392-545-3

e-Book

Street Gangs, Migration and Ethnicity

Edited by Frank van Gemert, Dana Peterson and Inger-Lise Lien

2008

Raising the Bar

Kathryn Graham and Ross Homel

2008

Northern Soul

Andrew Wilson

2007

Narratives of Neglect

Expanding the Criminological Imagination

Out of Sight

Holding Your Square

Captured by the Media

Jacqui Karn

Edited by Alana Barton, Karen Corteen, David Scott and Dave Whyte

Robert McAuley

Christopher Mullins

Edited by Paul Mason

2007

2006

2006

2006

2005

£62.00

978-1-84392-396-1

Paperback

£26.00

978-1-84392-318-3

Hardback

£38.00

978-1-84392-544-6

e-Book

978-1-84392-208-7

Hardback

978-1-84392-462-3

e-Book

978-1-84392-195-0

Hardback

978-1-84392-641-2

e-Book

978-1-84392-156-1

Paperback

£22.50

978-1-84392-157-8

Hardback

£62.00

978-1-84392-604-7

e-Book

978-1-84392-196-7

Hardback

978-1-84392-647-4

e-Book

978-1-84392-194-3

Hardback

978-1-84392-623-8

e-Book

978-1-84392-145-5

Hardback

£62.00

978-1-84392-144-8

Paperback

£22.99

978-1-84392-576-7

e-Book

978-1-84392-382-4

Paperback

978-1-84392-383-1

Hardback

£62.00

£45.00

£45.00

£48.00

£45.00

forms of crime Violent and Sexual Offenders

2008

£26.50

Technocrime

Edited by Stéphane Leman-Langlois

2008

978-1-84392-385-5

Paperback

£25.99

Sex as Crime?

Edited by Gayle Letherby, Kate Williams, Philip Birch and Maureen E. Cain

2008

978-1-84392-268-1

Hardback

£62.00

978-1-84392-267-4

Paperback

£26.50

978-1-84392-538-5

e-Book

978-1-84392-386-2

Hardback

978-1-84392-537-8

e-Book Hardback

Technocrime

Edited by Stéphane Leman-Langlois

2008

£62.00

Crimes Against Nature

Rob White

2008

978-1-84392-362-6 978-1-84392-361-9

Paperback

£19.50

Drugs and Crime

Philip Bean

2008

978-1-84392-331-2

Paperback

£20.99

Child Pornography

Ian O’Donnell and Claire Milner

2007

978-1-84392-357-2

Hardback

£62.00

978-1-84392-356-5

Paperback

£23.50

978-1-84392-086-1

Hardback

£62.00

978-1-84392-672-6

Paperback

£22.99

978-1-84392-085-4

e-Book

978-1-84392-242-1

Hardback

£62.00

978-1-84392-241-4

Paperback

£23.50

978-1-84392-455-5

e-Book

978-1-84392-220-9

Hardback

£62.00

978-1-84392-219-3

Paperback

£25.99

978-1-84392-634-4

e-Book

Safety Crimes

Human Trafficking

Issues in Green Criminology

Edited by Jane Ireland, Carol A. Ireland and Philip Birch

Complimentary Exam Copy

Steve Tombs and Dave Whyte

Edited by Maggy Lee

Edited by Piers Beirne and Nigel South

2007

2007

2007

e-Inspection New in Paperback

£58.00

Companion Website


bac kl i s t

Title

Author(s)/Editor(s)

Pub Date

Isbn

Binding

Price

Crime Online

Edited by Yvonne Jewkes

2006

978-1-84392-197-4

Paperback

£23.50

978-1-84392-198-1

Hardback

£62.00

978-1-84392-582-8

e-Book

978-1-84392-172-1

Paperback

£22.50

978-1-84392-173-8

Hardback

£62.00

978-1-84392-611-5

e-Book

978-1-84392-170-7

Hardback

£62.00

978-1-84392-639-9

Paperback

£20.99

978-1-84392-169-1

e-Book

978-1-84392-141-7

Hardback

£62.00

978-1-84392-140-0

Paperback

£20.99

978-1-84392-645-0

e-Book

Fraud

Murder

Organised Crime

Alan Doig

Shani D’Cruze, Sandra L. Walklate and Samantha Pegg

Alan Wright

2006

2006

2005

Alcohol and Crime

Gavin Dingwall

2005

978-1-84392-167-7

Hardback

£85.00

The Violent Workplace

P.A.J. Waddington, Doug Badger and Ray Bull

2005

978-1-84392-690-0

Hardback

£34.00

978-1-84392-168-4

e-Book

Workplace Violence

Edited by Vaughan Bowie, Bonnie S. Fisher and Cary L. Cooper

2005

978-1-84392-692-4

Hardback

978-1-84392-134-9

e-Book

Hate Crime

Nathan Hall

2005

978-1-84392-131-8

Hardback

£62.00

978-1-84392-130-1

Paperback

£22.99

978-1-84392-622-1

e-Book

978-1-84392-028-1

Paperback

978-1-84392-678-8

e-Book

978-1-84392-105-9

Paperback

978-1-84392-674-0

e-Book

978-1-84392-119-6

Hardback

£62.00

978-1-84392-118-9

Paperback

£22.99

978-1-84392-565-1

e-Book

978-1-84392-117-2

Hardback

£62.00

978-1-84392-116-5

Paperback

£20.99

978-1-84392-581-1

e-Book

978-1-84392-107-3

Paperback

£23.99

978-1-84392-580-4

Hardback

£62.00

978-1-84392-108-0

e-Book

978-1-84392-324-4

Paperback

£22.99

978-1-84392-325-1

Hardback

£62.00

978-1-84392-539-2

e-Book

978-1-84392-367-1

Paperback

£20.99

978-1-84392-368-8

Hardback

£62.00

978-1-84392-536-1

e-Book

978-1-84392-293-3

Paperback

£24.99

978-1-84392-294-0

Hardback

£68.00

978-1-84392-597-2

e-Book

Street Crime

Sex Crime

Simon Hallsworth

Terry Thomas

2005

2005

£34.00

£20.99

£19.99

historical criminology Crime, Law and Popular Culture in Europe, 1500-1900

Crime and Justice 1750-1950

Crime and Empire 1840 - 1940

Edited by Richard McMahon

Barry Godfrey and Paul Lawrence

Edited by Barry Godfrey and Graeme Dunstall

2008

2005

2005

youth and crime Investing in Children

Young People, Crime and Justice

Dictionary of Youth Justice

Christine Piper

Roger Hopkins Burke

Edited by Barry Goldson

2008

2008

2008

Adolescent Crime

Per-Olof H. Wikstrom and David A. Butterworth

2007

978-1-84392-369-5

Paperback

£24.99

Transforming Youth Justice

Anna Souhami

2007

978-1-84392-193-6

Hardback

£50.00

978-1-84392-685-6

e-Book

Browse and order online: www.routledge.com/criminology

55


backlist

56

Title

Author(s)/Editor(s)

Pub Date

Isbn

Binding

Price

Youth Justice

Roger Smith

2007

978-1-84392-695-5

Paperback

£21.99

978-1-84392-224-7

e-Book

978-1-84392-154-7

Paperback

£22.99

978-1-84392-155-4

Hardback

£62.00

978-1-84392-694-8

e-Book

978-1-84392-203-2

Hardback

978-1-84392-693-1

e-Book

978-1-84392-571-2

Hardback

978-1-84392-177-6

e-Book

978-1-84392-111-0

Paperback

978-1-84392-670-2

e-Book

978-1-84392-065-6

Paperback

978-1-84392-595-8

e-Book

978-1-84392-303-9

Paperback

£20.99

978-1-84392-304-6

Hardback

£62.00

978-1-84392-553-8

e-Book

978-1-84392-389-3

Paperback

£17.99

978-1-84392-390-9

Hardback

£55.00

978-1-84392-609-2

e-Book

978-1-84392-243-8

Paperback

£26.99

978-1-84392-244-5

Hardback

£62.00

978-1-84392-570-5

e-Book

978-1-84392-499-9

Hardback

£130.00

978-1-84392-498-2

Paperback

£30.99

978-1-84392-296-4

Hardback

£62.00

978-1-84392-295-7

Paperback

£22.99

978-1-84392-598-9

e-Book

978-1-84392-297-1

Hardback

978-1-84392-550-7

e-Book

978-1-84392-260-5

Hardback

£62.00

978-1-84392-259-9

Paperback

£19.50

978-1-84392-660-3

e-Book

978-1-84392-184-4

Hardback

978-1-84392-608-5

e-Book

978-1-84392-090-8

Hardback

£62.00

978-1-84392-089-2

Paperback

£22.99

978-1-84392-584-2

e-Book

Young People and Offending

Martin Stephenson

2006

Young Men in Prison

Joel Harvey

2006

Adolescent Crime

Per-Olof H. Wikstrom and David A. Butterworth

2006

Rougher Justice

Dealing with Disaffection

Peter Squires and Dawn Stephen

Tim Newburn, Michael Shiner and Tara Young

2005

2005

£39.95

£55.00

£21.99

£25.99

forensic criminology and criminal behaviour Understanding Criminal Behaviour

Forensic Mental Health

Addressing Offending Behaviour

Raising Parents

Dictionary of Forensic Psychology

Madness and Crime

Psychology and Crime

Forensic Identification and Criminal Justice

Crime Science

Complimentary Exam Copy

David W. Jones

Mary McMurran, Najat Khalifa and Simon Gibbon

2008

2008

Edited by Simon Green, Elizabeth Lancaster and Simon Feasey

2008

Patricia M. Crittenden

2008

Edited by Graham Towl, David P. Farrington, David Crighton and Gareth Hughes

Philip Bean

2008

2007

Francis Pakes and Jane Winstone

Carole McCartney

Edited by Melissa J. Smith and Nick Tilley

2007

2006

2005

e-Inspection New in Paperback

£40.00

£39.50

Companion Website


i nd e x

index A Abbas, Tahir. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12 Adler, Joanna R.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 47, 48 Adolescence and Society Series (series). . . . . . . 5 Age of Imprisonment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 29 Albertson, Kevin. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5 Aldridge, Judith . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5 Alison, Laurence. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 47 Allerfeldt, Kristofer. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 42 Alred, Deborah. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 26 Alvarez, Alex. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 40 Amar, Paul . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24 Andersen, Martin A.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21 Applied Psychology Series (series). . . . . . . . . . 47 Arthur, Raymond. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 44 AS Law. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 Asencio, Emily K. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9 Ashford, Chris. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12 Association for the Study of Nationalities (series). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 42

B B. Cowe, Francis. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 32 Back, Les. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11 Baldry, Anna Costanza . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 45 Ball, Kirstie. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 Barberet, Rosemary. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 Barclay, Elaine. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14 Barrie, David G.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 41 Barton, Adrian . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 41 Bas, Ralph. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20 Basics (series) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10, 32 Bennett, Colin J.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25 Bennett, Trevor. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 40 Benson, Michael. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6 Bergoffen, Debra . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10 Bernasco, Wim. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15 Bessant, Judith. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 Beyens, Kristel. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20 Biagi-Chai, Francesca . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 39 Blomley, Nicholas . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18 Bottoms, Anthony. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15 Bouchard, Martin. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 39 Boyd-Caine, Tessa. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30 Bradford, Ben. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19 Brayford, Jo . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 32 Brents, Barbara G.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 41 Briggs, Daniel. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13 Brightman, Hank J.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6 Brightman, Sara . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7 Brookman, Fiona. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 40 Broomhall, Susan . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 41 Brown, Jennifer. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13, 40 Brown, Sally. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 43 Brownridge, Douglas A. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11 Bryant, Clifton D. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 46 Bufacchi, Vittorio . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 39 Burke, Lol. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 41 Burney, Elizabeth . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22

C Cadora, Eric . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 36 Calverley, Adam. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35 Cambridge Criminal Justice Series (series) . . . . 15 Canton, Rob. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 26 Capital Punishment and Political Sovereignty. . 36 Caringella, Susan . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7 Carpenter, Belinda . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15 Carrabine, Eamonn. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 Case, Stephen. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 44 Casey Benyahia, Sarah . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 37 Casey, Sharon. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 31

Celia, Lury. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9 Certain Share of Low Cunning, A . . . . . . . . . . 42 Chakraborti, Neil. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 39 Chambliss, William J. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6 Charman, Mary. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 Cherry, Sally. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 31 Child Pornography . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16 Christian, Johnna . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15 Clarke, Ronald V. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21 Clear, Todd R . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 36 Cochrane, John. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 Colosi, Rachela. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 38 Community Justice. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 36 Community Policing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21 Comparative Criminal Justice. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 32 Computer Misuse. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 40 Condry, Rachel. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15 Conflict and Crisis Communication. . . . . . . . . 20 Confronting Global Gender Justice. . . . . . . . . 10 Contemporary Critical Criminology. . . . . . . . . . 7 Contemporary Issues in Public Policy (series). . . 17 Contemporary Sociological Perspectives (series). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9, 11, 41 Copes, Heith. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 26 Corrections. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 28 Coulthard, Malcolm . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 37 Cox, David J.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 42 Cox, Pam . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 Crack Cocaine Users. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13 Crank, John . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19 Crawford, Adam. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22 Crawley, Elaine M. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 29 CRESC (series). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9 Crewe, Don . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7 Crime. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3, 37 Crime and Criminal Justice . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 Crime and Economics. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5 Crime and Media . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 38 Crime and Society Series. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6 Crime and Terrorism Risk. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21 Crime and the Rise of Modern America. . . . . . 42 Crime Ethnography (series). . . . . . 13, 15, 37, 38 Crime News . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 38 Crime Prevention . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 23, 35 Crime Prevention Policies in Comparative Perspective . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22 Crime Scenes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6 Crime Science Series (series) . . . . . . . . . . . 21, 46 Crime, Policy and the Media. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18 Crimes of State Past and Present. . . . . . . . . . . 42 Criminal Behaviour in Context. . . . . . . . . . . . . 14 Criminal Investigation. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22 Criminal Justice. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3, 33 Criminal Justice in Scotland. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30 Criminal Justice Series (series). . . . . . . 14, 23, 26 Criminal Justice Theory. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 34 Criminal Law. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 Criminal Law: The Basics. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 32 Criminal Psychology . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 48 Criminological Perspectives on Race and Crime. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11 Criminology . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3, 4 Criminology and Criminal Justice. . . . . . . . . . . 33 Criminology and Justice Studies (series). . . . . . 6, 11, 21, 24, 25, 26, 28, 32, 34 Criminology of Pleasure, The. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16 Critical Concepts in Criminology (series) . . . . . 34 Croall, Hazel. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30 Crowe, David M.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 42 Cultures of Desistance. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35 Currency of Justice, The . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 36 Cushman, Thomas . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8

D Dangersous, Risk and the Governance of Serious Sexual and Violent Offenders. . . . . . 31 Darnell, Connie. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 37 David Fulton / Nasen (series). . . . . . . . . . . . . . 45

Davidson, Julia . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35 Day, Andrew. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 31 Dealing With Drugs. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 39 Deception. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 47 Deering, John. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 32 Deflem, Mathieu. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24 DeKeseredy, Walter S . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7 DeKeseredy, Walter S.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17 Dictionary of Criminal Justice, A . . . . . . . . . . . 34 Dirty Dancing. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 38 Discourses of Law (series). . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6, 12 Doig, Alan . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6 Doing Justice to Young People . . . . . . . . . . . . 44 Dolan, Mairead. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 48 Donnelly, Daniel. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21 Douglas, Kevin S. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 48 Doyle, Aaron. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20 Dragiewicz, Molly. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17 Drake, Deborah . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 Dravers, Phillip . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 39 Drennan, Gerard. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 26 Drugs, Crime and Public Health. . . . . . . . . . . . 16 D’Souza, Jayesh . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7 Dullum, Jane. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 29 Dumortier, Els. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25 Dünkel, Frieder. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 31 Dutelle, M. F. S., Aric W.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 34 Dwyer, Angela . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15 Dynamics of Desistance, The. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14

E Earle, Rod. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 44 Easton, Susan. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 27 Eco Crime and Genetically Modified Food. . . . 16 Economic History of Organized Crime, An. . . . 42 Effective Practice in Youth Justice . . . . . . . . . . 43 Electronically Monitored Punishment. . . . . . . . 20 Emotions, Genre, Justice in Film and Television. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14 Environmental Crime. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 40 Era of Transitional Justice, The. . . . . . . . . . . . . 35 Escape Routes: Contemporary Perspectives on Life after Punishment. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16 Espelage, Dorothy L.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 45 Ethics for the Public Service Professional. . . . . 34 Evans, Kristin . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 41 Evolution and Crime. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20 Existentialist Criminology. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7 Experiencing Criminal Justice. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 26 Eyes Everywhere. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20

F Fafinski, Stefan. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 40 Families Shamed. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15 Farrall, Stephen. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16 Fenstermaker, Sarah. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9 Fifty Key Thinkers in Criminology. . . . . . . . . . . 42 Fisher, Martin. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20 Fitzpatrick, Claire . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15 Flashback. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 38 Flynn, Nick . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14 Forensic Psychology . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 47 Forensic Psychology in Context. . . . . . . . . . . . 47 Forensic Science in Healthcare. . . . . . . . . . . . . 37 Foucault and Criminology. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17 Fox, Chris. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5 Framing Crime . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 38 Francis, Brian . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15 Fraser, Jim. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 48

G Gabbidon, Shaun L. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11 Gast, David L.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 Gelsthorpe, Loraine. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 33 Genocidal Crimes. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 40 Gilbert, Paula Ruth. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10

Browse and order online: www.routledge.com/criminology

Gill, Rosalind. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10 Giller, Henri. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 43 Gillespie, Alisdair A. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16 GIS and Spatial Analysis for the Social Sciences. . . 9 Global Environmental Harm . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 39 Goldson, Barry . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 43 Gordon, Rachel A. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9 Gozna, Lynsey. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 47 Graham, Hannah . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30 Granhag, P.A.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 47 Gray, Jacqueline M. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 47 Gready, Paul. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35 Greer, Chris. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 38 Gregoriou, Christiana. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14 Grieve, John. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 23 Guide to Surviving a Career in Academia, A . . . 7

H Haggerty, Kevin. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8, 17, 25 Haines, Kevin . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 44 Hall, Matthew. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18 Hall, Nathan. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 23 Haller, Max. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9 Hallsworth, Simon. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16 Hamerton, Christopher. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35 Hamilton, Jr., John R. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 36 Hampson, Kathy. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 45 Hancock, Gregory R.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 Handbook of Bullying in Schools. . . . . . . . . . . 45 Handbook of Crime Prevention and Community Safety. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24 Handbook of Criminal Investigation . . . . . . . . 23 Handbook of Forensic Mental Health . . . . . . . 48 Handbook of Forensic Science. . . . . . . . . . . . . 48 Handbook of Human Rights. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 Handbook of Internet Crime. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 40 Handbook of Police Psychology. . . . . . . . . . . . 47 Handbook of Policing. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 23 Handbook of Probation. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 33 Handbook of Public Protection. . . . . . . . . . . . 30 Handbook of Restorative Justice. . . . . . . . 33, 36 Handbook of Violence Risk Assessment. . . . . . 48 Handbook on Crime. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 40 Handbook on Prisons . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 33 Handbook on Sexual Violence. . . . . . . . . . . . . 13 Harrison, Karen. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 31 Harvey, Joel. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 47 Harvey, Tamara. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10 Hassan, Riaz. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 41 Hate Crime. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 39 Hausbeck, Kathryn. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 41 Hayes, Sharon. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15 Hayner, Priscilla B.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 36 Hayward, Keith. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 38, 42 Healy, Deirdre. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14 Hearing the Victim . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15 Henham, Ralph. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 26 Herring, Jonathan. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 32 Hester, Richard. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 44 Hil, Richard. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 Hipple, Natalie Kroovand . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 32 History of Drugs, A. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15 History of Police and Masculinities, 1700–2010, A. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 41 Hohl, Katrin . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19 Honour, Violence, Women and Islam. . . . . . . . 12 Hopkins-Burke, Roger. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2, 34 Hornberger, Julia. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24 Hörnqvist, Magnus. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7 Horvath, Miranda. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 40 Hough, Mike. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16 How Offenders Transform Their Lives . . . . . . . 15 Howells, Kevin . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 31 Huggins, Richard. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 39 Hunt, Geoffrey. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 41

57


i n d ex

58

I

M

Idriss, Mohammad Mazher. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12 Illegal Leisure Revisited. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5 Illegal Markets and the Economics of Organized Crime. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 39 Illicit Drugs. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 41 Innovative Possibilities: Global Policing Research and Practice . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19 Intelligence and Intelligence Analysis. . . . . . . . 20 International Criminology. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 International Perspectives on Child Victimisation. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35 International Perspectives on Forensic Mental Health (series) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 48 International Police Cooperation. . . . . . . . . . . 22 International Series on Desistance and Rehabilitation (series). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14, 35 International Social Survey Programme 1984-2009, The . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9 Introduction to Criminological Theory, An. . . . . 2 Inventive Methods . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9 Ireland, Carol A.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20 Irwin, John. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 34 Issues in Forensic Psychology (series). . . . . . . . 26

Maguire, Mike . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 40 Mair, George. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25, 41 Making People Behave. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22 Managing Clinical Risk . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 46 Managing High Risk Sex Offenders in the Community. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 31 Marsh, Ian . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 Maruna, Shadd. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16, 36, 42 Mawby, Rob. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14 McCarthy, Dennis M. P.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 42 McEvoy, Kieran. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5 McGarrell, Edmund. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21, 32 McGloin, Jean Marie. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25 McGlynn, Clare. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12 McGregor, Kim. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15 McGuire, Mike. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16 McIvor, Gill. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11 McNeely, Connie L.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10 McNeill, Fergus. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 29 McVey, Des. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 48 Measham, Fiona. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5 Melville, Gaynor. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 Mental Health and Crime . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17 Method in Social Science . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10 Michalowski, Raymond. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6 Milivojevic, Sanja. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15 Models in Statistical Social Research. . . . . . . . 10 Moloney, Molly. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 41 Mooney, Gerry. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30 Mooney, Jayne. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 42 Morgan, Keith . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 Morgan, Rod . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 33 Moston, Stephen . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19 Mueller, Ralph O. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 Muncie, John . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 Munro, Mary . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30 Munro, Vanessa E. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12 Murphy, Naomi. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 48

J J. Martinez, Damian . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15 Jackson, Crystal A. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 41 Jackson, Jonathan. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19 Jewkes, Yvonne . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 33, 40 Jimerson, Shane R.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 45 John, Tim. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19 Johnson, Alison. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 37 Johnston, Les . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19 Johnstone, Gerry. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 29, 33, 34 Johnstone, Lorraine. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 46 Jones, Carol . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14 Jones, Nikki. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9 Jowell, Roger . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9 Joyce, Peter. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 33, 34 Just Authority?. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19

K Kaminski, Dan. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20 Kapardis, Andreas. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 45 Kempa, Michael. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24 Kennedy, Leslie W. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21, 25 Key Ideas in Criminology (series). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7, 8, 35, 36, 38, 40 Key Readings in Criminology. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 Kinney, J. Bryan. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21 Kitaeff, Jack . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 47 Klofas, John . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 32 Kramer, Ronald. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6

L Language, Ideology and Identity in Serial Killer Narratives. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14 Lee, Maggy. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 Lemieux, Frederic . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22 Lenning, Emily . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7 Lewis, Rhobert . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19 Lidbury, Alan. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 Liebling, Alison. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 29 Lifers. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 34 Linneman, Thomas J. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9 Lippens, Ronnie . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7 Lippert, Randy. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20 Living Through Terror. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35 Loader, Ian. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 Logan, Caroline . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 46 Loucks, Nancy. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 48 Lyon, David. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8, 20

N Nash, Mike. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30 Nellis, Mike. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20 New Criminal Justice, The. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 32 New Racial Missions of Policing. . . . . . . . . . . . 24 New Response to Youth Crime, A. . . . . . . . . . 44 Newburn, Tim. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2, 3, 23, 24 Night Clubbing. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 37 Norris, Gareth. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4

O Offender Supervision . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 29 Offenders on Offending. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15 Offenders or Citizens?. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 31 Offenders, Deviants or Patients? Fourth Edition.47 Offending Girls. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12 O’Malley, Pat. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 36 Organized Crime. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 34 Origins of Criminology, The. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 43 Otto, Randy K. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 48 Quayle, Ethel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 40

P Padfield, Nicola. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 31 Pakes, Francis. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 32, 48 Pakes, Suzanne. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 48 Palmiotto, Michael J.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21 Parker, Robert Nash. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9 Patterns, Prevention and Geometry of Crime . . 21 Pease, Ken . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20, 35 Peay, Jill . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17 Penal Exceptionalism?. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 29 Perera, Suvendrini. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35 Pickering, Sharon . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15

Complimentary Exam Copy

Pierpoint, Harriet. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 40 Plummer, Ken. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 Pogrebin, Mark. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 26 Police Corruption . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22 Police Custody . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21 Police Interviewing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19 Police Practice and Research (series) . . . . . . . . 19 Police Work . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19 Policing. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24 Policing and Human Rights. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24 Policing and the Legacy of Lawrence. . . . . . . . 23 Policing of Terrorism, The. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24 Policing Scotland. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21 Policing: Key Readings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24 Policing: Toward an Unknown Future. . . . . . . 19 Presdee, the late Mike. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 38 Pribram, Deidre. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14 Price, David. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 29 Priestley, Philip . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 31 Prins, Herschel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 47 Prison Officer, The. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 29 Prison Policy in Ireland. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 27 Prisoners’ Rights. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 27 Probation. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25, 26 Problem of Pleasure, The. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14 Professionalizing Offender Profiling. . . . . . . . . 47 Protecting the Public?. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30 Psychological Criminology. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 46 Psychological Therapy in Prisons and Other Settings. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 47 Public Criminology? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 Public Sex and the Law. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12 Punch, Maurice. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22

R Rafter, Nicole H.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 43 Rainbow, Lee . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 47 Rape. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 40 Raynor, Peter. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 29 Read, Tim. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19 Reasoning Criminologist, The . . . . . . . . . . . . . 23 Redemption, Rehabilitation and Risk Management. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 41 Regression Analysis for the Social Sciences . . . . 9 Rehabilitation. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 36 Release from Prison. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 31 Research Methods: The Basics. . . . . . . . . . . . . 10 Researching Crime and Justice . . . . . . . . . . . . 27 Resisting Punitiveness in Europe? . . . . . . . . . . 25 Restorative Justice. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 29 Restorative Justice in Practice . . . . . . . . . . . . . 28 Restorative Justice Reader, A. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 34 Rethinking Rape Law . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12 Rethinking Violence . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 39 Reviewer’s Guide to Quantitative Methods in the Social Sciences, The. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 Ribisl, Kurt M.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 40 Rights of Passage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18 Risk Assessment for Juvenile Violent Offending. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 45 Risk, Power and the State. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7 Roach, Jason. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20 Roberts, Julian . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15 Robinson, Gwen. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 28 Rogan, Mary. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 27 Rogers, Colin . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19 Rogers, Paul. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 48 Rohwer, G¨otz. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10 Routledge Advances in Criminology (series). . . 17 Routledge Film Guidebooks (series). . . . . . . . . 37 Routledge Handbook of Critical Criminology . . 17 Routledge Handbook of Deviant Behavior. . . . 46 Routledge Handbook of Forensic Linguistics, The. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 37 Routledge Handbook of International Criminology. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 Routledge Handbook of Surveillance Studies. . . 8

e-Inspection New in Paperback

Routledge Handbooks in Applied Linguistics (series). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 37 Routledge International Handbooks (series). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8, 17, 46 Routledge Research in Cultural and Media Studies (series) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14 Routledge Student Readers (series). . . . . . 11, 38 Routledge Studies in Crime and Economics (series). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 42 Routledge Studies in Rhetoric and Stylistics (series). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14 Rumgay, Judith. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25 Ryan-Flood, Róisín . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10

S Samatas, Minas. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17 Savage, Stephen. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 23 Sayer, Andrew. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10 Scene of Violence, The. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7 Scott Bray, Rebecca. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6 Scott, Kenneth. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21 Secrecy and Silence in the Research Process. . . 10 Secure Recovery. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 26 Security Games. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25 Seddon, Toby . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15 Segrave, Marie. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15 Sentencing and the Legitimacy of Trial Justice. . . 26 Sex, Crime and Morality . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15 Serial Killers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 39 Sex For Sale . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11 Sex Trafficking. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15 Sex, Culpability and the Defence of Provocation. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12 Shalev, Sharon . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 32 Shapland, Joanna. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 28 Sharpe, Gilly. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12 Shearing, Clifford. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19, 24 Sheehan, Rosemary. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11 Shefer, Guy. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 29 Sherratt, Liz . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 Shortcuts (series). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 41 Silverman, Jon. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18 Silverstone, Daniel. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 37 Simpson, Sally S.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6 Single Subject Research Methodology in Behavioral Sciences. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 Situational Prevention of Organised Crimes. . . 21 Skinns, Layla. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21 Smedley, Kirsty. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 47 Smith Holt, Sally. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 48 Smith, Cindy J.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 Smith, David. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 44 Smith, Roger. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 44 Smith, Tom W. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9 Snacken, Sonja. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25 Social Class and Crime . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17 Social Justice (series). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18 Social Research Today (series) . . . . . . . . . . . 9, 10 Social Statistics. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9 Sociologists Backstage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9 Solomos, John . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11 Soothill, Keith. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15, 48 Sorsby, Angela . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 28 South, Nigel. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 Sparks, Richard. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8, 16, 29 Stanko, Betsy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19 State Crime. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6 State Crime in the Global Age. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6 State of Sex, The. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 41 Stelfox, Peter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22 Stephenson, Martin . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 43 Stevens, Alex . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16 Stinchcomb, Jeanne B. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 28 Storey, Tony . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 Studies in Adolescent Development (series). . . 47 Suicide Bombings. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 41 Sullivan, Christopher J.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25

Companion Website


i nd e x

Sullivan, Dennis. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Supermax. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Surveillance and Democracy. . . . . . . . . . . . . . Surviving and Moving On. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Swearer, Susan M. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

36 32 17 15 45

T Talbot, Deborah . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 Taylor, Rachel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 47 Taylor, Wayne. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 44 Terrorist Financing, Money Laundering and Tax Evasion. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7 Theories of Race and Racism. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11 Theory of African American Offending, A. . . . 11 Thurschwell, Adam. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 36 Tifft, Larry. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 36 Tilley, Nick. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21, 23, 24 Today’s White Collar Crime. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6 Transformations (series). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10 Transforming Behaviour . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 31 Transitional Justice (series). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35 Transitions to Better Lives . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 31 Transnational Environmental Crime. . . . . . . . . 39 Traverso, Antonio. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35 Treating Personality Disorder. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 48

Trotter, Chris. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11, 29 Trouble With Truth, The . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5 Tyson, Danielle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12

U Ugelvik, Thomas. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Understanding and Preventing Online Sexual Exploitation of Children . . . . . . . . . . Understanding Criminal Careers . . . . . . . . . . . Understanding Youth Offending. . . . . . . . . . . Unnever, James D.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Unspeakable Truths. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

29 40 15 44 11 36

V Van Ness, Daniel. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 33 Van Zyl Smit, Dirk. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 31 Vanstone, Bobby. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 Vanstone, Maurice . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 31 Varese, Federico. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 34 Vecchi, Gregory M.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20 Vess, James. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 31 Veysey, Bonita. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15 Victims. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14 Victims and Policy-Making . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18

Violence Against Women . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11 Voruz, Veronique . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17, 39

W Wain, Neil. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 34 Wakeford, Nina. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9 Walklate, Sandra. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13, 14 Walliman, Nicholas. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10 Walsh, Anthony . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17 Walsh, Patrick F. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20 Walters, Reece . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3, 16 Ward, Jennifer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 38 Ward, Tony. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 31, 36 Watts, Rob. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 Weitzer, Ronald. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11 Welch, Michael. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 28 Westmarland, Louise. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3, 27 What Else Works?. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 32 When Crime Appears. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25 White Collar Crime. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6 White, Rob. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30, 39, 40 Why We Kill. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 48 Wilkins, Chris. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 39 Williams, Andy. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30 Williams, Lisa . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5

Browse and order online: www.routledge.com/criminology

Williams, Robin. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Williamson, Tom. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Working With Offenders. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Working with Women Offenders in the Community. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Wortley, Richard. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Wright, Alan. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

59

48 23 30 11 46 23

Y Yar, Majid. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 40 Young Offenders and the Law . . . . . . . . . . . . 44 Young People with Anti-Social Behaviours. . . . 45 Young, Alison. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7 Youth in Crisis?. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 43 Youth Justice Handbook. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 44 Youth, Drugs, and Nightlife. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 41

Z Zhang, Sheldon X. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8


Order your books today...

Qty Title

Please use this form to order directly from us. If for any reason you are not satisfied with a book ordered directly from us, simply return it in saleable condition within 30 days (UK) or 60 days (Europe) and we will refund you the cost of the book.

P&P

UK:

5% of total order (£1 min charge, £10 max charge). Next day delivery +£6.50*

Europe:

10% of total order (£2.95 min charge, £20 max charge). Next day delivery +£6.50*

TOTAL

Rest of World: 15% of total order (£6.50 min charge, £30 max charge). *We only guarantee next day delivery for orders received before noon.

Alternatively, contact your regular supplier.

Price

postage & packaging

Prices and publication dates are correct at time of going to press, but may be subject to change without notice. All prices are net in the UK.

FREEPOST: Taylor & Francis Group Bookpoint (T&F) Freepost RRXG-BBUL-LAER Abingdon, Oxon OX14 4SB

ISBN

Method of Payment – Please tick and/or fill relevant boxes and select card type. Please send me a pre-payment invoice. My Reference Number is: __________________________________________________ I enclose a cheque (made payable to Taylor & Francis) for £ ____________________________________

(Please affix stamp if posting from outside UK.)

telephone (credit cards): +44 (0)1235 400524

Please charge my debit/credit card:

Fax: +44 (0)20 7017 6699

Card number:

email: criminology@routledge.com

Name on credit card: _____________________________________________________________ Issue No.*: _______

online: www.routledge.com

Start date: _______ /_______

Expiry date: _______ /_______

ebooks: www.ebookstore.tandf.co.uk

Security No.: (last 3 digits of security number on back of card)

Signature: ______________________________________________________________________ Date: ______ /______ /______ (order not valid without signature)

ORDER ONLINE

AND RECEIVE FREE P&P! Order your books from

www.routledge.com

and receive FREE postage & packaging when spending £20 or more. (in UK only)

Your Details

*only if paying by Maestro

– Please use block capitals.

First Name:

Surname:

Email: Department: Institution: Address:

Postcode: Country: Telephone:

VAT No. (EU Member States):

Please tick if you would like to receive more information on our standing order system.

ISBN: 978-0-418-24834-8

CRIM1101

A B C D

complimentary exam request To order a complimentary exam copy, please contact us using one of the methods below:

online: www.routledge.com/info/compcopy

email: criminology@routledge.com

fax:

+44 (0)20 7017 6699

www.routledge.com/criminology

LIBRARY RECOMMENDATION Ensure that your library has access to all the latest publications. Visit www.routledge.com/info/librarian.asp today and complete our online Library Recommendation Form.


ROUTLEDGE

2011 CONFERENCE ANNOUNCEMENT

Routledge Criminology showcase new books and journals!

Routledge are delighted to announce that we will be attending the following Criminology meetings in 2011. We’ll be showcasing all our recently published books, as well as highlighting our forthcoming titles within the area. We’ll also have all our relevant journals, including those new to Routledge for 2011, on display and sample copies available for you to takeaway. What’s more, we’ll be offering all the delegates a 20% discount against any of the orders placed at the meetings! *This discount is applicable on all books and journal personal subscriptions. STOCKHOLM CRIMINOLOGY SYMPOSIUM

EUROPEAN SOCIETY OF CRIMINOLOGY

YORK DEVIANCY CONFERNCE

AMERICAN SOCIETY OF CRIMINOLOGY

BRITISH SOCIETY OF CRIMINOLOGY

ISC WORLD CONGRESS

13th-15 July 2011 ~ Stockholm, Sweden 29th June-1st July 2011 ~ York, UK

3rd-6th July 2011 ~ Northumbria, UK

7th-10th September 2011 ~ Vilnius, Lithuania

16th-19th November 2011 ~ Washington, USA 4th-8th August 2011 ~ Kobe, Japan

We look forward to seeing you in 2011! For more information and ordering online, visit: www.routledge.com


Routledge

Page 8

Page 9

Page 21

Page 27

Page 28

Page 29

Page 32

Page 43

www.routledge.com/criminology Routledge, 2 Park Square, Milton Park, Abingdon, Oxon OX14 4RN Tel: 020 7017 6000 Fax: 020 7017 6699 Email: criminology@routledge.com Paper used in this catalogue is chlorine free and environmentally friendly. It is manufactured with pulp supplied from sustainable managed forests.


Turn static files into dynamic content formats.

Create a flipbook
Issuu converts static files into: digital portfolios, online yearbooks, online catalogs, digital photo albums and more. Sign up and create your flipbook.